Upland Campus Founded 1846

There are those who seek knowledge for the sake of knowledge, that is curiosity.

There are those who seek knowledge to be known by others, that is vanity.

There are those who seek knowledge in order to serve, that is love.

Bernard of Clairvaux (1090-1153)

Catalog 2000-2002

236 West Reade Avenue • Upland, IN 46989-1001 Telephone: 1-800-882-3456 or (765) 998-2751 • FAX: (765) 998-4910 www.tayloru.edu/upland/admissions

Information in this catalog, while current at the time of printing, is subject to change based on enrollment, faculty availability, and other consider- ations. Taylor University reserves the right to withdraw a course or program or to limit its enrollment when, for any reason, it becomes impractical to offer it as previously scheduled. While Taylor University publishes program information and materials and assigns advisors, the student is ultimately responsible to assure his/her academic program fulfills all graduation requirements. The university reserves the right to withdraw a previously awarded degree if the university subsequently determines that the degree requirements were not met appropriately. the Taylor University FortWayne admissions homepageatwww.tayloru.edu/adm/fw. Wayne, 1025West RudisillBlvd., Fort Wayne, IN46807 orcall219-456-21111-800-233-3922. Informationmayalso beobtainedbyvisiting For acopyofthe Taylor FortWayne catalog,application forms,orfurtherinformation,contact theOffice ofAdmissions, Taylor UniversityFort continuing anddistanceeducation offerings. Campus, offerscreditandnoncredit coursesaswellon-linedegreeprograms.Theseprograms primarilyserveadultlearnersthrough arts, bachelorofscience, andassociateofartsdegreeprograms. TheCollegeofAdultandLifelongLearning,whichincludes theWorld Wide A separatecatalogdescribingthe programsofferedatTaylor UniversityFortWayne isavailable.Thetraditionalprogramoffersbachelor of Upland. Indiana. Together withtheStudentLifeHandbook,whichispublishedannually, thiscatalogistheofficial bulletinof Taylor University Taylor Universityoperatesundergraduateliberalartsprogramsontwocampuses,oneinUpland, Indiana,andtheotherinFortWayne,

CAMPUS MAP UPLAND, INDIANA

11 30

18 8 1 24 28 19 23 26 7 27 15 21 32 2 5 4 25 13 17 20

22

3

33 14 16

29

31

10 9

6

12 CONTENTS

Taylor University ...... 4 A Heritage Exceeding 150 Years...... 5 A Christian Liberal Arts College ...... 5 Mission and Purposes ...... 5 The Life Together Covenant ...... 6 Accreditation and Memberships ...... 9 Campus Facilities ...... 10 Home ...... 11 Facilities ...... 11 Athletic Facilities ...... 14 Proposed Facilities ...... 15 Technology Resources ...... 15 Academic Regulations ...... 16 Academic Programs ...... 26 The Taylor Program ...... 27 Academic Objectives ...... 27 General Education ...... 27 Course Information ...... 28 Academic Programs List ...... 29 Academic Departments and Courses ...... 30 Admissions & Finances ...... 116 The Application Process...... 117 3 Student Expenses ...... 119 Financial Aid ...... 120 Student Affairs ...... 126 Objectives of Student Affairs ...... 127 Athletics...... 127 Student Development ...... 127 University Directory ...... 130 Board of Trustees...... 131 Administration ...... 132 Faculty ...... 133 Contract Personnel ...... 139 National Alumni Council ...... 141 Parents’ Cabinet ...... 141 Calendars ...... 142 Compliance ...... 146 Index ...... 147 Campus Map ...... Inside back cover 4

TAYLOR UNIVERSITY OUR HERITAGE, MISSION, AND LIFE TOGETHER TAYLOR UNIVERSITY

A HERITAGE Schultz.) Since 1992, Taylor University Academic pursuits at Taylor are has operated two campuses in Indiana: rigorous, demanding imagination, EXCEEDING 150 YEARS Taylor University Upland and Taylor dedication, and integrity from both University Fort Wayne. students and faculty. As a Christian The year 2000 marked the 154th institution, Taylor University has anniversary of the founding of Taylor Bishop William Taylor became a symbol concerned, competent faculty who University in 1846. During the year of of the values and ideals of the college. recognize that all truth has its source in 1846, the United States annexed New William Taylor was an energetic God. The students’ quest for truth Mexico as a territory, admitted Iowa as missionary evangelist possessed with begins with this conviction and relates the 29th state in the Union, and unusual vitality of commitment and to all aspects of the liberal arts declared war on Mexico. Electric arc devotion. His voluminous writings — curriculum. lighting was introduced in Paris, and including many books on preaching Elias Howe in America patented the and missions — and extensive world- The Upland campus of Taylor University sewing machine. John Deere con- wide missionary endeavors resulted in consists of approximately 250 acres structed the first plow with a steel his being the first lay pastor to be located on the south side of the town of moldboard. During the same year, an named a Bishop of the Methodist Upland, Indiana. Upland is situated five American dentist W. T. Morton Church. miles east of I-69, fifty miles south of introduced ether as an anesthetic. In Fort Wayne, and seventy miles north of the literary world, Henry Wadsworth With this heritage, Taylor University Indianapolis. Sixteen major buildings Longfellow published “The Belfry of entered the twentieth century. Taylor have been added to the Upland campus Bruges” and Herman Melville published University’s historian, Dr. William since 1965. Major remodeling and “Typee.” In London, Charles Dickens Ringenberg, noted, “The intellectual restoration of other facilities continue introduced the first cheap English revolution at the turn-of-the-century to take place in order to achieve newspaper, the Daily News, and the cracked the spiritual foundations of maximum utilization and quality Evangelical Alliance was founded. In major universities” in America by maintenance. Ireland the failure of the potato crop challenging the role of the Christian caused a famine, which would send worldview. “This, coupled with the thousands of Irish immigrants to MISSION AND dehumanizing of education” and the America. Also in 1846, the Smithsonian unrest caused by “the inability of PURPOSES Institute was established in Washington secular education to guide students in D.C., and certain political and religious their quest for meaning” helped to movements in America gained Taylor University is an interdenomina- further shape, strengthen, and define momentum in advocating the emanci- tional evangelical Christian institution Taylor’s Christian educational mission. pation of black slaves and promoting educating men and women for lifelong expanded rights for women. learning and for ministering the For 154 years, Taylor has been faithful redemptive love of Jesus Christ to a to that mission. world in need. As a Christian com- Forged in the fire of intense religious 5 munity of students, faculty, staff, beliefs, Taylor University was destined administration, and trustees committed to become one of the oldest evangelical As we enter the next millennium, the to the Lordship of Jesus Christ, Taylor Christian colleges in America. Concep- institution’s administration, faculty, University offers post-secondary liberal tualized with the conviction that staff, and students stand committed to arts and professional education based women as well as men should have an our heritage of Christian commitment upon the conviction that all truth has opportunity for higher education, Taylor and academic excellence. its source in God. University began as Fort Wayne Female College in Fort Wayne, Indiana, and then became Fort Wayne College. A CHRISTIAN LIBERAL In order to advance this mission, Taylor Following the example of Oberlin ARTS COLLEGE University is committed to the following College (which became the first purposes: coeducational college in America and Taylor University is an evangelical, the first to award college degrees to • To involve students in learning independent, interdenominational women in 1841), Fort Wayne College experiences imbued with a vital Christian liberal arts college where became coeducational in 1855. In 1890, Christian interpretation of truth and life faith, living, and learning are integrated. the school merged with the Fort Wayne that foster their spiritual, intellectual, The Taylor University Upland student College of Medicine and changed its emotional, physical, vocational, and body of over 1,800 is divided almost name to Taylor University in honor of social development. equally between men and women who Bishop William Taylor. In 1893, because come from 48 states and 18 foreign of the population boom in the central countries. • To educate students to recognize that part of the state, Taylor University all truth is God’s truth and that the moved to Upland, Indiana. Nearly 100 Christian faith should permeate all years later in 1992, Taylor University re- Taylor is distinctive in its commitment learning, leading to a consistent life of established its presence in Fort Wayne to both spiritual and intellectual worship, service, stewardship, and by acquiring Summit Christian College. development as symbolized by the twin world outreach. (Summit had started in 1895 with the spires of the Rice Bell Tower. The sponsorship of the Missionary Church carillon bells, given in honor of Barbara Association and the spiritual leadership Gentile, remind the campus community • To create specific experiences of Joseph P. Ramseyer and Daniel Y. of its dual mission throughout the day. wherein the integrative focus of the TAYLOR UNIVERSITY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Christian liberal arts education is 1. God is the ultimate creator and Assumptions clarified, personalized, and applied. sustainer of all things in heaven and on Community life at Taylor University is earth; based upon the following beliefs: • To foster a biblical model of relation- ships that acknowledges both unity and 2. The Holy Bible is the inspired, 1. Loving God and being accountable diversity of the followers of Christ and authoritative, written word of God, to Him are the primary motivations for that can be evidenced in a continuing progressively revealing God’s will for Christian relationships and behavior. lifestyle of service to and concern for humankind who, though created by others. God in His image, rebelled and needs redemption; 2. The Bible is our authority; it provides the essential teachings and • To contribute to the advancement of principles for personal and community human knowledge and understanding, 3. Jesus Christ is the Living Word of conduct. and serve the evangelical Christian God, Who made known God’s plan for church and the larger public community redemption in His virgin birth, sinless for the glory of God. life, atoning death, bodily resurrection, 3. God, through the Holy Spirit, places and ascension; and Who will return in in every believer the inner resources and attributes to minister to others • To build maximum program effec- power and glory; through supportive relationships. tiveness by maintaining appropriate support service, by consistently 4. The Holy Spirit is God present in the studying and improving all university life of the believer, testifying to the Responsibilities for operations, and by fostering mutually Lordship of Christ and enabling the Relationships beneficial relationships between and believer to live a godly life; and Living in daily fellowship with other among students, faculty, staff, adminis- Christians is a privilege and an tration, and trustees. 5. The church is the community of expression of God’s grace. In recogni- believers who express their unity in tion of this privilege, great value is Implementation of the Christ by their love for Him, for each placed on the quality of relationships in Mission and Purposes other, and for all humankind. our community. We acknowledge that we are living in a fellowship where we Taylor University carries out its mission are dependent on and accountable to and purposes through the operation of THE LIFE TOGETHER one another. The New Testament word educational programs centered on two COVENANT for fellowship is koinonia. It is trans- campuses. All Taylor University lated as partaker, communion, programs hold to a Christian worldview communication, contribution, or and are characterized by the integration Taylor University is a community of distribution. Members, therefore, are of faith and learning. Christians who have joined together for encouraged to seek as many opportuni- the purpose of academic progress, 6 ties as possible to demonstrate personal development, and spiritual Taylor University Upland serves koinonia. Christian men and women in a growth. Participation in the university community that consists largely of community is based on the foundation Within our community, the greatest traditional college students living in a of our commitment to the Lordship of expression of fellowship and the residential campus setting and pursuing Jesus Christ. Together we seek to honor highest principle for relationships is baccalaureate-level degree programs. Him by integrating faith and learning while our hearts and lives reflect the love. As Scripture states: We should love process of maturing in Christ. one another. This is how we know what Taylor University Fort Wayne uses love is: Jesus Christ laid down His life for traditional and alternate delivery us. And we ought to lay down our lives The purpose of this covenant is to systems to serve both traditional for our brothers . . . let us not love with identify the expectations for participa- students and adult learners in educa- words or tongue but with actions and in tion in our community that assist us in tional programming that results in truth. Since God so loved us, we also living together and in meeting institu- baccalaureate degrees, associate ought to love one another. Whoever loves tional objectives. We acknowledge that degrees, certificates of completion, and God must also love his brother (I John it is impossible to create a community continuing education. In the nontradi- 3:11, 16, 18; I John 4:11, 21 NIV). tional adult programs, enrollment with expectations that are totally opportunities are extended to qualified acceptable to every member. Neverthe- For the purpose of our community we individuals who respect, but may not less, certain expectations must be have identified the following specific personally embrace, the university’s specified to assure orderly community expressions of love as being among the statement of faith. life. When individuals join the Taylor community, they freely and willingly most desirable in our relationships. choose to take upon themselves the Statement of Faith responsibilities outlined in this Edification Taylor University is firmly committed to covenant. We expect each member of the evangelical Christianity. To assure the community to strive consciously to central place of Christian principles in maintain relationships that support, the philosophy and life of the university, encourage, and help others. According the trustees, administration, and faculty to Scripture: We who are strong ought believe that TAYLOR UNIVERSITY

relationships with God and others and lead to unacceptable behavior.

Certain behaviors are expressly prohibited in Scripture and therefore should be avoided by members of the university community. They include theft, lying, dishonesty, gossip, slander, backbiting, profanity, vulgarity (includ- ing crude language), sexual promiscuity (including adultery, homosexual behavior, and premarital sex), drunken- ness, immodesty of dress, and occult practices.

In keeping with scriptural admonitions to bring ourselves under the authority of government, members of the Taylor University community are expected to uphold the laws of the local commu- nity, the state of Indiana, and the nation. An exception would be those to bear with the failings of the weak and Reconciliation, rare occasions in which obedience to not to please ourselves. Each of us the civil authorities would require should please his neighbor for his good, Restoration, and behavior that conflicts with the to build him up (Romans 15:1-2 NIV). Restitution teaching of Scripture. On such occa- Healing broken relationships is sions, each individual would submit Bearing with necessary for a healthy community. voluntarily to the civil penalty for this When relationships have been harmed, behavior. Behavior resulting in civil One Another regardless of the reason, individuals are arrest on or off campus is subject to Because of our humanness, difficulties expected to reach out to one another, review within the university’s disciplin- in relationships can occur. In such to forgive one another, to restore ary procedures. cases, we are to respond as the relationships, and to make restitution. II Scripture states: . . . clothe yourselves Corinthians 5:18-19 NIV states: . . . and with compassion, kindness, humility, He (Christ) gave us the ministry of University gentleness and patience. Bear with each reconciliation . . . and He has committed Expectations for other and forgive whatever grievances to us the message of reconciliation. 7 you may have against one another Behavior and Attitudes (Colossians 3:12, 13a NIV). In addition to subscribing to biblical Implementing the above expressions of expectations, members of the Taylor love in relationships requires continual University community voluntarily effort and sensitivity to others. Rela- Burden Bearing commit themselves to the following tionships of this quality honor God, We are responsible to come alongside standards of behavior. This commit- enrich our lives, and assist in meeting those experiencing grief, discourage- ment results from the conviction that the goals of the university. ment, illness, tragedy, or other personal these standards serve the good of the trials. Expressions of bearing one individual as well as the institution. another’s burdens include comfort, Biblical These standards are not set forth as encouragement, consolation, and absolutes or as an index of Christian intercession. Responsibilities for spirituality but rather as expectations of Behavior and Attitudes this community. Because of the Speaking the Scripture teaches that certain attributes importance of trust in and responsibility are available to individuals through the to one another, violations of these Truth in Love Holy Spirit. These attributes include: … standards are regarded as a serious Speaking the truth to each other with love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, breach of integrity within the commu- love can strengthen a community such goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, and nity. as ours. Problems in relationships and self-control. Against such things there is behavior can be resolved constructively no law (Galatians 5:22-24 NIV). This The following standards apply to by confronting one another in an “fruit of the Spirit” is to be sought, students, faculty, and administrators at appropriate spirit. If the welfare of the encouraged, and demonstrated in our Taylor University: one being confronted is paramount and relationships. if the confronter is acting in love, the 1. Members of the community are to process can produce growth. In contrast to encouraging these observe the Lord’s Day (Sunday) as a positive attributes of the heart, day set apart primarily for worship, Scripture condemns attitudes such as fellowship, ministry, and rest. While greed, jealousy, pride, lust, and hatred. activities such as recreation may be a Although these attitudes are sometimes part of the day, “business as usual” difficult to discern, they can hinder TAYLOR UNIVERSITY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

relative to university programs and narcotics not authorized by a physician. 12. Compliance with day-to-day policies services will not be sanctioned or Under no circumstances are the above and procedures of the community is encouraged except where absolutely to be used, possessed, or distributed on expected from members. These routine necessary. or away from campus. Members are items are listed in the Student Life expected not to abuse the use of legal Handbook, the university catalog, and 2. Corporate worship, fellowship, and substances. the Taylor University Faculty and instruction are essential for our Administrative Staff Handbook. community. Therefore, students, faculty, 4. Gambling (exchange of money and and administrators are expected to goods by betting or wagering) is viewed Conclusion attend chapel. Regular attendance is as an unwise use of God-given The intent of this covenant is to identify understood as a mature response to resources and therefore is not accept- expectations that assist Taylor Univer- our community goals. The attendance able in any form. sity in functioning as a Christian policy is not a voluntary one; it is community and in achieving its goals dependent upon individual honor and 5. In order to enhance and preserve as an institution of higher learning. The allows three or fewer absences each the ethos of Taylor University, social covenant addresses relationships and term. In addition, members of the dancing by community members is not behavior; these emphases are parallel permitted on or away from campus. and vital to the quality of our experi- However, acceptable forms of expres- ence together. The behavioral portion sion by the university may include of the covenant includes standards that sanctioned folk dances, ethnic games, are specific to the university. These and dances that are designed to standards are important to our worship God. The use of choreography community and must be consistently in drama, musical productions, and maintained to assure a proper climate athletic events is also acceptable. for learning. Nevertheless, these standards must be kept in perspective 6. Because of our concern for the with the biblical responsibilities for worth and dignity of persons, each relationships and behavior. member of the community is expected to be sensitive to special needs existing The book of Colossians provides an in our society and on our campus. appropriate summary of the goals for Therefore, discrimination against others our community: Therefore, as God’s on the basis of race, national origin, chosen people, holy and dearly loved, sex, or disability is not acceptable. clothe yourselves with compassion, kindness, humility, gentleness and 7. Any kind of demeaning gesture, patience. Bear with each other and 8 threat of violence, or physical attack forgive whatever grievances you may directed toward another person will not have against one another. … And over all be tolerated. Vandalism of property is these virtues put on love, which binds also unacceptable. them all together in perfect unity. Let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts, since as members of one body you were called 8. The university urges its members to to peace. … Let the word of Christ dwell be selective in their choices of enter- in you richly as you teach and admonish tainment and recreation. Activities and one another … And whatever you do, entertainment that are of questionable whether in word or deed, do it all in the value or diminish a person’s moral name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to sensitivity should be avoided. God … (Colossians 3:12-17 NIV).

9. The pornography industry exploits All students (single and married) are people. Further, the use of the responsible for implementing the industry’s products is immoral. relational and behavioral expectations Therefore, pornographic materials are listed above when the university is in not to be used, possessed, or distrib- community are encouraged to partici- session (beginning of first semester uted on or away from campus. pate in university-related religious through the end of second semester activities as well as those of their own and/or summer sessions), when they church. 10. Consideration for others and are part of a university program, and/ standards of good taste are important or when they are living in university- to Taylor; therefore, all activities should 3. The community recognizes the approved housing. be limited by this principle. danger to one’s physical and psycho- logical well being in the use of certain Because the policies of the university products. Therefore, members of the 11. Members of the community are are not intended to infringe upon the community are to refrain from the use subject to the demands of academic government of the home, students who of tobacco in any form, alcoholic integrity, such as honesty and giving are in the presence of their parents/ beverages, hallucinogenic drugs and credit to sources. guardians are assumed to be part of the substances (including marijuana), or family unit and under the direction of their parents/guardians. Students who TAYLOR UNIVERSITY

commute from the home of their Memberships include the American parents/guardians are expected to Assembly of Collegiate Schools of abide by these policies except when Business, American Association of university regulations conflict with the Colleges for Teacher Education, governance of the home. American Association of Higher Education, American Association of Employees of the university are University Women, American Council responsible to abide by the Life on Education, Associated Colleges of Together Covenant. Indiana, Association of American Colleges and Universities, Association of Governing Boards of Universities and Multicultural Colleges, Christian Center for Urban Philosophy Statement Studies, Christian College Consortium, Cincinnati Council on World Affairs, We believe in equality of all people as Council for Christian Colleges and imbedded in biblical teachings and as Universities, College Board, Council of an integral part of Christian commit- Independent Colleges, Evangelical ment. We acknowledge that this is Council for Financial Accountability, affirmed in the Constitution of the Higher Education Commission of United States of America. We believe in Christian Holiness Association, an environment in which people can Independent Colleges and Universities live and work cooperatively, valuing the of Indiana, Indiana Conference on multiple cultures from which they have Higher Education, Indiana Consortium come without violating institutional for International Programs, NAFSA: values. We believe in multicultural Association of International Educators, education as an interdisciplinary effort National Association of Student to prepare graduates who understand, Financial Aid, National Association of appreciate, and work effectively with College and University Business those who are different from them- Officers, and National Association of selves. We believe in global interdepen- Independent Colleges and Universities. through the effective integration of dence, implying the need to graduate biblical faith, scholarship, and service. individuals capable of functioning as The council sponsors semester global citizens. Christian College programs for qualified upperclassmen Consortium from its member schools. These Sanctity of Life To provide a variety of professional and offerings include the American Studies Statement academic experiences for faculty and Program in Washington, D.C.; the China students, Taylor maintains membership Studies Program; the Latin American Scripture affirms the sacredness of 9 in the Christian College Consortium that Studies Program based in San Jose, human life, which is created in the unites thirteen Christian liberal arts Costa Rica; the Los Angeles Film image of God. Genesis 1:27 NIV states: colleges with programs similar to those Studies Center; the Middle East Studies So God created man in His own image, of Taylor. Included in the consortium Program in Cairo, Egypt; the Oxford in the image of God He created him; are Asbury College, Bethel College, Honours Programme; the Russian male and female He created them. George Fox University, Gordon College, Studies Program in Moscow, St. Therefore, human life must be re- Greenville College, Houghton College, Petersburg, and Nizhni Novgorod; and spected and protected from its incep- Wheaton College, Malone College, the Summer Institute of Journalism in tion to its completion. Messiah College, Seattle Pacific Washington, D.C. University, Trinity International ACCREDITATION AND University, and Westmont College. MEMBERSHIPS Of special interest to Taylor students are the opportunities for semester In its academic programs at Fort Wayne visiting-student options on the other and Upland, Taylor University is campuses and cooperative off-campus/ accredited by the Commission on international programs. Institutions of Higher Education of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, the Council on Social Council for Work Education, the National Council Christian Colleges and for Accreditation of Teacher Education, and the Indiana Professional Standards Universities Board. The music program at Upland is Taylor University is one of over ninety also accredited by the National colleges and universities who comprise Association of Schools of Music. All the Council for Christian Colleges and accreditation documents are main- Universities, a Washington, D.C.-based tained in the Office of Academic Affairs. organization founded in 1976. The CCCU’s primary focus is to help its member institutions pursue excellence 10

CAMPUS FACILITIES CAMPUS FACILITIES

HOME A brief stroll north from the Bell Tower Students taking a slight detour from will reveal the Samuel Morris statues. campus will earn a very sweet re- These statues were designed by Ken ward—Ivanhoe’s, the home of 100 Taylor is nestled in the rural gentleness Ryden and erected in October 1995. different shakes and sundaes. This of Upland, Indiana, population 3,200 They symbolize the process of enlight- hometown eatery has been an Upland (1990). Former President Jay Kesler enment Morris experienced as he attraction since 1965. once quipped that Taylor is 100 miles journeyed from being a tribal prince, to away from the nearest sin. Taylor’s a slave, to a student in America with a In addition to these landmarks, the quiet location adds to its charm, yet burden to share the message of God’s Taylor community provides a variety of Upland’s central location, just four grace. Through Ryden’s work, Samuel living arrangements, a newly remod- miles from Interstate 69 between Morris continues to inspire the Taylor eled dining hall, and easily accessible Indiana’s two largest cities (Indianapolis community. academic buildings. The following facilities are part of the Taylor campus.

FACILITIES

The Atterbury Building has served multiple purposes throughout its history. It is named for Camp Atterbury where it was originally located before it found a permanent home on the campus of Taylor University. At the present time it houses the offices of the social work and sociology departments as well as technical services, which support high tech on campus.

The Ayres Alumni Memorial Build- ing is a 19,000-square-foot facility housing the art department. It was named for Burt W. Ayres who served Taylor as professor and administrator for nearly 50 years.

The statues adjoin one of the campus’s Bergwall Hall was named for Evan 11 and Fort Wayne), gives students quick most recent additions, the Rupp Bergwall, Sr., president of Taylor access to the cultural diversity of larger Communication Arts Center. This University from 1951-59. It was first communities. facility houses the 320-seat Mitchell occupied the fall semester of 1989. Theatre. Taylor’s theatrical history Housing 181 students—women on the Taylor’s borders are as wholesome as includes classics as well as original third and fourth floors, men on the first the setting itself, including residential productions written by Taylor alumni and second floors—this air-conditioned areas, the new Upland Health and and students. residence hall functions as a confer- Diagnostic Center, the Avis Corporation, ence center during summer months. and many natural settings such as the Each floor has a lounge and study On the east side of campus, perched eight-acre Taylor Lake, the Avis-Taylor facilities, and each room has a private atop the Nussbaum Science Center, is Prairie Restoration Project, and the bath. the observatory. In 1999, the observa- beautifully preserved Arboretum. tory added two new reflecting tele- scopes — a ten-inch Celestron and an The campus Bookstore is located in The campus is spacious and scenic eight-inch Meade. Both have motor the student union. It is owned and with many points of interest. Near its mounts for all-night star tracking. operated by Taylor University and heart rests the Zondervan Library, provides textbooks and other classroom housing the Engstrom Galleria, a bright needs. Many other items are available On the southwest corner of campus, and open walk-through frequently used such as clothing, greeting cards, and students seeking solitude may wish to for receptions and to display traveling gifts. The bookstore is also the drop-off visit the prayer deck. Secluded among works of art, and the campus Archives. and pick-up point for film developing the greenery of Taylor Lake and over- The Archives is home to much of and dry-cleaning services. looking the water, the prayer deck is a Taylor’s history as well as the Edwin W. popular spot for meditation and Bible Brown Collection that features the life study. The prayer chapel, presented by The Boyd Building and Grounds and works of C.S. Lewis, George the graduates of 1950 and class Complex, built in 1995, is the center of MacDonald, Dorothy L. Sayers, Charles sponsor Milo A. Rediger, is located on operations for general and vehicle Williams, and Owen Barfield. the northeast side of campus in Sickler maintenance, housekeeping, building Hall and offers a spiritual respite. and grounds, and recycling services. Immediately upon leaving the north entrance of the library, the base of the Rice Bell Tower is visible. CAMPUS FACILITIES TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

intimacy of apartment-style accommo- dations with the dynamics of interact- ing with a larger group of students. The first floor has lounge and office areas. Women are housed on the second and third floors and men on the fourth floor. Gerig Hall is named for Lester Gerig, a long-time trustee and Taylor University benefactor.

Grace Olson Hall, the university’s largest residence hall, houses 297 women. Constructed in 1966, the hall is named for Grace D. Olson, distin- guished history professor at Taylor.

The Guest House is located behind the Freimuth Administration Building and provides affordable, temporary, on- campus housing for Taylor University guests. It contains three suites, two of which sleep four and one that sleeps two.

Haakonsen Health Center is a 4,000- square-foot facility located on the south side of the campus. This air-condi- tioned structure was completed in the summer of 1975 and contains 7 beds to accommodate overnight admissions; examining rooms; and a doctor’s office. The center was named for Lily Haakonsen, beloved former Taylor nurse.

12 Helena Memorial Hall, built in 1911, is a 10,000- square-foot, air-condi- tioned structure that serves as the university welcome center. The building was remodeled in 1987 and houses the Admissions Office and the offices of the provost/executive vice president and the president. Formerly a music building, then an art and theatre building, this structure was named for Mrs. Helena Gehman, an early benefac- tress of the university.

Campus Safety, built in 1989, serves Ferdinand Freimuth Administration Hodson Dining Commons is an air- as the center for emergency communi- Building, a 14,000-square-foot conditioned facility that was built in cation and campus-wide fire protection, structure, was first remodeled during 1972 and expanded in 2000. It is manages campus vehicle registration, 1972. The offices of Academic Affairs located on the southwest corner of the and coordinates the campus motor pool and University Development are located campus overlooking Taylor Lake. program. on the second floor. Financial Aid, the Named for Arthur and Mary Hodson, Registrar’s Office, Business Office, and Upland philanthropists, this facility serves as the main dining hall for English Hall, a women’s residence hall University Relations are on the first students. With the addition of the Nelle housing 232 residents, was opened in floor. The initial remodeling of this Alspaugh Hodson Banquet Room, the 1975 and named for Mary Tower building was made possible by a gift Isely, Heritage, and Braden rooms English, wife of one of Taylor’s most from Ferdinand Freimuth, a Fort Wayne provide space for special and private distinguished graduates. English Hall philanthropist. group dining. provides private living room areas for eight women each. This residence is Gerig Hall, constructed in 1971, is a located on the south side of the campus four-story residence hall for 96 Morris Hall is the newest residence near several other residences and the students. This structure, consisting of hall on the Upland campus. It opened Haakonsen Health Center. living-study suites, provides the in 1998 and accommodates 280 men. CAMPUS FACILITIES

This residence hall was designed and Reade Memorial Liberal Arts Sickler Hall, the oldest of three built to service the needs of students Center, named for Thaddeus C. Reade, remaining original buildings on the with such amenities as air conditioning, president of Taylor University 1891- Taylor University campus, was built in laundry facilities, study lounges, social 1902, is a 35,000-square-foot, air- 1902 with a gift from the estate of lounges, bicycle storage, and an area conditioned facility containing class- Christopher Sickler, an early Taylor for off-season storage. The building is rooms, computer lab, faculty offices, trustee. It was remodeled in 1995. named for Samuel Morris, a former and the Educational Technology Center. Originally, the building was a residence student from Africa whose life story is hall that provided free housing for the told in the film “Angel in Ebony.” Rediger Chapel/Auditorium, named children of ministers and missionaries. in honor of Dr. Milo A. Rediger, former Subsequently, it served as a science hall Nussbaum Science Center is named professor, dean, and president of Taylor and education department center. More for Dr. Elmer N. Nussbaum, professor of University, was completed in 1976. This recently, it was the location of the physics at Taylor for 31 years. The 1500-seat, air-conditioned facility, communication arts department. Sickler science building has been recently formerly Maytag Gymnasium, was Hall currently houses The William updated with new heating, ventilation, remodeled through the generosity of Taylor Foundation and Alumni Rela- air conditioning, lighting, telecommuni- many alumni and friends of the tions and includes conference room cations, and ceiling system. This university. In addition to its spacious facilities. The campus Prayer Chapel is 45,000-square-foot structure houses and beautiful auditorium, this building located on the main floor and is open biology, chemistry, computer science, houses the Center for Student Develop- 24 hours a day for meditation and math, and physics classrooms; ment, which includes Campus Minis- prayer. laboratories; the observatory; faculty tries, the Counseling Center, and the lounges; and the computer information Career Development Office. Smith-Hermanson Music Center, a services for the university. 23,000-square-foot structure, is a Rupp Communication Arts Center sound-proof, air-conditioned facility. The campus Post Office is located in was completed in 1994 and named for Named for Nellie Scudder Smith, a the building directly behind the Taylor benefactors Ora and Herma friend of Taylor University, and for Freimuth Administration Building. The Rupp of Archbold, Ohio. This 45,000- former professor of music, Edward postal service is for the convenience of square-foot facility houses the commu- Hermanson and his wife, Dr. Louella the university and not part of the U.S. nication arts department offices and Hermanson (also a musician), the postal operation. Adjoining the post classrooms, the 320-seat Mitchell building houses teaching studios, office is the University Press, which Theatre, television and radio studios, a classrooms, rehearsal rooms, practice serves the university’s off-set printing, journalism lab, and offices for the rooms, faculty offices, conference desktop publishing, xerographic, and campus newspaper and yearbook. It is rooms, and faculty and student binding needs. Both publishing and the second phase of a three-phased fine lounges. The 250-seat Butz-Carruth outsourcing of specialized projects are arts facility. Recital Hall boasts a Boesendorfer provided. 13

The President’s Home, the spacious two-story brick residence of the Taylor University president, graces a rustic wooded area on the northwest corner of the campus.

Randall Environmental Studies Center is a state-of-the-art teaching and research facility located at the west edge of campus on the grounds of the university arboretum. It was con- structed in 1992 and named for Dr. Walter Randall, a Taylor trustee and former medical professor. The 20,000- square-foot structure serves the needs of the department of environmental science with specialized laboratories equipped for biotic analysis, satellite image retrieval, computer mapping, soil analysis, and plant systematics. A trail system, natural history museum, and greenhouse facilities are also a part of this center. The nearby Avis-Taylor Prairie Restoration Project provides additional teaching and research opportunities. CAMPUS FACILITIES TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

grand and Steinway pianos and is library instruction, online retrieval variety of academic needs. Individual designed to provide the best possible assistance, and research consultation. music listening is also provided in the acoustical qualities. Learning Support Center. Through the An automated circulation system and technology of the Learning Support The Student Union, a dome-shaped, online public catalog provide biblio- Center, radio and television transmis- air-conditioned facility, provides space graphic access to the holdings of sions are made to the entire campus. for student activities, the snack bar, and Zondervan Library. The library is a The Ruth Flood Room is equipped to the campus store. The student activities founding member of PALNI (Private provide high-technology audiovisual portion, a 100-foot diameter circular Academic Library Network of Indiana), a presentations. area, provides lounge, reading, cooperative library system allowing the listening, and recreational space and patron to search the catalogs of 25 other Services for students with disabilities accommodates the offices of Leader- private college and seminary libraries are provided by Academic Support ship Development and Student within Indiana. Interlibrary loan provides Services, located within the Learning Programs, Taylor Student Organization, a service whereby materials not owned Support Center. Services may include Student Activities Council, Multicultural by Taylor University may be borrowed assistance with note taking, alternative Student Organization, Student Services from other libraries. testing, books on tape, or other Council, and Taylor World Outreach. accommodations deemed reasonable The Zondervan Library is a member of and necessary by qualified profession- Swallow Robin Hall is an air- regional and statewide cooperative als. To receive these services, a student conditioned residence hall that library networks and OCLC, a world- must provide documentation of his/her accommodates 72 students. This wide network that links Taylor Univer- disability. Academic Support personnel historic building, first occupied in 1917, sity with more than 25,000 other also coordinate the peer tutoring was remodeled and restored for libraries. program available to the general occupancy in the fall of 1990. Silas C. student body. Swallow and his wife, whose maiden One of the special collections in the name was Robin, financed a major library is the Edwin W. Brown Collec- ATHLETIC FACILITIES portion of the original construction cost tion, which consists of first editions, for the building and asked that it be manuscripts, photographs, and other Odle Gymnasium was completed in named in honor of their mothers. materials relating to the life and works 1975. This 45,000-square-foot facility of C. S. Lewis, George MacDonald, contains two handball courts, a Taylor Lake, a picturesque eight-acre Dorothy L. Sayers, Charles Williams, wrestling room, a weight room, lake on the Taylor campus, provides and Owen Barfield. classrooms, faculty offices, a varsity swimming opportunities in summer and basketball court with three cross courts, ice-skating facilities in winter. Part of The library has an excellent reference and a comprehensive fitness center. the lake is used for studies in ecology, collection and over 750 current This building was named for Don J. and nearby is a wooded picnic area and 14 periodicals and 16 daily newspaper Odle, coach and professor emeritus of a prayer deck. subscriptions. Several periodicals and physical education. two major newspapers are also Wengatz Hall, named in honor of Dr. available on microfilm. Public online The Field House is a steel-paneled John Wengatz, outstanding Taylor information retrieval services provide building that provides additional University graduate and pioneer bibliographic and full-text access to an opportunities for physical education missionary to Africa, is a residence for ever-widening variety of additional and athletics. The football team room 285 men. It was constructed in 1965 resources. and Nautilus weight-lifting equipment and includes several lounges and a are contained in this facility. It is recreation room. The Archives collects university equipped with a newly renovated records that document the heritage of weight room, indoor practice area, Zondervan Library was completed Taylor University since its inception as football locker room, classroom, and and occupied in 1986. The library Fort Wayne Female College in 1846. the offices for the football staff. building was named for Peter J. “Pat” University records include yearbooks, Zondervan and his wife, Mary. Pat campus newspapers, committee The George Glass Track and Field Zondervan was co-founder of The minutes, faculty papers, and photo- Complex, dedicated in 1998 to George Zondervan Corporation, a Christian graphs. The Archives promotes the Glass, Taylor’s Athletic Director and publishing company. research of Taylor’s history by students, Coach of Cross Country and Track for faculty, alumni, and other interested 26 years, has a 400-yard, rubberized, persons. Furthermore, the Archives This 61,000-square-foot building houses all-weather surface and facilities for encourages an awareness of Taylor’s more than 184,000 items with room for field events. many more. It also contains seating for history through exhibits and publica- more than one-fourth of the student tions. The cross country course is a 5.2- population. An after-hours study room mile route that covers the entire is available off the beautiful walk- The Learning Support Center, in the campus. The course begins at the Rice through Engstrom Galleria. southwest wing of the library, has Bell Tower in the center of campus and personnel and technology to provide takes runners up and over hills, down individual instruction for improving Library services are available 85 hours paved roads, and through scenic reading comprehension, writing, and per week. Five librarians provide wooded areas. reference services including basic math computation skills. An open computer lab is available to support a CAMPUS FACILITIES

The main soccer field includes facilities, and enabling the renovation tion System (T.E.P.S.). Designed and dugouts, a regulation field, bleachers, of the Odle Gymnasium. fabricated in the Educational Technol- and restroom facilities. A second field is ogy Center, T.E.P.S. units combine also available for either practice or Student needs in the arts will be traditional video and contemporary athletic competition. enhanced with the construction of the computer-generated images with data new Modelle Metcalf Visual Arts projectors and mobility for use The tennis complex features nine Center. The center will provide anywhere classes are held. The E.T.C. lighted, hard-surface courts. specialized art studio and classroom also offers such capabilities as video space, computer graphic arts technol- and audio editing, computer-based multimedia production, digital still The Jim Wheeler Memorial ogy, faculty offices, and a secure gallery photography, web site development, Stadium, which has a seating capacity adjacent to the Mitchell Theatre. A new matting, laminating, and photocopying. of 4,000 and a natural grass playing student gallery will be part of the surface, has been the home of the Trojans for the past 20 seasons. It was built in 1980 with funds donated by John Wheeler (Taylor ’54) in memory of his son, Jim Wheeler, a Taylor student who died of cancer shortly after his graduation in 1979.

Baseball and softball fields, with turface and brickdust infields respec- tively, are centrally located on campus and well maintained for intercollegiate competition.

The Escape to Reality Challenge Course/Ropes Course, nestled in a beautifully wooded portion of campus adjacent to Taylor Lake, offers ground, low, and high initiatives that provide the opportunity for learning through self-discovery, physical challenges, and group dynamics in a safe and support- ive environment. All elements are constructed of treated wood, cable, and facility as well. This new building will A student-accessible computer 15 ropes. Students have the opportunity to feature defined spaces for all areas of network, featuring scanning and color train to be facilitators of the course. the visual arts including painting, printing, assists in the production of The course is open to all Taylor groups sculpture, ceramics, printmaking, full-blown multimedia presentations or as well as others. jewelry, photography, drawing, graphic more basic presentations created with arts, and design. Additionally, an software such as PowerPoint or Freelance. A vast library of digital PROPOSED outdoor sculpture garden will beautify the campus on the north side of the graphic and photographic images FACILITIES building. This facility will adjoin the enhance the final product. For instruc- Rupp Center on the east side of the tional technology production and complex. Along with the Zondervan presentation requirements, the E.T.C. A highly-anticipated addition to the Library, the entire fine arts complex will meet your specific needs. This Upland Campus is the new Kesler occupies the center of the Upland well-equipped facility has provided the Student Activities Center. Named in campus, signifying Taylor University’s Taylor family with appropriate instruc- honor of Dr. Jay Kesler, former commitment to the fine arts as a tional learning and teaching technolo- president and current chancellor of central component of a Christian liberal gies for more than thirty years. Taylor University, and his wife, Janie, arts college. this facility will have four additional The Reade Center and Zondervan multipurpose playing surfaces, four Library computer labs, housing 75 regulation-size racquetball courts, TECHNOLOGICAL computers, give students easy access to expanded training facilities and fitness the Microsoft Office Suite, personal e- center, a rehabilitation room, and an RESOURCES mail, the World Wide Web, library indoor competition-level track. The resources, campus intranet information, Activities Center will increase the on- The Educational Technology Center and high-quality scanning and printing. campus recreational options of (E.T.C.), located in the west end of the Departments such as art, computing students. This new facility will also add Reade Center, makes available the and system sciences, chemistry, to Taylor’s strong foundation in the latest in digital and analog technology communication arts, modern lan- department of physical education and services to students and faculty. guages, music, earth and environmen- human performance by expanding Campus-wide access to the Internet tal sciences, and physics also have their needed classroom space, providing and World Wide Web in the classroom own discipline-specific computer labs additional offices and wellness is facilitated through the use of the for special applications. unique Technology Enhanced Presenta- 16

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Academic policies and regulations are academic program complies with the Advance Registration developed and approved by the faculty policies of the university. Any advice Advance registration provides an of the university and are administered that is at variance with established opportunity for both new and continu- by the Academic Affairs and Registrar’s policy must be confirmed by the ing degree-seeking students to register offices. Intended to be rigorous and Registrar’s Office. in advance for courses during the challenging, these policies and upcoming semester(s). Registration regulations are administered with priority for classes is determined by individualized attention and concern for Academic Load cumulative earned hours with priority the educational advantage and well- Registration for 12 or more hours given to students with the most hours. being of each student. during fall or spring semester consti- tutes full-time standing. A normal Students who do not register in academic load is 15 to16 hours per advance may lose their priority position ACADEMIC CALENDAR term. Students with at least a 2.00 during the advance registration process. grade point average (gpa) may take 17 Students who have not registered by hours. A 3.00 gpa is necessary to carry the end of the registration period must Taylor University’s academic year 18 hours, 3.30 for 19 hours, and 3.60 be reinstated through the Registrar’s consists of fall and spring semesters, a for 20 hours. An additional charge Office and pay a reinstatement fee. It is January interterm, and summer exists for each semester hour over 17. the responsibility of each student to sessions. Under this schedule, the fall follow directives relating to student semester activities, including examina- housing, billing, payment of bills, Registration for four hours is consid- tions, are concluded prior to the registration, and financial aid that are ered a normal load for interterm. A Christmas recess. Classes are con- published annually and sent to all 3.00 grade point average is necessary ducted in each semester for a period of students by the President’s Office. fifteen weeks, including a four-day to carry five hours and a 3.60 is examination period. The typical class necessary for six hours. An addtitional period for one semester hour is fifty charge exists for each interterm hour Change minutes. The January interterm over four. of Registration provides students an intensive period of The student is held responsible for each study in a single course or opportuni- The first summer term is a full term course in which he or she officially ties to study in off-campus centers in lasting the entire summer (approxi- registers. Changes of registration begin the United States and international mately 12 weeks) in which all in the Registrar’s Office and require the locations. In addition, three summer practicums, independent studies, and approval of the advisor and the sessions are available to enhance and directed research studies are offered. registrar. Courses may be added during supplement the students’ educational A normal academic load for the second the first week of classes. Courses programs and meet special program summer session (18 days) is three to dropped during the second and third requirements. (For actual calendar four hours; a 3.00 gpa is necessary to weeks of the term appear on the dates, see the Calendars section of the carry five hours; a 3.60 gpa is necessary student’s transcript with a grade of catalog.) for six hours. A normal academic load withdrawn (W). Students dropping a 17 for the third summer term (24 days) is course after this period and up to one ADVISEMENT three to six hours; a 3.00 gpa is week after midterm receive either a necessary to carry seven hours, a 3.60 grade of withdrawn/passing (WP) or AND REGISTRATION gpa is necessary for eight hours. withdrawn/failing (WF). When a course Registration for 12 hours over all three is dropped later than one week beyond Faculty Advisors summer terms constitutes full-time midterm, the grade automatically is WF. standing. The effect of WF on the gpa is the same The Registrar’s Office assigns academic as that of a full-term failing grade. advisors to all students in their area of Discontinuance of attendance does not academic interest. Advisors are Classification automatically constitute a withdrawal provided to assist students in planning of Students from a course. Students failing to file a their academic programs. Advisors are Matriculated students are those proper drop/add form by the appropri- authorized to communicate the students who have fully met all ate deadline must complete classes for established policy of the university. requirements for admission and have which they are registered or receive a Students are expected to assume enrolled in courses to meet under- grade of F. responsibility for obtaining academic graduate degree requirements. advising after enrolling at Taylor, to Matriculated students are classified as keep informed about general education follows: University Withdrawal and major requirements by consulting A student who finds it necessary to the catalog and program curriculum withdraw from all credit classes must guides, to initiate and be prepared for Freshmen 0.00-30.99 apply for formal withdrawal through the conferences with assigned advisors, total cumulative credits Office of Student Development. If this and to be aware of published academic procedure is not followed, failing deadlines and regulations as stated in Sophomores 31.00-60.99 grades may be assigned. Failure to total cumulative credits the schedule of classes, the published complete the term does not cancel the calendar, and the catalog. While Taylor student’s obligation to pay tuition and Juniors 61.00-94.99 University publishes program informa- total cumulative credits other charges. For specific details on tion and materials and assigns refunds and adjustments, refer to the advisors, the student is solely respon- Seniors 95+ Finance section in this catalog. sible for assuring that his or her total cumulative credits ACADEMIC REGULATIONS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

• Pass-fail courses do not affect the should consult with departments and gpa if passed, but they do affect the gpa supervising faculty for guidelines and if failed. responsibilities.

• Pass-fail courses are limited to one An internship is an advanced-level, course per term and a total of 13 credit discipline-related, culminating field hours including the practicum if this is experience directed towards preparing taken pass-fail. Courses available only students for professional licensure or on a pass-fail basis are not included in entry-level positions. Internship this total. placements should be substantive, new, and educationally rewarding, rather Repeat Registration than a continuation of a prior work experience. Completed under the A student may repeat any course at direction of a faculty advisor and an Taylor University. All attempts in a employer supervisor, students are course are reflected on the student’s required to complete a minimum of 40 transcript, and the cumulative gpa will clock hours of work experience for Audit Registration reflect the most recent grade in the each academic credit earned. Students Audit registration can occur only repeated course. Duplicate credit hours may earn a maximum of 16 hours of through the first week of classes. are not awarded when repeating a credit, subject to departmental require- Courses taken for audit receive no course. ments, toward graduation requirements credit or grade. Students must attend at through the internship experience. least half of the class meetings as Internships are usually completed verified by the professor in order for the Independent during a regular semester. Usually, courses to appear on the transcript with Study and Tutorial internships require students to devote a grade of AUD. Students requesting a Registration their full time, effort, and attention to course for credit (grade or pass/fail) are An independent study is an individual- completing internship requirements. given priority in registering for a ized, directed study involving a specific Therefore, it is recommended that course. Some courses are not available topic. The student is required to meet students not enroll in additional for audit credit such as private lessons, with the professor to plan a schedule of courses during the term when intern- music ensembles, studio art courses, reading and study. Assignments and ships are being completed. physical education skills courses, tests are scheduled by appointment or laboratory courses, practicums, and by special arrangement. No student internships. Students should request A practicum course is a significant who is on academic probation may permission from the Registrar’s Office applied-learning experience with a register for an independent study to enter a course as an auditor. meaningful, supporting component that unless repeating a course. No student enables students to observe, apply, and 18 may complete more than 12 hours of better understand previously studied Pass-Fail Registration independent study. A total maximum theory. Individual practicums can be Students should request permission of independent study and correspon- done for one to four hours of credit. from the Registrar’s Office to take a dence is 16 hours. Independent study Students can earn a maximum of eight course pass-fail. The pass-fail option requires the consent of the instructor hours of credit towards graduation can occur only through the first week and the approval of the advisor, course requirements through practicum of classes and is subject to the department chair, and office of experiences, subject to departmental following guidelines: academic affairs. requirements. Completed under the direction of a faculty advisor and an • A pass grade represents work A tutorial course is classroom-based, employer supervisor, students are completed at C- or above. individualized instruction scheduled to required to complete a minimum of 40 meet on campus at a time that is clock hours of work experience for • This option is open only to second- mutually convenient for the student and each academic credit earned. Students term sophomores or above with at least the professor. The contact hours for usually complete practicum experiences a 2.30 gpa; the exception is the this course must meet the standard set during the summer session. practicum, which is open to all qualified by the Academic Affairs Office. Any students. course listed in the catalog may be Field experiences are usually a taught as a tutorial course with the component of a regular course and consent of the instructor and approval • No course in the major or minor field provide students opportunities to learn, of the advisor, course department chair, (except the practicum) and no general observe, and assist professionals with and office of academic affairs. education course may be taken pass- selected tasks in an off-campus setting fail until all requirements in those areas related to a career or program goal. are met. Experiential Education Students are placed, supervised, and evaluated by the faculty responsible for Experiential education includes the course. Assignments related to field • No course needed for teacher internships, practicums, and field experiences become part of the overall certification may be taken pass-fail. experiences that provide students with course evaluation. the opportunity to integrate theoretical • The choice to take a class pass-fail learning in a major field of study with must be declared by the end of the first actual work experience in a variety of week of classes. nonclassroom settings. Students ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

GRADES by dividing quality points by gpa hours. Eligibility for Grade point hours include only Taylor University courses taken for a grade. Intercollegiate Grading System Athletics The following grades and quality points Incomplete and For participation in intercollegiate are assigned to undergraduate students athletics, students must be enrolled full at Taylor University in calculating the Not Reported Grades time, carrying at least 12 credit hours. gpa: All work for credit is expected to be In addition, they must be students in Quality Calculated completed within the term it is good standing, not on probation, and Grade Meaning Points in GPA attempted. An incomplete grade (INC) meet the requirements of the National may be given when an emergency Association of Intercollegiate Athletics A prevents a student who has been Superior 4.00 Yes and the National Christian College passing the course from completing Athletic Association. some crucial portion of the required A- 3.67 Yes work, but not to complete extra work to raise a grade. Incompletes must be Academic Progress authorized by the Office of Academic A student who meets the minimal B+ 3.33 Yes Affairs before they are submitted to the grade point average requirements as Registrar’s Office. Incompletes should indicated below is considered to be a B be translated to grades and reported to student in good academic standing. A Good 3.00 Yes the Registrar’s Office by the date student who falls below the minimum approved by the Office of Academic required grade point average is placed B- 2.67 Yes Affairs. The last possible date for on academic probation and enters a approval is the week before final special advisement program under the examinations of the following full term. direction of the Learning Support C+ 2.33 Yes Center and the academic advisor.

C The Registrar’s Office will record an NR Satisfactory 2.00 Yes (not reported) when grades are Cumulative Minimum unavailable, such as receipt of tran- Total Hours Required GPA scripts for off-campus study programs C- 1.67 Yes or faculty emergencies. 00.00-12.99 1.60

13.00-30.99 1.70 D+ 1.33 Yes If no change has been made by the instructor by the approved due date, the 31.00-44.99 1.80 D registrar is authorized to change the Minimally 45.00-60.99 1.90 acceptable 1.00 Yes INC or NR to an F. 61.00+ 2.00 19 D- .67 Yes Grade Changes All requests for change of grade (except F from an INC or NR) are initiated by the The grade point average of each Failing 0 Yes student with the professor of record student is reviewed twice annually to P and then must be approved by the determine whether action needs to be Pass taken with respect to probationary 0No office of academic affairs. Questions (C- or above) regarding the grade should be directed status. The first such review takes place CR to the professor within two weeks after after fall semester for all students Credit 0 No receipt of grades in the mail. Such a except first-time freshmen who are change is permitted only before the end reviewed after interterm. At the end of W of the next term the student is in the spring semester, grade point Withdrawal 0 No attendance after the original grade was averages for all students are reviewed WP awarded. for the same purpose. Withdrawal/ passing 0No For students placed on probation, WF Grade Reports failure to reach the minimum require- Withdrawal/ At the midpoint of each term the registrar failing 0Yes ments within one semester results in sends a progress report to students suspension from the university, unless INC whose level of work at that time is during that semester at least a 2.30 Incomplete 0 No reported to be below C–. These grades term grade point average is earned. are not recorded on the student’s record NR Students placed on “extended proba- Grade in any way. Final grade reports are sent 0No tion” are not eligible to receive financial not reported to students at the end of each term. aid. First-time suspension is for one NC semester; a second-time suspension is credit/failing 0Yes Dean’s List for one year. A student may apply for Full-time students are named to the AUD readmission after the suspension Audit 0 No Dean’s List when they have earned a period. Readmission is not automatic 3.60 or better gpa for the term and and requires the approval of several The unit of credit is the semester hour. when at least one-half of their hours offices on campus. Grade point average (gpa) is calculated carry credit point values. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

• Graduation honors are computed on Taylor University work only.

• A student completed at least 48 hours at Taylor University.

Final Examinations Students must take their final examina- tions at the assigned hours listed in the schedule of classes that is distributed at the time of registration. Exceptions are made only because of serious illness or death of an immediate member of the family. Reasons such as plane sched- ules, availability of flights, and rides leaving early are not acceptable exceptions. Students scheduled to take Placement on academic probation Candidates for graduation must more than two final exams on the same carries related consequences. Eligibility complete an application for graduation. day may, with written permission from for financial aid continues for one This form is available when registering a faculty member, reschedule an semester only. No student on academic for the fall semester one year prior to exam(s) to maintain a minimum of no probation is allowed to hold a univer- participating in commencement. The more than two exams per day. Students sity student leadership position until application begins the degree audit should contact the Registrar’s Office to such time as he/she qualifies for process. Prior to their senior year, begin the rescheduling process. acceptable academic standing. students should check the schedule of Similarly, university policy does not classes and registration procedures to Class Attendance permit athletic participation by students determine the deadlines for submitting Students are expected to attend all who are on academic probation. No the application for graduation. While sessions of classes for which they are student on academic probation may the registrar will conduct degree audits registered. Any necessary deviations register for correspondence courses or on behalf of the university, students are from this expectation must be reported independent study courses unless responsible to ensure that all gradua- by the student to the professor of the repeating a course. No academically tion requirements are met. class to be missed. Excused absences suspended student may be enrolled in (with permission to make up work) are any Taylor courses including those Attendance at commencement is only granted in the cases of (1) offered by the College of Adult and required unless a written request to be admittance to a hospital, including 20 Lifelong Learning’s (CALL) World Wide absent is filed with and approved by the Taylor’s Wellness and Health Services Campus. In some cases, it may be Registrar’s Office. (verified by Wellness and Health advisable for a suspended student to Services); (2) serious emotional illness enroll in courses at another institution (verified by the associate vice president in order to make a better case for A candidate for graduation must fulfill for student affairs/dean of students); (3) readmission to Taylor. Such students all financial obligations to the university before he or she receives a diploma. athletic events approved by the faculty should consult with the Registrar’s athletic committee or group absence for Office in advance of such enrollment. approved academic events (students Honors at Graduation must make prior alternate arrange- Additional information concerning Honors are designated at commence- ments with the professors whose academic probation and suspension is ment only for those students who have class(es) they will miss); (4) death or available from the Registrar’s Office. fully completed all course work and hospitalization of an immediate family requirements for their degrees before member (mother, father, brother, sister, GENERAL ACADEMIC commencement. In recognition of or grandparent); or (5) very unusual POLICIES superior scholarship, the university circumstances as evaluated by the awards three levels of honors at professor. graduation: cum laude, magna cum Graduation laude, and summa cum laude. Cum Unexcused absences, “cuts,” without A student may complete graduation laude is awarded those students with a permission to make up work, must not requirements at the end of any of the gpa of at least 3.50. Magna cum laude exceed one per credit hour of the university’s instructional terms that is awarded those students with a gpa of course. The penalty for excessive cuts conclude in December, January, May, or 3.70. Summa cum laude is awarded is communicated in each course August. However, commencement those with a gpa of 3.90. syllabus. Cuts could be used for ceremonies are held only in May at the situations such as travel difficulties, bad end of the spring term. Participation in Graduation honors for transfer students weather, conflicting schedules, commencement is open to those are awarded under the following oversleeping, minor sickness, doctor or students who have completed all degree conditions: dentist appointments, and job inter- requirements by May or have an views. When courses are added after approved plan whereby all requirements the first class meeting, each session • The last 30 hours of graded courses will be met by the end of the summer missed should be considered a cut. must be Taylor University hours. session following commencement. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Academic Dishonesty International Baccalaureate credit at new students should request that the higher level. transcripts be sent directly to the Academic dishonesty constitutes a Admissions Office at Taylor University. serious violation of scholarship These transcripts are forwarded to the standards at Taylor that can result in All students are expected to complete Registrar’s Office for an evaluation. A substantial penalties, including denial the expository writing requirement by copy of this evaluation is sent to the of credit in a course as well as the end of their first year at Taylor. If student. The registrar evaluates dismissal from the university. Any act the AP or CLEP exam for expository courses for general education and that involves misrepresentation writing was passed and approved by elective credit; however, it is the regarding the student’s academic work the Office of Testing, the fee for posting student’s responsibility to meet with the or that abridges the rights of other credit to the transcript should be paid appropriate department chair to have students to fair academic competition is by the end of the first semester at major or minor courses evaluated and forbidden. Academic dishonesty Taylor. It is the student’s responsibility notification sent to the registrar by the includes, but is not limited to, cheating to verify that scores are received in the department chair. Course descriptions on assignments or exams, plagiarizing Office of Testing. The CLEP exam for and syllabi may be required in order to (misrepresenting another’s work as expository writing must be taken and evaluate courses. one’s own original creation), submitting passed by November 1 for students the same (or substantially the same) entering in the fall semester and April 1 paper in more than one course without for students entering in the spring Current Taylor students who plan to prior consent of all instructors con- semester. If not, students must register take courses at another university cerned, depriving others of necessary for ENG 110 in the second semester. during the summer or during a academic sources, sabotaging another semester’s absence and wish to transfer student’s work, and using without Prior to entering Taylor, students should credits to apply toward a degree must attribution a computer concept or request from the Office of Testing the complete a transfer approval form program. All acts of academic dishon- guidelines, conditions, schedules, signed by the student’s academic estly are reported to the Academic limitations, and costs for processing advisor and the registrar prior to taking Affairs Office. (The university statement and awarding credit by examination. A the course(s). Students should request on plagiarism is available from that maximum of 30 hours of advanced that transcripts be sent directly to the office.) placement and credit by examination registrar before the next enrollment may be applied to meet graduation period. Academic Grievance requirements. The following guidelines are applied in To assure an open atmosphere in accepting transfer credit: academic endeavors, procedures have Correspondence been established to provide fair process Courses of any academic complaint registered • The university reserves the right to Correspondence courses taken prior to by a student. Students who believe that accept or reject courses for transfer entering Taylor University require unfair treatment may be occurring in credit. Remedial or vocational courses approval by the registrar. Correspon- 21 their academic experience should are not transferable. dence courses taken by resident consult the Student Life Handbook. A students require approval by the detailed description of the informal and • Only course work with a grade of C- advisor and the registrar prior to formal grievance procedures may be or better is accepted. Courses taken for enrollment. Students are permitted to obtained from the Academic Affairs a grade mode of pass, credit, or count 12 hours of correspondence Office. satisfactory do not transfer unless the credit toward their degrees. A com- transcript indicates that the grade is bined total of 16 hours of correspon- equivalent to at least a C-. Academic Exceptions dence and independent study can be Students requesting exceptions to applied to meet degree requirements. approved academic policy must submit Grades earned affect the cumulative • Grades do not transfer. Taylor grade an academic petition, available from grade point average. These courses are point average is computed only on the Registrar’s Office. The student’s not considered part of the academic work offered by or through the advisor and the registrar must review load for enrollment verification or university. the petition before action is taken on financial aid purposes. No student on the academic petition by the office of academic probation is permitted to • A maximum of 66 hours of credit academic affairs. register for correspondence courses may be transferred from an accredited through the CALL’s World Wide Campus two-year college. These courses are unless repeating a course. No aca- not given upper-division credit. Advanced demically suspended student may be enrolled in any Taylor courses including Placement and • Students are permitted to count those offered by the CALL’s World Wide Credit by Examination toward their degrees no more than 12 Campus. Candidates for graduation Students may qualify for advanced hours of correspondence or indepen- must complete all correspondence placement and college credit by dent study credit, and the total course work and exams one month satisfying the standards set by indi- maximum of correspondence and prior to the graduation completion date. vidual departments to pass the College independent study is 16 hours. Board Advanced Placement Examina- tions (AP), the College Level Examina- Transfer Credit • One-half of the major and minor tion Program (CLEP), the Taylor To receive credit for course work hours must be completed at Taylor University Modern Language Test, and earned at other accredited institutions, University. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Taylor University offers programs leading to the bachelor of arts degree, bachelor of science degree, bachelor of music degree, and the associate of arts degree.

All degrees require students to fulfill general education, major field, and elective courses. Students must also demonstrate proficiency in essential skill areas, i.e. reading, math, and writing, as well as fulfill the general and departmental computer compe- tency requirements.

Students must complete their degree programs within seven years following their initial matriculation. In view of • Courses that have been taken more Stop-Out Policy occasional curricular changes, students than eight years prior to transferring to A student who finds it necessary to may elect to meet the graduation Taylor University are subject to leave Taylor University temporarily with requirements that were in effect at the departmental approval for transfer if the firm intention to return may apply time they entered Taylor University. they are to be used to meet general for stop-out status during the advance Otherwise, they must meet current education, major, or minor require- registration period. This status, which graduation requirements. In situations ments. is open to students in good academic when curricular changes must be made standing, is limited to one academic in compliance with new licensing or • Accepting courses for transfer and year, requires a definite return date, credential requirements, special applying them toward degree require- and enables students to return without accommodations may be made. ments are separate considerations. formally applying for readmission Courses that transfer as elective credits through the Admissions Office. Baccalaureate Degree may not be applicable to specific Students unable to return at the requirements. designated return date will be required Requirements to go through the formal readmission A baccalaureate degree is an award 22 • The director of teacher certification process. The stop-out option is not that requires the completion of at least must approve courses that apply available to students who find it four academic years of college-level toward teacher certification. necessary to withdraw from the work or the equivalent in an academic university after the term begins. It is field of study and that meets the the responsibility of students on stop- institutional standards for satisfying the • CLEP and AP credit recorded by a out to follow directives relating to requirements of this degree level. Only specific course on an official transcript student housing, billing, payment of one degree is awarded for each major. must meet Taylor standards in order to bill, registration, and financial aid that be accepted as transfer credit. Proce- are published annually and sent to all dures for acceptance of credit may be The bachelor of arts degree centers on students by the President’s Office. The obtained from the Office of Testing. courses of study in the arts and stop-out application process begins in Departmental challenge exams from sciences. It is likely to include more the Registrar’s Office and requires other institutions are not transferable. elective courses in the major field of approval by the student advisor and the study. Candidates for the bachelor of registrar. arts degree must demonstrate the • The last 30 hours of course work equivalent of two years in one foreign must be completed at Taylor University. Transcript of language. The degree may be combined with curriculum requirements in • Graduation honors are computed on Academic Record education or systems analysis. Taylor University work only. A student In accordance with the Family Educa- must complete at least 48 hours at tional Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, The bachelor of science degree requires Taylor University to be considered for transcripts may not be released without more upper-division courses, fewer graduation honors. the written consent of the student. No electives, and a practicum or internship transcript is issued unless all financial experience. Bachelor of science degrees obligations to the university are current • Exception to these policies is made are often awarded to students prepar- according to an agreement with the only by academic petition available in ing for professional fields. Students Controller’s Office. the Registrar’s Office. usually specialize more in the natural and social sciences than in the humanities. Most bachelor of science degree programs are only available when combined with curriculum ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

requirements in education or systems • No course taken pass-fail may be are administered at Taylor University. analysis. included in the major. Students are then placed in language classes at the level indicated by these The bachelor of music degree is the • One-half of the hours in the major tests. Those who place beyond the initial professional baccalaureate field must be earned at Taylor Univer- intermediate level of the language are degree in music. Its primary emphasis sity. considered to have fulfilled the is on development of skills, concepts, language requirement and may be eligible to receive six hours of credit for and sensitivity essential to the profes- • A comprehensive examination in the intermediate language by further sional life of a musician. The degree major field of study must be success- testing. Students placing into 202 may may be combined with curriculum fully completed. requirements in education, environ- receive credit for 201 if the grade mental science, or systems analysis. earned in 202 is a C or higher. Taylor The student’s field of secondary University offers language instruction in emphasis is usually, but not always, French, German, Spanish, and New The following requirements apply to the outside the major field. The minor Testament Greek. baccalaureate program: normally consists of fifteen percent or more of the total hours required in an Students of a language other than those • Minimum of 128 semester hours. undergraduate curriculum. At Taylor, offered at Taylor University may choose students are required to complete to meet the language requirement by approximately one-half of the total • Completion of all general education demonstrating proficiency equivalent to hours required for a major to earn a requirements. two years of college study of that minor area of specialization. Minors are language. The request should be intended to complement the major • Cumulative grade point average of initiated with the chair of the modern and/or provide a greater breadth to 2.00. (Higher grade point averages are languages department. liberal arts education. The following required in certain curricula. See, for requirements apply to the minor: example, education and social work.) English Proficiency • A 2.30 grade point average in the All incoming students, both first-time • Passing grade in all hours for minor field is required. freshmen and transfers, must take the graduation. English proficiency tests. The English department uses the student’s SAT or • Courses earning a grade below C– • Minimum of 42 semester hours of ACT verbal score as one indicator of may not be counted toward the upper-division (300-400 level) courses. his/her skills, but depends most heavily required number of hours in the minor. upon a writing sample administered during summer orientation/registration • The last 30 hours to be spent in • No courses taken pass-fail may be weekends and before the start of residence at Taylor University. (The only included in the minor. classes in the fall. Students who exceptions to this rule are permission 23 demonstrate the ability to organize and for students majoring in natural develop ideas accurately should enter science, permission by petition, or • One-half of the hours in the minor ENG 110. Those students who do not advance permission granted by the must be earned at Taylor University. show an acceptable level on the Curriculum Management Committee.) English tests must take ENG 100 first to A concentration is an intensive study of provide focused attention on basic a subject within a major field of study • Candidates for two degrees must organizational/development, language, consisting of at least thirty percent of complete a minimum of 158 semester or usage skills. Students completing the major requirements. At Taylor, hours and meet requirements for two ENG 100 with a C- grade or above are concentrations are specialized areas different majors. then granted permission to enter ENG within the major field and include 110. Students not meeting the C- tracks, application fields, supporting The major is the principal field of study standard are required to repeat ENG areas, areas of emphasis, and cognates. usually consisting of twenty-five 100 through an individualized program There is a range of required hours that percent or more of the total hours in the second semester. are determined by standards within the required in an undergraduate curricu- field along with requirements estab- lum. At Taylor University, typical fields lished by the department. Transfer courses must be the final in of study require students to earn a any sequence and match the standards minimum of 30 hours of credit. The of ENG 110. Students transferring in following requirements apply to the Language Requirement comparable expository writing but not major: for Bachelor of Arts showing an acceptable level of Degree proficiency on the entrance tests are • A 2.30 grade point average in the expected to remedy the deficiency by Candidates for the bachelor of arts major field is required. (Higher grade taking ENG 100. Upon earning a grade degree must demonstrate the equiva- point averages are required in certain of C- or above, transfer credit is lent of two years of one foreign curricula.) accepted for ENG 110. Students language for graduation. Those transferring in comparable expository students who enter with a year or more writing credit and showing an accept- • Courses earning a grade below C– of high school foreign language study able level of proficiency on the may not be counted toward the must take the University of Wisconsin entrance tests are exempted from ENG required number of hours for the major Foreign Language Placement Tests that 110. and must be repeated. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

• In reading, attain SAT verbal score of comprehensive examination is in the 540 or above or ACT English score of major teaching field. A student is 23 or above. In math, attain Sat math allowed a maximum of three attempts score of 550 or above or ACT math to pass the comprehensive examination score of 24 or above. Scores must be in any single major. If a student intends official reports from The College Board to graduate with more than one major, or The American College Testing a comprehensive examination is Program and are required for both first- required for each. The examinations are time freshmen and transfer students. to be marked superior, pass, or fail. New students who have not fulfilled the reading and/or math proficiency requirements by meeting the SAT/ACT Associate of Arts standards are required to take the Degree proficiency tests. An associate degree is an award that requires the completion of at least two • Pass Taylor University proficiency academic years of college-level work or testing in reading and math by the equivalent in an academic or November 1 for students entering in the occupationally specific field of study fall semester and April 1 for students and that meets institutional standards entering in the spring semester. for satisfying the requirements for this degree level.

• All students who have not passed reading and math proficiencies by The associate of arts degree requires November 1 or April 1 are required to general education and major area be enrolled in IAS 180 Applied Learning courses along with demonstrated Techniques-Verbal and IAS 185 Applied proficiency in essential skill areas. At Learning Techniques-Math or MAT 100 Taylor University, most of the degree Math Fundamentals in the second programs are designed to prepare semester. The Office of Testing will students for occupational-specific fields All students are expected to complete send notification of such placement to as well as preparation for matriculation to baccalaureate degree programs. An the expository writing requirement by the registrar who is authorized to associate of arts degree must be the end of their first year at Taylor. If register all students who have not the AP or CLEP exam for expository passed the tests. completed and awarded one calendar writing was passed and approved by year before a baccalaureate degree from the same department can be the Office of Testing, the fee for posting Senior Seminar credit to the transcript should be paid awarded. The following requirements 24 Senior Seminar is an integrative, apply to the associate’s degree: by the end of the first semester at interdisciplinary general education Taylor. It is the student’s responsibility requirement that students fulfill in to verify that scores are received in the • Minimum of 64 semester hours. relation to their own major areas of Office of Testing. The CLEP exam for study. It is offered annually in the expository writing must be taken and January interterm. In the case of a • Minimum cumulative grade point passed by November 1 for students double major, students are required to average of 2.00. entering in the fall semester and April 1 take two senior seminars if both for students entering in the spring departments require senior seminar to • Thirty hours of general education semester. If not, students must register fulfill graduation requirements within courses: IAS 101, 110; ENG 110; CAS for ENG 110 in the second semester. the major. For those required to take a 110 or 120 or 201; PHP 100 and 200 (1 second senior seminar, students may hour); BIB 110 and 210; COS 104 or Reading and Math take IAS 493 for three or four hours. 106; one social science or history Proficiencies However, independent study (IAS 360) course; HUM 230 or a literature course for three or four hours is a viable from ENG 230, 233, 240, or 250; one All new students, both first-time alternative to a second required senior science course. freshmen and transfers, must demon- seminar. Students who have double strate proficiency in reading and math. majors are expected to know the Proficiency tests are administered • English, mathematics, and reading requirements of each department and during summer orientation/registration proficiency. work out an acceptable schedule to weekends and before the start of fulfill the requirements with the help of classes in the fall. Students enrolling their major advisors. • The last 30 hours in residence at for the first time during the spring Taylor University. semester will receive information from the Office of Testing concerning Senior Comprehensive • Fulfill all major area requirements. proficiency testing. Examination (Refer to Business Administration, Early A candidate for a baccalaureate degree Childhood Education, Liberal Arts, and Students may fulfill the proficiency must pass a comprehensive examina- Management Information Systems for requirements for reading and math in tion in the major field of study. This detailed listing.) one of the following ways: examination is given during the senior year. In secondary education, the 26

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

THE TAYLOR • shares intellectual expertise with the students who evidence the following larger geographical, scholarly, and faith characteristics of mature and intellec- PROGRAM communities, tual Christians:

Taylor University offers programs Spiritual Activity: Students who are • anchors specific career preparation leading to the bachelor of arts degree, spiritually active have developed an for a variety of professions in a bachelor of science degree, bachelor of intellectual and experiential under- foundation of appropriate academic music degree, associate of arts degree, standing of the Christian heritage experiences, cultural breadth, and and preprofessional training. Each enacted in a consistent lifestyle of Christian perspectives, student selects a major and meets the study, worship, service, stewardship, requirements for the chosen course of and world outreach. study. In addition, every student meets • prepares students to meet external general education requirements and certification and licensing requirements, Critical Thinking: Students who are may select from electives to complete and critical thinkers have learned the his or her studies. Two years of one intellectually disciplined process of foreign language are required of • provides preprofessional preparation. conceptualizing, quantifying, analyzing, students pursuing the bachelor of arts synthesizing, and evaluating informa- degree program. The bachelor of arts tion gathered from or generated by degree may be combined with curricu- GENERAL EDUCATION observation, experience, reflection, lum requirements in education or reason, or communication as a guide systems analysis. The bachelor of All students at Taylor University share for action or belief. music degree may be combined with certain common educational require- curriculum requirements in education. ments. Known as general education, Most bachelor of science degree this program grows out of the purpose Competent Communication: programs are only available when of the university as expressed in its Students who are competent communi- combined with curriculum requirements Christian beliefs, mission statement, and cators have developed understanding in education or systems analysis. academic objectives. and skill in the nature and practice of private and public discourse as Departmental certificate programs are In seeking to integrate faith and instruments for creating, interpreting, offered within specific baccalaureate learning in the Christian university and evaluating beliefs, attitudes, programs. Each program is described environment, the general education policies, and values in the context of within the program listings of the program recognizes that all truth is various communities. sponsoring department. God’s truth in the special revelation of the inspired Scriptures and in the Scientific Literacy: Students who are Taylor University reserves the right to accumulated knowledge of human scientifically literate have understood withdraw a course or a program or to experience. The Christian faith perme- and employed the scientific method as limit its enrollment when for any ates all learning. This idea means that a means of inquiry, are familiar with reason it becomes impractical to offer it (1) faith is the foundation for our 27 basic subject matter in representative as previously scheduled. learning in the academic disciplines, areas of the natural sciences, under- and (2) the academic disciplines are stand foundational connections among important for informing our faith and OBJECTIVES OF THE the various areas of science and transforming our world. ACADEMIC PROGRAM mathematics, and are able to relate scientific principles to human affairs. Christian worldview assumptions Taylor University’s academic program provide the foundation for the learning process and infuse the liberal arts and Aesthetic Literacy: Students who are • requires students to demonstrate the academic majors with direction, aesthetically literate have developed depth of learning in an academic major, meaning, and motive for application. knowledge of the unique epistemology Such interaction of faith and learning represented by the arts, including a • structures the general education transforms general education courses in discerning awareness of the language experience for the dissemination of the terms of subject selection, interpretation and literature of diverse art forms. liberal arts heritage, of information, the search for meaning in information, the application of Civic Mindedness: Students who are • fosters the capacity for making knowledge, a model for living and civic minded have attained systematic sensitive, value-oriented judgments, learning, and an enthusiastic apprecia- knowledge of the structure and tion for knowledge. The liberal arts processes of domestic and international enhance the study of the student’s • engages students and faculty in and cultural, economic, political, and social major and support preparation for the encourages research, systems and value participation in world of work as well as civic, social, those structures and processes. and personal responsibilities. • prepares students for conscientious and creative leadership in a technologi- Representing nearly half of the bacca- Responsible Stewardship: Students cal world, laureate programs, general education is who are responsible stewards have liberating education in that it frees developed an understanding of God’s command to be good caretakers of His • establishes foundations for graduate Christians to think and deal with the creation and practice individual study, entire range of knowledge. The faculty of Taylor University affirms that general accountability in managing spiritual, education is intended to develop intellectual, personal, physical, and economic resources. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Lifelong Learning: Students who are Computer Science knowledge and principles and usually lifelong learners are committed to COS 104 Computer & Info. Concepts (2), or require junior and senior-level students learning as a means of continuous COS 106 Computer & Info. Concepts (2) to demonstrate an advanced level of growth and development, which Departmental Computer Application (1-3) independence, writing ability, and expresses itself in ministry and Science critical thinking skills in learning reverence toward God in an ever- Select one course from two different areas: difficult content material within various At least one must be a lab course. Must changing world. academic disciplines. total 8 hours. General Education (I) Life Science – Lab Some curricular courses or course BIO 100 General Biology (5) components listed in this catalog Requirements BIO 200 Human Nutrition (4) include physical or off-campus activities No single general education course may BIO 243 Human Anatomy & Physiology (5) for which students must sign a waiver meet two separate general education BIO 244 & 245 Human Anatomy & of liability as a precondition of requirements (except WR and SP). Physiology I, II (6) participation. Students should refer to the General ENS 200 Environment & Society (4) Education Handbook for specific ENS 231 Introduction to Environmental The following courses are offered in requirements and information. Science (4) many departments with descriptions for Orientation (II) Physical Science – Lab these courses being the same for all CHE 100 Chemistry for Living (4) IAS 101 New Student Orientation (1) departments. Descriptions are provided CHE 201 General Chemistry I (5) here, but these courses carry depart- Spiritual Foundation CHE 211 General & Inorganic Chemistry I (5) ment prefixes. IAS 110 Foundations of Christian Thought (3) PHY 120 Experiences in Physical Science (4) BIB 110 Biblical Literature I (3) PHY 121 Survey of Physical Science (5) 170/370 1-4 hours BIB 210 Biblical Literature II (3) PHY 203 and PHY 211L General Physics & Selected Topics REL 313 Historic Christian Belief (3) Lab (4) A course offered on a subject of interest PHI 413 Contemporary Christian Belief (3) PHY 211 and PHY 211L University Physics & but not listed as a regular course IAS 493 Senior Seminar (4) Lab (5) offering. May count toward the Stewardship of the Body (IIIa) Earth Science – Lab departmental major and meets general PHP 100 Fitness for Life (1) PHY 201 Introductory Astronomy (4) education requirements. PHP 200 PE Activity (1) (IIIb) Earth Science – Non-Lab Select one of the following: 360 1-4 hours GEO 210 Physical Geography (4) PHP 200 PE Activity (1) Independent Study GEO 240 Introduction to Geology (4) PHP 300 Basic Swimming Skills (1) An individualized, directed study ENS 351 Environmental Survey Techniques PHP 302 Lifeguard Training (1) involving a specified topic. (4) PHP 333 Water Safety Instructor (1) PHP 334 Lifeguard Training Instructor (1) (IV) Mathematics – Non-Lab 393 1-4 hours 28 Practicum Fine Arts MAT 140 Fund Calculus for Applications (3) MAT 151 Calculus with Analytical Geometry Supervised learning involving a first- HUM 230 Art as Experience (4), or I (4) hand field experience or a project. It is HUM 330 Arts and Ideas (4) MAT 220 Ways of Knowing (4) offered primarily during summer. Select one of the following: Generally, one hour of credit is awarded HUM 250 Participation in the Arts (1) History for a minimum of 40 hours of Music ensemble (1) HIS xxx (3-5) Art studio course (3) practicum experience. Music lesson (private or class) (1) Social Science Select one course from one of the following: 450 1-4 hours Literature ECO xxx (3-4) Directed Research Select one of the following: POS xxx (POS 232 excluded) (3-4) Investigative learning involving closely ENG 230 World Literature (4) GEO xxx (GEO 240 excluded) (3-4) directed research and the use of such ENG 233 Literary London (4) SOC xxx (SOC 355 excluded) (3-4) facilities as the library or laboratory. ENG 240 American Literature (4) IAS 330 Human Relations in Organization (3) ENG 250 British Literature (4) 480 1-4 hours Cross Culture Seminar Writing Complete one designated cross culture A limited-enrollment course designed ENG 110 Expository Writing (4), or course (CC) ENG 112 American English for especially for upper-class majors with International Students (5) emphasis on directed readings and Complete two designated writing courses COURSE discussion. (WR) INFORMATION 490 1-2 hours Speaking Honors Select one of the following: Lower-division courses, typically Individualized study or research of an CAS 110 Public Speaking (2) courses numbered at the 100 and 200 advanced topic within a student’s CAS 120 Interpersonal Communication (2) level, are introductory and foundational major. It is open to students with at CAS 201 Corporate Communication (3) courses designed for freshmen and least a 3.00 gpa in the major field. Complete two designated speaking courses sophomore-level students. Upper- (SP) division courses, numbered at the 300 and 400 level, build upon higher ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

ACADEMIC Physical Education Elementary Education PROGRAMS LIST Physics English Education Political Science French Education

The listings and text that follows Psychology Mathematics Education provides the details of the courses of Sociology Mathematics Science Education study. Listed alphabetically by depart- Social Work Music Education ment and/or program, the material includes faculty names, major require- Spanish Physical Education ments, and course descriptions. Course Sports Management Physics Science Education descriptions identify the content, the Theatre Arts Social Studies Education level of difficulty of the course, and any prerequisites that apply. Wellness Spanish Education

Associate of Arts Baccalaureate Minors Baccalaureate Degree Majors Accounting Teaching Minors Business Administration Biblical Languages Art Education Early Childhood Education Biblical Literature Biology Science Education Liberal Arts Chemistry Chemistry Science Education Management Information Systems Christian Education Communication Arts Education Communication Studies English Education Baccalaureate Majors Computer Science French Education Accounting Economics General Science Education Art English Health and Safety Education Biblical Literature Finance Mathematics Education Biology French Music Education Business Administration Geography Physical Education Chemistry History Physical Science Education Chemistry-Environmental Science Human Resource Management Physics Science Education Christian Education International Studies Social Studies Education 29 Communication Studies Literature Spanish Education Computer Engineering Management Computer Graphic Arts Marketing Interdisciplinary Computer Science Mass Communication/Journalism Program Economics Mathematics Systems Analysis Engineering Physics Music English Philosophy Preprofessional Environmental Biology Physics Programs Environmental Engineering Political Science Pre-Engineering Environmental Geology Prelaw Prelaw French Psychology Premedical Technology Geography Public Relations Premedicine Goal-Oriented Sociology History Spanish International Business Theatre Arts International Studies Writing Mass Communication/Journalism Mathematics Baccalaureate Mathematics-Environmental Teaching Majors Science Art Education Music Biology Science Education Natural Science Chemistry Science Education Philosophy Communication Arts Education ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ART TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

ART

Chair, Associate Professor R. Smith; Associate Professor, C. Moore; Assistant Professors L. Blakely, Kaufmann; Instructor K. Herrmann

The Western World shares a common intellectual and physical culture that is significantly determined by the creative results of visual arts. Whether through the physical environment, information media, entertainment, or consumable products, the visual and design arts influence our beliefs, choices, and actions with increasing sophistication. The Taylor University art department, in conjunction with the broader liberal arts community, sees its purpose as the training of Christian professionals who are adept at reading this visual environment and engaging it creatively and redemptively. Art Art Education The bachelor of arts degree with a The art department offers a major and Many specific career avenues require major in art requires two years of one a minor to students desiring teacher training in the visual arts. A major in foreign language and 42 hours certification for visual arts education. art is a good first step toward a career including ART 101,151, 201, 251, 271, Students pursuing this program must in architecture, publication design, fine 321 or 322, 341, 355; two art history complete the appropriate art depart- arts production, advertising, industrial courses from ART 213, 313, 316, or 370; ment requirements that follow as well design, graphic illustration, arts IAS 493; a minimum of three courses in as 28-31 hours of professional educa- administration, art education, or art a single subject area to form a concen- tion courses. Detailed curriculum therapy. tration selected from one of the guides are available from the education following areas: and art departments. The goals of the art department at Taylor University are (1) to provide Drawing: ART 101, 201, 301 The Indiana Professional Standards 30 undergraduate art majors with strong Art History: ART 213, 313, 316, 370 Board has redesigned the teacher foundational skills that will prepare Painting: ART 321, 322, 421, 422 education standards in Indiana. Thus, them technically and intellectually for Photography: ART 261, 361, 461 Taylor’s teacher education programs success in graduate or advanced Ceramics: ART 281, 282, 381 will change. Please be advised that professional programs in the fine arts Printmaking: ART 341, 342, 441 some of these changes may become or the design professions, (2) to provide Three-Dimensional Design: ART 271, effective during the next two years; teacher training in art education for 371, 471 therefore, specific programs in teacher certification and instruction in elemen- Jewelry: ART 275, 375, 475 education may change. tary, middle, and secondary schools, (3) Graphics: ART 251, 351, 355, 356, 451 to offer liberal arts students art courses Either baccalaureate degree in art which will enrich their comprehension Art/Systems education for all grades (K-12) must of cultural issues, and (4) to encourage complete a total of 52 hours including The bachelor of science degree with a our faculty to serve as role models by ART 101, 151, 201, 271, 281, 300, 321 major in art/systems consists of the 42- actively producing in their chosen field or 322, 331, 341, 355; HUM 230 or 330; hour major requirement and curriculum of the visual arts and by articulating IAS 493; two art history courses from requirements in systems analysis how Christian faith, the visual arts, and ART 213, 313, 316, or 370; a minimum including COS 120, 240 or 250; IAS 330; the current issues of Western culture of eight elective hours from ART 213, MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352; interrelate. 251, 261, 275, 282, 313, 316, 321, 322, SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 or 402; ART 393 351, 356, 360, 370, 393, CAT 341, PHI (3-4 hours); six additional systems The department of art offers the 342. Professional education requires 31 elective hours from COS 310, COS 320, bachelor of arts and bachelor of science hours including EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, degrees. The bachelor of arts degree 411, 431, and PSY 240. ENG 210 and MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, requires completion of two years of one PSY 340 are also required. SYS 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. Courses foreign language. The bachelor of selected for the six additional hours science degree must be combined with must be in addition to those required Either baccalaureate degree in art curriculum requirements in either elsewhere in the major or systems. All education for middle school, junior education or systems analysis. A senior systems curriculum courses must be high, and senior high (grades 5-12) and exhibit is required of all majors in art, completed with a grade of C- or better. secondary education (grades 7-12) must art education, and computer graphic complete a total of 41 hours including arts, as fulfillment of the senior ART 101, 151, 271, 281, 300, 331, 355; comprehensive examination requirement. ART ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

HUM 230 or 330; IAS 493; two art ART 251 3 hours ART 282 3 hours history courses from ART 213, 313, 316, Graphics I: Typography Ceramics II: Wheel Throwing or 370; one course from ART 321, 322, An introduction to graphic design and The use of the potter’s wheel for or 341; at least three elective hours visual communication. The essential throwing vessel and sculptural forms is from ART 251, 261, 275, 321, 322, 341, principles of type design and graphic introduced. Form and surface design 351, 370, 393, CAT 341. Professional layout techniques are explored through are considered as well as alternate education requires 28 hours including studio projects. The relationship firing techniques. Prerequisite: ART 151 EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, 411, and 431. between graphic design and the realm for all art majors. Offered spring EDU 332 is required for senior high, of advertising and commerce is semesters. junior high, and middle school educa- discussed. Offered fall semesters. tion 1icensure. ENG 210 and PSY 340 ART 321, 421 3 hours are also required. ART 261 3 hours Painting: Oil/Acrylic I, II Photography I Basic elements of the materials, color Introduction to the fundamentals of theory, techniques, and composition as The art education minor requires 26-28 black and white photography. History, used in historical and contemporary hours including ART 101, 151, 271, 281, composition, darkroom processes, and styles of painting. Consideration of the 300, 331; two art history courses from artistic techniques are presented with work of individual painters introduces ART 213, 313, 316, or 370; two to four an emphasis on individual explorations various conceptual approaches to hours of electives from ART 251, 261, of the medium. Students must provide painting. Advanced work includes the 275, 321, 322, 341, 370. a 35mm camera with adjustable shutter refining of technical skills and indi- and aperture diaphragm to enroll. vidual exploration. Prerequisites: ART Computer Offered fall and spring semesters. 101, 151. For 421, the signed permission Graphic Arts of the instructor and 321 are required. ART 271, 371, 471 3 hours Offered fall semesters. The art department, in cooperation with Three Dimensional Design I, II, III the computing and system sciences Foundational, intermediate, and ART 322, 422 3 hours department, offers a computer graphic advanced use of the technical skills and Painting: Watercolor I, II arts major that combines computer conceptual issues of creating with form The essential tools, techniques, and science and art courses. See Computing and space. Studio projects employ the processes for painting in the watercolor and System Sciences for program additive, subtractive, and casting medium are presented. Advanced work details. methods and the materials clay, plaster, includes the refining of technical skills wood, plastics, and metal. Prerequisite: and individual exploration. Prerequisites: Art Studio Courses ART 151 for all art majors. For 371 and ART 101, 151. For 422, the signed 471, previous course(s) in sequence and permission of the instructor and 322 are ART 101 3 hours signed permission of the instructor are required. Offered spring semesters. Drawing I required. Offered spring semesters. Introduction to the fundamentals of ART 341, 342, 441 3 hours 31 observation and rendering, perspective ART 275, 375, 475 3 hours Printmaking I, II, III and composition, using a variety of Jewelry I, II, III The potential of hand printing as an drawing mediums. Offered fall and Beginning through advanced metal- expressive medium is explored through spring semesters. working projects use various tech- image making in the relief, intaglio, and niques, with precious and non-precious lithographic processes. Intermediate metals, to create jewelry forms. and advanced studies address the ART 151 3 hours Soldering, enameling, metal casting, refining of skills and the individual Fundamentals of Art and Design and stone setting are covered. Ad- exploration of one or two processes. A foundation course for understanding vanced projects refine the basic Prerequisites: ART 101, 151. For 342 and and creating the visual arts. The techniques through individual explora- 441, the previous course(s) in the traditional elements and principles of tion. Prerequisite: ART 151 for all art sequence and the signed permission of design composition and color theory, as majors. For 375 and 475, previous the instructor are required. Offered fall well as methods for creative problem course(s) in sequence and signed semesters. solving, are covered. As a studio skills permission of the instructor are required. class, the course is structured around a ART 351, 451 3 hours related series of projects utilizing a ART 281 3 hours Graphics II, III variety of mediums. Offered fall and Ceramics I: Handbuilt Forms Advanced studio exercises address the spring semesters. An introduction to basic clay formation issue of graphic design and public techniques with an emphasis on the image in contemporary society. ART 201, 301 3 hours sculptural and asymmetrical potentials Students explore the impact of graphic Drawing II, III of hand constructed clay forms. The communication and its influence in Intermediate level problems deal with essentials of the ceramic process are corporate identity, packaging, and the human figure and advanced covered: forming, glazing, and transfor- publication design. The ability to apply conceptual approaches as they relate to mation through firing. Prerequisite: ART both conceptual and technical skills to drawing as an artistic end. Prerequisite: 151 for all art majors. Offered fall design problems is emphasized. ART 101. For 301, previous course(s) in semesters. Prerequisite: ART 251. For 451, signed sequence and signed permission of the permission of the instructor and 351 are instructor are required. required. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ART TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

ART 355, 356 3 hours Computer Assisted Design I, II: Graphics An introduction to digital illustration and photographic image manipulation as fundamental techniques in computer graphic design. Directed lab projects introduce the basic skills of drawing, scanning, and graphics layout, using the computer as the primary design tool. Intermediate study pursues individual applications for photo- imaging or graphic design. Prerequisites: ART 101, 151, 251 for all art majors. For 356, the signed permission of the instructor and 355 are required. Art 355 is offered fall and spring semesters.

ART 361, 461 3 hours Photography II, III The advanced techniques of studio lighting, filtration, electronic flash, larger camera formats, and metering are covered as well as their applica- tions to portrait, product, and macro photography. Color photographic processes and professional presentation methods are presented. Students must provide a single-lens reflex camera with adjustable shutter and aperture diaphragm to enroll. Prerequisite: ART 261. For 461, the signed permission of the instructor and 361 are required.

ART 381 3 hours Ceramics III 32 Individual projects explore a focused theme using hand building, wheel throwing, casting, or alternate methods. Scheduled with 281 or 282. Prerequi- sites: ART 151, 281 or 282, and the signed permission of the instructor are required.

Art History and Art Education Courses ART 313 3 hours ART 331 3 hours ART 170/370 1-4 hours Western Art History II Introduction to Art Education Selected Topics A survey of architecture, sculpture, and A survey of the history and philosophy painting from the Proto-Renaissance to of art education. The course utilizes ART 213 3 hours the present in Western Europe and the the disciplines of art criticism, history, Western Art History I United States. Prerequisite: ART 213 aesthetics, and production to acquire A survey of architecture, sculpture, and recommended. Offered alternate spring information, develop resources, and painting from prehistory to the Late semesters. create a variety of learning experiences Gothic in Europe and the Near East. for students of various developmental Offered alternate fall semesters. ART 316 3 hours levels. Offered fall semesters. Asian Art History ART 300 3 hours A survey of the visual arts of India, ART 360 1-4 hours Art for Teachers China, and Japan as an overview of the Independent Study Opportunities for the development of primary cultures of the Eastern world. skills and learning experiences for use The architecture, painting, and ART 393 1-4 hours in the elementary classroom. Introduc- sculpture of Hinduism, Buddhism, Practicum tion to the components of Discipline Confucianism, Taoism, Shintoism, and Based Art Education through lecture, Islam are considered. Prerequisites: ART IAS 493 4 hours studio projects, and out of class 213 recommended. Senior Seminar assignments. Offered fall and spring semesters. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BIBLICAL STUDIES, CHRISTIAN EDUCATION, AND PHILOSOPHY

BIBLICAL STUDIES, CHRISTIAN EDUCATION, AND PHILOSOPHY

Chair, Associate Professor Harbin; Professors Corduan, Dorman, Helyer, Heth; Associate Professors Charles, Chechowich, Lay, Meadors, Spiegel; Assistant Professors P. Collins, Collymore; Instructor R. S. Farmer

The purpose of the biblical studies, Christian education, and philosophy department is two-fold. First, the eleven-member department teaches four general education courses that are required of the entire student body: BIB 110, BIB 210, REL 313, and PHI 413. These four courses are sequenced, and each successive course serves as the prerequisite for the next. The purpose arts education, the student desiring to language requirement for graduation of these general education courses is to attend seminary should take an and satisfies or exceeds language equip students with enough theological introductory course in philosophy and entrance requirements for most and philosophical substance so that logic and be able to read at least one seminaries. they will be able to integrate biblical theologically significant foreign truth within their respective disciplines language. The primary language is as well as think and live “Christianly” in A minor in biblical languages consists Greek, although Hebrew is also our post-modern world. A.W. Tozer of 17 hours of credit beyond GRK 201 recommended. As an alternative, a said, “The history of mankind will and 202. Required courses include GRK modern language may be substituted, probably show that no people has ever 301, 302, 450; HEB 201 and 301. but should be either French or German. risen above its religion, and man’s spiritual history will positively demon- Biblical Literature strate that no religion has ever been Students who plan to pursue seminary The bachelor of arts degree with a greater than its idea of God.” Thus, the study should seek the counsel of the ultimate goal of the general education department faculty and consult with the major in biblical literature requires two 33 courses taught within this department appropriate denominational authorities years of one foreign language and 36 is that the student know and love God to determine which graduate school(s) hours beyond BIB 110 and 210 general with all his heart and mind (John 17:31; would best prepare them for their education requirements. At least 27 of the 36 hours must be in biblical Luke 10:27) and become more anticipated career. Early in their senior literature including BIB 272, 320, 341, Christlike in thought, speech, and year, students should correspond with action (Romans 8:29). the school(s) to which they intend to 462, 480; IAS 493; and 15 hours of BIB apply. electives. Also required are PHI 262 or 371 and six additional departmental Second, the department offers three elective hours from BIB, CED, PHI, or Many of the department’s majors majors—biblical literature, Christian REL. Students majoring in both biblical choose to take advantage of Taylor’s education, and philosophy—to prepare literature and Christian education will affiliation with Jerusalem University students who will demonstrate only be required to take IAS 493 once. College and spend a semester studying competence in biblical, educational, Candidates for a major in biblical in Jerusalem. Men and women and philosophical truth in preparation literature must earn at least a C- in BIB anticipating seminary study should also for graduate studies and lifelong 110, BIB 210, REL 313, and PHI 413. servant/leadership roles in professional select other electives in their under- Christian ministries. graduate course of study that encom- pass the world of ideas, the world of A minor in biblical literature requires 15 nature, and the world of human affairs. hours of credit beyond the general In addition, four minors are offered in education required courses of BIB 110 biblical languages, biblical literature, and 210. For this minor, two courses in Christian education, and philosophy; Biblical Languages Old Testament and two courses in New and two baccalaureate certificate Primarily, the courses enable one to Testament are required, plus one other programs are offered in youth ministry read and study the Bible in the original BIB, CED, or REL elective (excluding and missions. languages. Enrichment of historical REL 313). concepts of communication, depth and Taylor University seeks to provide pre- breadth of Christian perspective, and theological students with the cultural cultural appreciation of the biblical Biblical and intellectual foundations essential to world are secondary concerns of Literature/Systems their graduate study and ministry. In biblical language studies. In addition, The bachelor of science degree with a addition to the basic tools of a liberal the two-year Greek sequence meets the major in biblical literature/systems ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 BIBLICAL STUDIES, CHRISTIAN EDUCATION, AND PHILOSOPHY

consists of the 36-hour major require- A bachelor of arts degree with a major Seniors will write a scholarly paper that ment and curriculum requirements in in Christian education requires two fulfills the requirements for the systems analysis including COS 120, years of one foreign language and at comprehensive exam. 240 or 250; IAS 330; MAT 151, 382; least 50 hours including CED 100, 232, NAS 240 or MAT 352; SYS 200, 390, 242, 262, 351, 352, 371, 393 (3-4 392, 401 or 402; BIB 393 (3-4 hours); hours), 421; BIB 272, 462 and two BIB Philosophy/Systems six additional systems elective hours electives; either PHI 262 or 371; PSY The bachelor of science degree with a from COS 310, COS 320, COS 382, MAT 250; and IAS 493. In addition to CED major in philosophy/systems consists 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, MAT 392, MAT 393, four semesters of departmentally of the 34-hour major and curriculum 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS approved ministry are required. requirements in systems analysis 401, SYS 402. Courses selected for the Students are encouraged to fulfill their including COS 120, 240 or 250; IAS 330; six additional hours must be in addition language requirement by studying two MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352; to those required elsewhere in the years of Greek. Students majoring in SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 or 402; PHI 393 major or systems. All systems curricu- both Christian education and biblical (3-4 hours); six additional systems lum courses must be completed with a literature will only be required to take elective hours from COS 310, COS 320, grade of C- or better. Candidates for a IAS 493 once. Candidates for a major in COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, major in biblical literature/systems Christian education must earn at least a MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, must earn at least a C- in BIB 110, BIB C- in BIB 110, BIB 210, REL 313, and SYS 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. Courses 210, REL 313, and PHI 413. PHI 413. selected for the six additional hours must be in addition to those required elsewhere in the major or systems. All A minor in Christian education requires Christian Education systems curriculum courses must be at least 18 credit hours including CED The Christian education program of completed with a C- or better. 100, 262, 351, 352, 371, and BIB 272. Taylor University is designed to help Two semesters of experience in students prepare for full-time Christian departmentally approved ministry are ministry in a variety of arenas. Courses Religious Studies required for the minor. balance theory and practice as the Courses in religious studies help biblical, theological, historical, philo- students complete a certificate in sophical, and educational foundations Christian missions, serve as departmental of ministry are explored. The program electives, and meet general education emphasizes personal spiritual growth Education/Systems requirements (REL 313 only). and strong relationships as a founda- The bachelor of science degree with a tion for effective ministry. Students major in Christian education/systems Certificate Programs learn collaborative thinking, planning, consists of the 50-hour major require- The certificate in missions is available programming, and evaluation strategies ment and curriculum requirements in to students in any baccalaureate major while encouraged to identify and use systems analysis including COS 120, program. Students are required to their spiritual gifts in ministry during 240 or 250; IAS 330; MAT 151, 382; complete 18 hours including BIB 330, 34 their years as students. NAS 240 or MAT 352; SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 or 402; CED 393 (3-4 hours); REL 311, 391, 432, and PHI 322 or 323. six additional systems elective hours In addition, the student must complete Students may apply for admission to from COS 310, COS 320, COS 382, MAT a cross-cultural experience that may or the Christian education program upon 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, MAT 392, MAT may not be for credit. Suggestions completion of CED 100 and 262 and 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS include involvement in Taylor World one semester of experience in a 401, SYS 402. Courses selected for the Outreach, a semester abroad, Christian departmentally approved ministry. six additional hours must be in addition Center for Urban Studies, Lighthouse, Students are considered for acceptance to those required elsewhere in the and REL 393 practicum. Approval is to if they meet the following criteria: 3.00 major or systems. All systems curricu- be secured in advance from the in the major and 2.50 overall gpa, at lum courses must be completed with a department. Also, students must least one semester of experience in a grade of C- or better. Candidates for a complete two additional courses that departmentally approved ministry, and major in Christian education must earn will enhance the purpose for selecting an interview with members of the at least a C- in BIB 110, BIB 210, REL the certificate program. Courses in Christian education faculty. 313, and PHI 413. mass communication, environmental science, biblical literature, linguistics, or The application process includes the history and geography of a particular following components: First, complete Philosophy region are appropriate. a written application. Second, submit The bachelor of arts degree with a letters of recommendation from a major in philosophy requires at least 34 The certificate in youth ministry is an pastor, a ministry supervisor, and, for hours of credit including PHI 201, 202, academic program for students from residential students, a residence life 203, 413, 452; IAS 493; and 15 hours of various baccalaureate majors interested staff person; nonresidential students PHI electives from PHI 110, 262, 322, in developing their skills in ministering must provide an additional character 323, 342, 371, 432. POS 361 and 362 to youth. This program also provides reference. Third, participate in an may also count toward the major. Christian education majors with an interview with a department committee, optional area of specialization in youth which consists of Christian education A minor in philosophy requires 16 hours ministry. The certificate in youth faculty and two other department of credit including the required courses ministry helps prepare graduates for members. PHI 201, 202 or 203, 413, and 7 hours of ministries such as InterVarsity, Campus PHI electives. POS 361 and 362 may also Crusade, and Youth for Christ. In count as electives for the minor. addition, the certificate may be earned ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BIBLICAL STUDIES, CHRISTIAN EDUCATION, AND PHILOSOPHY in combination with any major as an and Epistles. Also included is a series of BIB 340 3 hours ideal way for students to integrate explorations into the relevancy of Christ Hebrew Prophets career and ministry goals. Students to modern life. Prerequisite: BIB 110/ Selected major and minor prophetic majoring in biblical literature, Christian 310. works of the Old Testament are education, or philosophy who plan to considered with special emphasis given to the historical background, Messianic work with youth may strengthen their BIB 272 3 hours credentials by adding the certificate. Inductive Study of the Bible message, and content together with The student must complete 19 hours Specific methods are taught to enable specific theological concepts and including the following courses: CED students to understand the propositions teachings that are pertinent to modern 100, 221, 312, 322, 393 (2 hours), BIB of the biblical text, relate those times. Prerequisite: BIB 110. Offered fall 272, and PSY 250 or 340. propositions to one another, and ask semesters. questions of the text in order to Courses with a grade below a C– may discover what the biblical writers meant BIB 341 3 hours The Gospels not be counted toward the certificate. to convey through their writings. This course incorporates the departmental Stresses the life and teaching of Jesus computer competency requirements for as set forth in the Synoptic Gospels and biblical literature and Christian John. Attention is given to the literary education majors. Prerequisites: BIB and theological characteristics of each 110/310 and 210. individual gospel and to the develop- ment of gospel criticism. The primary focus, however, is on the words and BIB 320 3 hours Pentateuch works of Jesus Christ and their Emphasizes the historical narrative and significance for Christians today. the content of the Law of God. Special Prerequisite: BIB 210. Offered fall attention is given to the Genesis semesters. account of the origin of the cosmos, man, sin, and salvation. The authorship BIB 350 3 hours of the Pentateuch is considered. Poetic and Wisdom Literature Prerequisite: BIB 110/310. Offered spring Hebrew poetry and wisdom as pre- semesters. sented in the books of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Lamentations, and the Song of Solomon. Prerequisite: BIB 330 3 hours Acts and the Early Church BIB 110. Offered fall semesters. A historical study with particular attention given to the missionary BIB 360 1-4 hours expansion of the early church, the work Independent Study of the Holy Spirit, and the place of the BIB 362 3 hours 35 church in the world. Prerequisite: BIB Jewish Literature of the Second 210. Offered spring semesters. Temple Period Biblical Literature Courses The development of Judaism beginning BIB 331 3 hours with the Ezra literature through the Bar BIB 103 3 hours Pauline Epistles Kochba revolt. Prerequisite: BIB 110. Introduction to Holy Land Studies Attention is given to the life, ministry, Offered spring semester of even years. A study of the biblical background and and writings of Paul. The doctrinal, contemporary significance of Israel. pastoral, and personal epistles of Paul BIB 393 1-4 hours Taught in Israel during January. This are studied with reference to their Practicum course may count for either BIB 110, geographical and historical settings, the BIB 210, or a departmental elective. organization of the Apostolic Church, BIB 420 3 hours Offered interterms. and the development of Christian Apocalyptic Literature of the Bible Examines the historical and theological doctrine. Careful exegesis is made of dimensions of Old Testament, New BIB 110/310 3 hours selected portions of each epistle. Testament, and second Temple period Biblical Literature I Prerequisite: BIB 210. Offered fall apocalypticism. Special attention is A course that has as its primary content semesters. given to apocalyptic thought in Daniel, the Old Testament with special the gospels, and Revelation. Prerequi- attention given to the law, the prophets, BIB 332 3 hours site: BIB 110 and 210. Offered spring and the history of Israel. BIB 310 is Hebrews and General Epistles semester of even years. designed primarily for transfer students A study of the non-Pauline epistles with and has additional requirements. attention to their authorship, historical place in the canon, and doctrinal BIB 452 3 hours Old Testament Historical Literature uniqueness. The contents of each book BIB 170/370 1-4 hours Selected historical books in the Old Selected Topics are analyzed, and problem texts are Testament are considered with treated. Prerequisite: BIB 210. Offered particular emphasis given to the BIB 210 3 hours spring semester of odd years. Biblical Literature II authorship, historical theory, and A course that includes a foundation in theological content of these books. New Testament study with focus on Prerequisite: BIB 110. Offered spring Jesus Christ as portrayed in the Gospels semester of odd years. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 BIBLICAL STUDIES, CHRISTIAN EDUCATION, AND PHILOSOPHY

BIB 462 3 hours personal growth and development. CED 393 2-4 hours Biblical Theology Emphasis is given to the ways theologi- Christian Education Practicum A study of the Bible and its central cal truths address life issues. Prerequi- A practical, supervised involvement in message and meaning. The Bible is site: CED 100. ministry, preferably after a student’s viewed as recording a special kind of junior year. Majors must enroll for 3-4 history revealing God’s will and hours. Youth certificates require 2-4 CED 300 3 hours purpose and giving essential meaning Cross-Cultural Christian Education hours. Offered summers. to all human life and destiny. This Stresses principles of cross-cultural course is normally taken during the communication, evangelism, teaching, CED 421 3 hours senior year. Prerequisite: BIB 272. and leadership development involving a Specialized Ministries A research course designed to help field experience of ministering in students articulate their philosophy of BIB 480 2 hours another culture. Offered summers. Seminar in Biblical Literature ministry within a particular age group A research course focusing on key or ministry context. Attention is given CED 312 2 hours exegetical, historical, and theological to critical areas of need within Christian Evangelism in Youth Ministry issues crucial to a proper understanding education. This course meets university An intensive study of the various of the biblical literature. This course requirements for senior comprehensive theories and approaches used to meets university requirements for exams for Christian education majors. prepare junior high and senior high senior comprehensive exams for Graduating CED majors only. Offered youth to become Christians. Offered biblical literature majors. Prerequisites: spring semesters. spring semesters. BIB 272, 320, and 341. CED 490 1-2 hours CED 322 2 hours BIB 490 1-2 hours Honors Discipleship in Youth Ministry Honors An intensive study of the theories and IAS 493 4 hours IAS 493 4 hours approaches used to help junior high Senior Seminar Senior Seminar and senior high youth to grow and develop in their faith. Offered fall Greek and Hebrew Courses Christian Education Courses semesters. CED 351 3 hours GRK 201 4 hours CED 100 3 hours Teaching and Learning Strategies Elementary New Testament Greek Introduction to Christian Education A practical course designed to help the A study of the fundamental principles A course that focuses on the purpose student teach the Bible more effectively of New Testament (Koine) Greek and scope of Christian education and by the use of educational strategies. A grammar. Emphasis is placed on the the types of ministries available to teaching lab and supervision are mastery of forms, memorization of majors. Prerequisite for all other CED included, and competency in the use of vocabulary, and translation of sen- 36 courses except CED 221, 312, 322, 392. instructional media is required. tences from Greek to English. Offered Prerequisites: CED 100 and BIB 272. fall semesters. CED 170/370 1-4 hours Offered fall semesters. Selected Topics GRK 202 4 hours CED 352 3 hours Elementary New Testament Greek CED 221 3 hours Program and Curriculum A continuation of the study of the Ministry to Youth Development fundamental principles of New A general study of the various pro- A course that focuses on the develop- Testament (Koine) Greek grammar. grams used to meet the needs of junior ment of educational programs within John’s First Epistle is translated during high and senior high youth through church and parachurch ministries. the last half of the semester. Prerequi- church and parachurch ministries. Emphasis is on published curricula and site: GRK 201. Offered spring semesters. Offered interterms. the development of curricular writing skills. Prerequisite: CED 351. Offered GRK 301 4 hours CED 232 3 hours spring semesters. Greek Grammar and Syntax History of Religious Education An intermediate Koine Greek grammar A course focusing on the major CED 360 1-4 hours course that places special emphasis on individuals and movements influencing Independent Study the more exegetically significant details religious education from biblical times of Greek grammar and syntax by until the present. Prerequisite: CED 100. CED 371 3 hours reading and analyzing selected portions Offered fall semesters. Leadership Development of the Greek New Testament. Prerequi- A course designed to facilitate the site: GRK 202. Offered fall semesters. CED 242 3 hours development of the students’ skills in Theoretical Foundations leadership, organization, and manage- of Christian Education ment related to specific ministry GRK 302 4 hours Exegesis of the Greek New Testa- A course exploring the various current situations. Prerequisite: CED 100. Offered ment theories of Christian education. Prerequi- fall semesters. An introduction to the procedure and site: CED 232. Offered spring semesters. practice of Greek exegesis. Emphasis is CED 392 3 hours placed on the “how-to’s” of doing Urban Ministry CED 262 3 hours textual criticism, word studies, outlining Stresses principles of ministering within Personal Foundations for Ministry the argument of a passage, validating an urban context involving a field Students’ capacity for ministry is exegetical decisions, and the proper use enhanced in this course by facilitating experience. Offered interterms. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BIBLICAL STUDIES, CHRISTIAN EDUCATION, AND PHILOSOPHY of exegetical tools. Prerequisite: GRK PHI 203 3 hours PHI 452 3 hours 301. Offered spring semesters. History of Philosophy II Philosophy of Religion A survey of philosophical thought from A study of the major issues in the the modern period to contemporary philosophy of religion including GRK 401 4 hours Advanced Exegesis of the Greek movements such as linguistic analysis religious experience, theism, religious New Testament and phenomenology. Offered spring language, and the problem of evil. An extension of skills developed in GRK semesters. Offered spring semester. 301 and 302. Offered by arrangement with the instructor. PHI 262 3 hours PHI 490 1-2 hours Contemporary Issues Honors GRK 450 3 hours A systematic analysis of pressing issues IAS 493 4 hours Seminar in Biblical Languages such as sexual morality, divorce, Senior Seminar Stresses translation and exegesis of abortion, homosexuality, euthanasia, Greek and Hebrew texts. Special issues and war and peace. Offered spring such as the New Testament’s use of the semesters. Religion Courses Old Testament are considered. Prerequi- sites: GRK 302, HEB 301. Offered spring PHI 322 3 hours REL 170/370 1-4 hours semesters. World Religions: Western Tradition Selected Topics A study of Judaism, Islam, Zoroastrian- HEB 201 3 hours ism, and related religious movements. REL 311 2 hours Elementary Old Testament Hebrew Offered fall semesters. Foundations of Christian World Mission A study of the fundamental principles A study of the biblical, theological, and of Old Testament Hebrew. Emphasis is PHI 323 3 hours historical foundations of Christian placed on the mastery of forms, World Religions: Eastern Tradition mission strategy. Offered fall semesters. memorization of vocabulary, and A study of Hinduism, Buddhism, translation skills. Selections from Ruth Sikhism, Shinto, and Chinese religions. and Jonah are translated during the Offered spring semesters. REL 313 3 hours Historic Christian Belief second half of the course. Offered fall A survey of Christian belief as devel- semester of odd years. PHI 342 3 hours oped during the history of the church. Aesthetics Required of all students. May not be A study of classical and contemporary HEB 301 3 hours counted towards BIB, CED, or PHI Hebrew Exegesis theories about the nature of art, the majors. Prerequisites: BIB 110/310 and Stresses exegesis of Old Testament artistic process, the psychology of 210. Hebrew narrative and poetry. Texts aesthetic experience, and standards for from the law, prophets, and writings good art. Offered spring semester of even are translated. Textual criticism is years. REL 360 1-4 hours Independent Study considered. Prerequisite: HEB 201. 37 Offered spring semester of even years. PHI 360 1-4 hours REL 391 3 hours Independent Study Preparation and Strategy for Philosophy Courses Christian World Mission PHI 371 3 hours An introduction to the personal and Principles of Ethics ministry issues relevant to missionary A survey of the theoretical foundations PHI 110 3 hours life and service. Trends and models of Introduction to Philosophy of ethics such as the distinction cross-cultural ministry are explored. A survey of important issues and between absolutist and relativistic Attention is given to knowledge, skills, traditions in philosophy. Offered fall views, the nature of justice, and the and attitudes essential for cross-cultural semesters. need for rules. Readings from classical adaptation. A spring break cross- and modern authors are included. cultural mission trip is sometimes Offered fall semester of odd years. PHI 170/370 1-4 hours included. Offered spring semesters. Selected Topics PHI 393 1-4 hours PHI 201 3 hours Practicum REL 393 1-4 hours Logic Practicum A study of classical and contemporary PHI 413 3 hours REL 432 2 hours formulations of the principles of human Contemporary Christian Belief World Mission Area Studies thought. Proper deductive and inductive The integration of Christian thought A research seminar designed for logic is contrasted with fallacies. with contemporary ideas. An introduc- students to explore mission opportuni- Categorical logic, truth functional logic, tion to Christian apologetics. Required ties in an area of the world that and quantificational logic are exam- of all students. Prerequisite: REL 313. interests them. The geography, people, ined. Offered fall semesters. history, economics, culture, govern- PHI 432 3 hours ment, language, and religion of an area Epistemology PHI 202 3 hours and mission strategies appropriate to Contemporary theories on the nature History of Philosophy I the region are considered. Offered A survey of philosophical thought from and limits of knowledge and the spring semesters. the early pre-Socratic Greeks to the justification of beliefs. Offered fall modern period. Offered fall semesters. semester of even years. REL 490 1-2 hours Honors ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BIOLOGY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

BIOLOGY Biology/Systems school(s) chosen is important. Main- taining at least an A- average and The bachelor of science degree with a scoring well on the MCAT test (usually major in biology/systems consists of Chair, Associate Professor J. Moore; taken in the spring of the junior year) Professors Burkholder, Rothrock, the 50-hour major and curriculum are common prerequisites for accep- Squiers, Whipple; Associate Profes- requirements in systems analysis tance to a medical school. Help is sors J. Reber, Regier including COS 120, 240 or 250; IAS 330; available toward preparing for the MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352; MCAT examinations. The purpose of Taylor University’s SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 or 402; BIO 393 Department of Biology is to prepare (3-4 hours); an additional six hours of Christian men and women for service systems elective courses from COS 310, Biology Science to a world in need. This goal is met COS 320, COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, Education through offering the breadth and quality MAT 372, MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. The biology science education major of critically relevant course work requires 71-87 hours and includes a necessary to prepare undergraduate Courses selected for the six additional hours must be in addition to those general science core (17-22 hours), a biology majors for graduate and primary major area in biology (39-41 professional programs in the biological required elsewhere in the major or systems. All systems curriculum hours), and a supporting science sciences; presenting the essentials of concentration area (15-24 hours). modern, dynamic biology to students as courses must be completed with a grade of C- or better. Courses completed under the primary part of the university’s general educa- or supporting science areas are in tion curriculum; and continuing addition to the general science core. professional development of faculty as Biology/Premedicine Professional education requires 28 both scholars and scientists and to Preprofessional hours including EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, function as role models for students. 411, and 431. EDU 332 is required for The biology faculty acknowledges the Concentration senior high, junior high, and middle need to integrate faith and learning Program Director, Tim Burkholder school education licensure. ENG 210 including the continuing exploration of and PSY 340 are also required. Detailed the ethical implications in the applica- curriculum guides are available from tion of modern biological science to the The bachelor of arts degree with a major in biology and a preprofessional the education department. problems facing humankind today. concentration in premedicine requires two years of one foreign language and The general science core of 17-22 The bachelor of arts degree requires 69-72 hours in the major including BIO hours includes four to eight hours from completion of two years of one foreign 101, 103, 104, 203, 204, 393; four BIO 100, ENS 200, ENS 231, BIO 244 language. The bachelor of science elective courses from BIO 312, 331, and 245 or BIO 331 and 352; 4 hours degree must be combined with 332, 352, 362, CHE 411; and three to from GEO 210, GEO 240, or PHY 201; 9- curriculum requirements in education four hours of biology electives. Also 10 hours from CHE 201 or 211; PHY 203 38 or systems analysis. Majors are required, but not counted in the major and 211L or PHY 211 and PHY 211L. required to pass the biology subject test grade point average, are 32 hours of the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) in including CHE 201 or 211, 202 or 212, the fall semester of their senior year to The biology science major area of 39- 311, 312; PHY 203 or 211 and 211L, 204 41 hours includes BIO 101, 103, 104, fulfill the senior comprehensive or 212 and 212L; IAS 493; one math examination. 203, 204, 244 and 245 or 331 and 352, course from MAT 130, 140, 151. BIO BIO 301 or 341, BIO 371; six hours of 231 will also count toward the biology field experience; IAS 493. Biology elective hours. The bachelor of arts degree with a The chemistry science concentration major in biology requires two years of Students are required to make formal area consists of 15 hours including CHE one foreign language and 50 hours in application to the premedicine program 202 and 10 hours of chemistry elec- the major including BIO 101, 103, 104, in the spring semester of their sopho- tives. 203, 204; six hours in the summer field more year or after completion of 45 program from BIO 304 and 393 or hours of course work. Students must The general science concentration area equivalent courses from The Ausable have completed four of the five biology consists of 17-18 hours including CHE Institute of Environmental Studies core courses, one year of chemistry, the 202, PHY 204 and 212L or PHY 212 and selected from BIO 302, 313, 323, 342, or math requirement, and have a cumula- 212L, PHY 201, and GEO 240 or GEO 370; 15 elective hours from BIO 243, tive grade point average of 3.30. 210. 244, 245, 301, 307, 312, 322, 331, 332, 341, 352, 360, 370, 371, 380, 450, 490; Students interested in the premedicine ENS 231; CHE 411. A minimum of 31 curriculum should purchase a copy of The mathematics science concentration hours in the major must be from the Premedicine Program Student area consists of 24 hours including courses other than BIO 360, 393, 450, Handbook sold in the Taylor University MAT 151, 230, 240, 250, 312, and one or 490. Also required, but not counted Bookstore. They should also go to the elective course from MAT 352, 361, or in the major grade point average, are circulation desk in the Zondervan 412. 14 hours including CHE 201 or 211, Library and check out the catalog on CHE 202 or 212, and IAS 493. The medical school admissions require- The physics science concentration area following courses are strongly recom- ments sometime during their sopho- consists of 16 hours including PHY 212 mended: CHE 311, 312; PHY 203 or 211 more year. Meeting the specific and 212L and 11 hours of electives and 211L, PHY 204 or 212 and 212L; entrance requirements of the medical from PHY 301, 311, 312, 321, 322, 330, NAS 480. 331, 341, 342, 412. BIOLOGY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

A minor in biology science education and utilization of energy. Three hours BIO 243 5 hours requires 30 hours including BIO 101, lecture and two hours laboratory per Human Anatomy and Physiology 103, 104, 203, 204, 244 and 245, 301 or week. Does not normally satisfy general A survey of the structure and function 371, and CHE 201. education lab science requirement. of the human organism. Fulfills general education lab science requirement. Offered summers only. The Indiana Professional Standards BIO 103 3 hours Board has redesigned the teacher Introductory Plant Biology education standards in Indiana. Thus, Introduction to plants, monerans, algae, BIO 244 3 hours Human Anatomy and Physiology I Taylor’s teacher education programs and fungi. Structure, growth, and The first of a two-course survey will change. Please be advised that development of the flowering plant covering the structure and function of some of these changes may become body are emphasized. Two hours the human body. BIO 244 plus BIO 245 effective during the next two years. lecture and two hours laboratory per fulfills the general education lab science Therefore, specific programs in teacher week. Does not normally satisfy general requirement. Offered fall semesters. education may change. education lab science requirement.

BIO 104 3 hours BIO 245 3 hours Environmental Biology Introductory Animal Biology Human Anatomy and Physiology II The biology department, in cooperation A taxonomic survey of the major phyla The second of a two-course survey with the earth and environmental in the animal kingdom from Protozoa covering the structure and function of science department, offers an environ- through Chordata. Classification, the human body. BIO 244 plus BIO 245 mental biology major for students with characteristics, representative forms, fulfills the general education lab science career goals in ecosystem analysis, and relations to man are considered. requirement. Offered spring semesters. environmental planning and resource One hour lecture and four hours management, human ecology, outdoor laboratory per week. Does not normally BIO 301 4 hours education, forestry, fisheries and satisfy general education lab science Taxonomy of Vascular Plants wildlife sciences, parks and recreation, requirement. Identification, classification, and or resource development. Interested systematics of vascular plants are studied. Laboratory emphasis is on students should refer to the earth and BIO 200 4 hours environmental science department for Human Nutrition local flora, plant family characteristics, program requirements. A study of human nutrition dealing with and modern systematic techniques. human consumption and utilization of Two hours lecture and four hours AuSable Institute of food. An understanding of the basic laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO roles of nutrients in the body creates an 103. BIO 203 is recommended. Offered Environmental Studies appreciation of the continuity of the life fall semesters. Taylor University is affiliated with the cycle with its changing nutritional AuSable Institute of Environmental needs. Three hours lecture and two BIO 302 4 hours Studies (AIES) in Mancelona, Michigan. hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Limnology 39 Taylor students may take summer CHE 100 or permission of instructor. Field study of lakes and other freshwa- courses for credit at AuSable. Detailed Fulfills general education lab science ter systems with applications to information is available from the AIES requirement but is not available to planning and management. Includes representative of the biology depart- majors for major credit. Offered interterm an introduction to limnology and ment. of odd years. investigation of representative lakes, streams, and wetlands of the region and compares the North American Biology Courses BIO 203 3 hours Principles of Genetics Great Lakes with the other great lakes Fundamental principles of Mendelian of the world and their stewardship. BIO 100 5 hours inheritance as they apply to living Prerequisite: one year of BIO 103, 104 General Biology organisms are examined. Population and CHE 201 or 211. Offered summers Concepts and principles of biology are genetics is studied as well as natural at AIES. studied to provide basic knowledge that selection and the concepts of evolution assists the student to meet the and creation. Three hours lecture and BIO 304 4 hours obligations of an informed citizen. Four two hours laboratory per week. Does Field Studies in Natural History hours lecture and two hours laboratory not normally satisfy general education lab Introduction to basic field and lab per week. Fulfills general education lab science requirement. methods used in field natural history. science requirement but is not available Includes basic nomenclature of spring to biology majors. The spring semester of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as General Biology is intended for elemen- BIO 204 3 hours Principles of Ecology aquatic systems. Provides an overview tary education majors as a content An introduction to the relationships of the history and philosophy of natural course that emphasizes instructional existing between organisms and their history through the writings of natural- methodologies in science education. environment. Lectures focus on the ists such as Aldo Leopold, Conrad structural and functional aspects of Lorenz, John Muir, and N. Tinbergen. BIO 101 3 hours populations, communities, and Prerequisites: BIO 103, 104, 204, or Principles of Cell Biology ecosystems in the context of the major permission of instructor. Offered summer Study of generalized subcellular North American biomes. Two hours session I. structures and metabolism emphasizing lecture and two hours laboratory per dependence of function on structure, week. Does not normally satisfy general principles of organization, and capture education lab science requirement. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BIOLOGY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

northern lower Michigan by sight and organ systems. Practical experience is by call. Prerequisite: One course in given in working with live animals and introductory biology and animal biology. the instrumentation used to examine Offered summer session I at AIES. the functional processes of various systems. Three hours lecture and three BIO 323 3 hours hours laboratory per week. Prerequi- Aquatic Biology sites: BIO 331 and CHE 201, 202. Offered Collection, identification, and ecological spring semesters. position of fresh-water organisms. Taxonomic skills are developed. BIO 360 1-4 hours Prerequisites: BIO 103, 104, and 204. Independent Study Offered summers at AIES. BIO 362 4 hours Molecular Genetics BIO 331 4 hours The current understanding of what a Comparative Anatomy gene is, how it functions, and how it is Classification, characteristics, and regulated, particularly from a molecular comparison of typical chordate animals perspective, is the essence of this BIO 307 4 hours with emphasis on the vertebrates. Two course. Viral, prokaryotic, and eukary- Vertebrate Natural History hours lecture and four hours laboratory otic systems are studied. Current More in-depth than BIO 104, this course per week. Prerequisite: BIO 104 or scientific literature as well as a looks at the adaptive anatomy, feeding permission of instructor. Offered fall published textbook serve as sources. relationships, behavior, life history, and semesters. Three hours lecture and one three-hour geographical distribution of vertebrates laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO from fishes to mammals. Labs focus on BIO 332 4 hours 101 and 203; two courses in chemistry. methods currently employed for study Developmental Biology BIO 371 is recommended. of vertebrates in the field and involve A study of development at the molecu- several outdoor sessions. Prerequisites: lar, cellular, and organismal levels. The BIO 104 or permission of the instructor. lecture sessions focus on current BIO 370 1-4 hours Selected Topics BIO 204 is recommended. Offered spring concepts in developmental biology, and semesters. the lab is classical vertebrate embryol- BIO 371 4 hours ogy (frogs, chick, pig). Three hours Microbiology and Immunology BIO 312 4 hours lecture and three hours laboratory per A study of micro-organisms. Major Cellular and Molecular Biology week. Prerequisites: BIO 101 and 104. emphasis is placed on the fundamental Analysis of the living cell with regard to principles underlying the activities of its physiological and biochemical BIO 341 4 hours bacteria and on the preparation of characteristics including enzyme Environmental Physiology slides and cultures. Some emphasis is 40 function, bioenergetics, nucleic acid An introduction to the physiology of placed on the study of virology as well replication, and biosynthesis as related cells and tissues with emphasis on as cellular and humoral immunology. to the cell cycle. Three hours lecture, responses to environmental challenges. Two hours lecture and four hours one three-hour laboratory per week. Topics include cell structure, protein laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO Prerequisites: BIO 101 and 203. Two synthesis and enzymes, water balance, 101. BIO 203 and two courses in courses in chemistry (Organic recom- transport, mineral nutrition, metabolism chemistry are recommended. mended). including photosynthesis, and re- sponses to stress and toxins. Three BIO 380 4 hours BIO 313 3 hours hours lecture and three hours labora- Systems Ecology Insect Biology and Ecology tory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 103 The principles of systems theory are A study of insect taxonomy, ecology, and CHE 201, 202. Offered spring introduced in an integrated study of the life histories, and economic importance. semesters. development, dynamics, and disruption Special attention is given to environ- of natural ecosystems. Theoretical, mental stewardship issues including BIO 342 3 hours analytical, and experimental aspects of use of insecticides, biological control, Fish Biology and Ecology ecosystems are explored. Students are integrated pest management, and Identification, ecology, exploitation, and introduced to the use of microcomput- impact of cultivation on formation of stewardship of fishes and their habitats. ers as a tool in ecosystem modeling. pest faunas. Field methods are stressed. Field studies include noncommercial Prerequisite: BIO 204 and one course in Prerequisites: BIO 101, 104. Offered and commercial fisheries in the Great college-level mathematics or computer summers at AIES. Lakes region, ecological dynamics of science. fisheries, exploitation and population BIO 322 3 hours ecology, fishing techniques, and fishing BIO 393 1-4 hours Ornithology rights and regulation. Prerequisites: BIO Practicum Biology, behavior, ecology, and 101, 104, and 204. Offered summers at identification of birds. Work is primarily AIES. BIO 450 1-4 hours conducted in the field and covers the Directed Research major habitats of northern lower BIO 352 4 hours BIO 490 1-2 hours Michigan, including wetlands, lakes, Animal Physiology Honors rivers, forests, dunes, and open field A study of the physiological nature of communities. Emphasis is placed on living organisms with special consider- IAS 493 4 hours identification of the spring bird fauna of ation of the functions of vertebrate Senior Seminar ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, AND ECONOMICS

BUSINESS, The business division is a member of Accounting/Systems the Association of Collegiate Business The bachelor of science degree with a ACCOUNTING, AND Schools and Programs (ACBSP). major in accounting/systems requires ECONOMICS 65 major hours including ACC 241, 242, Accounting 303, 341, 342, 393 (4 hours), 405, 416, Chair, Professor Bennett; Professor The accounting major is designed to 442; COS 120; BUA 311, 352, 361; ECO Erickson; Associate Professors prepare students for accounting and 211, 212; IAS 493. Also required, but Benjamin, Coe, H. Mitchell; Assistant not included in the major grade point Professors Cooper, Knudsen; Instruc- financial careers in public accounting, average, are 12 hours including BUA tor Gross business, government, education, and nonprofit organizations. The program 333, MAT 151, NAS 240. Curriculum presents accounting theory and requirements in systems analysis The business division seeks to prepare practice, current developments, and include COS 120, 240; BUA 352; MAT students to demonstrate excellence and ethical considerations discussed in a 151, 382; NAS 240; SYS 210, 200, 390, Christian values in the competitive Christian context. Students are taught 392, 394 or 402, 401; ACC 393 (4 global environment of business, not- how to develop, analyze, and interpret hours). All systems curriculum courses for-profit organizations, and govern- financial plans and results and to must be completed with a C- or better. ment and to enter graduate studies. provide management information in the most useful manner. Guided by faculty An optional four and one-half year As an expression of Taylor’s multi- advisors, students may pursue pro- accounting degree program, which dimensional education philosophy, the grams leading toward certification in embraces a four- to six-month business division offers five baccalaure- public accounting or management accounting practicum following the fall ate majors in accounting, business accounting. Most states require semester of the junior year, is available. administration, economics, interna- completion of 150 credit hours before This program allows the student to tional business, and sport management. taking the CPA examination. optimize the experiential content of the An associate of arts degree is offered in accounting practicum and enhance business administration. Minors are The bachelor of arts degree with a credentials for employability, while available in accounting, economics, major in accounting requires two years facilitating the completion of the 150 human resource management, finance, of one foreign language and 63-64 credit hours required for the CPA management, and marketing. The four hours including ACC 241, 242, 303, 341, examination. Students desiring public business-related minors in human 342, 393 (4 hours), 405, 416, 442; BUA accounting careers where the 150-hour resource management, finance, 260 or COS 120, BUA 311, 352, 361; requirement prevails may take addi- management, and marketing are used ECO 211, 212; IAS 493. Also required, tional elective courses from ACC 360, to complement a major outside of the but not included in the major grade 370, and 445. business discipline. point average, are 11 hours including BUA 333, MAT 110 (or higher-level Business All business division curriculum courses math), NAS 240. 41 combine theory, principles, techniques, Administration The bachelor of arts degree with a and practical applications to enhance An optional four and one-half year major in business administration graduates’ employment opportunities accounting degree program, which requires two years of one foreign and serve as a solid groundwork for embraces a four- to six-month language and 56-57 hours including graduate studies. The relevance of accounting practicum following the fall ACC 241, 242; BUA 231, 311, 352, 361, Christian faith to current, real-world semester of the junior year, is available. 393 (4 hours); ECO 211, 212; IAS 493; situations is emphasized in classes, and This program allows the student to four courses (12-hour minimum) of field trips and expert guest lecturers are optimize the experiential content of the upper-level concentration electives used. Team development and business accounting practicum and enhance from economics, finance, human projects are available in selected credentials for employability, while resources, management, marketing, business courses, and a practicum facilitating the completion of the 150 international business, or other selected experience is required of all business credit hours required for the CPA departmental courses that will supple- division students. Development of examination. Students desiring public ment the student’s program. The four communication skills, both written and accounting careers where the 150-hour elective courses must include one ECO oral, is emphasized. Many classes give requirement prevails may take addi- course and three in-class BUA courses, attention to problem solving and tional elective courses from ACC 360, and one of the four must include a quantitative analysis. 370, and 445. designated quantitative analysis content. Also required, but not Graduation requirements in the five The accounting minor recognizes included in the major grade point majors include passing all core courses attainment of a sound, working average, are 10-11 hours including MAT with grades of C– or better. Addition- knowledge of accounting in addition to 110 (or higher-level math), BUA 260 or ally, a grade of C– or better must be another major field of study. Required COS 120, and NAS 240. The summer achieved as a condition for taking are 21-22 hours including ACC 241, practicum experience (BUA 393) is subsequent or sequential courses for 242, 303, 341, 342, 442; and COS 120 or required by all business administration which the core courses are a prerequi- BUA 260 or ACC 370 (Integrated majors. site. Seniors must pass a senior Accounting Systems). comprehensive examination in their major. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, AND ECONOMICS

Business Administration/ Systems The bachelor of science degree with a major in business administration/ systems requires 58 major hours including ACC 241, 242; BUA 231, 311, 352, 361, 393 (4 hours); ECO 211, 212; IAS 493; four courses (12-hour minimum) of upper-level concentration electives from economics, finance, human resources, management, marketing, international business, or other selected departmental courses that will supplement the student’s program. The four elective courses must include one ECO course and three in-class BUA courses, and one of the four must include a designated quantitative analysis content. Also required, but not included in the major grade point average, are 12 hours including MAT 151, COS 120, and NAS 240. The summer practicum experi- NAS 240; and one upper-level, elective ence is required by all business Economics economics course. administration majors. Curriculum Economic studies show how people requirements in systems analysis make stewardship decisions about the include COS 120, 240; BUA 352; MAT use of scarce resources. Students learn Economics/Systems 151, 382; NAS 240; SYS 210, 200, 390, how such decisions should be made to The economics major combines well 392, 394 or 402, 401; BUA 393 (4 provide the best results for themselves, with systems analysis and provides a hours). All systems curriculum courses their businesses, and society as a solid foundation in preparation for must be completed with a C- or better. whole. By thinking critically about the graduate programs, especially in benefits and costs of various public and economics, business, public administra- private decisions, students prepare tion, and law. Business Minors themselves for a lifetime of learning 42 Four business-related minors in human and Godly service. resource management, finance, The bachelor of science degree with a management, and marketing are major in economics/systems consists of Economics majors are prepared for available to students majoring in the 46-48 hour major and curriculum employment directly in business, not- disciplines other than business requirements in systems analysis for-profit organizations, or government. administration. These minors provide including COS 120, 240; MAT 151, 382; Those planning public service careers an emphasis within a specific career NAS 240; SYS 210, 200, 390, 392, 394 should consider adding a major or track. All four minors require 20-22 or 402, 401; ECO 393 (3-4 hours); BUA minor in political science and/or a hours. 352. All systems curriculum courses prelaw minor. Students preparing for must be completed with a C- or better. graduate studies in economics should The human resource management complete a minor in mathematics. minor requires 21 hours including BUA International Business 311, 352, 362, 442, 462; PSY 250; and The bachelor of arts degree with a The bachelor of arts degree with a CAS 201. major in economics requires two years major in international business requires of one foreign language and at least two years of one foreign language and The finance minor requires 21-22 hours 46-48 hours including ECO 211, 212, 74-78 hours including ACC 241, 242; including ACC 241; BUA 352, 361, 430; 331, 332, 333, 393 (3-4 hours); 12 hours BUA 231, 311, 352, 361, 375, 380 or ECO 190 or 211; and two electives from of upper-level electives from ECO 315, 384, and 393 (4 hours); ECO 211, 212, BUA 312, 384, 428, 440, or 442. 321, 360, 370, 411, 442. Also required, 411, 442; IAS 493; a foreign travel/ but not counted in the major grade study academic experience (3-4 hours); a minimum of four international The management minor requires 21-22 point average, are 14-15 hours business electives (12-14 hours) that hours including BUA 231, 311, 352, 420; including MAT 151, NAS 240 or MAT must include one in-class BUA course ACC 241; ECO 190 or 211; and one 352, MAT 382, and one elective course and three other courses selected from elective from BUA 362, 422, 442, or from BUA 311, BUA 361, MAT 230, POS at least three of the following disci- 452. 331, POS 342. plines: business—BUA 410, 420, 422, 442, 452; political science—POS 211, An economics minor is a useful The marketing minor requires 21 hours 213, 222, 321, 325, 365; sociology—SOC complement to many other majors. The including BUA 231, 312, 352, 410, 460; 220; Geography—GEO 210, 220, 230; economics minor requires at least 21 and two electives from BUA 313, 375, history—HIS 100, 250, 311, 312, 313, hours including ECO 211, 212, 331, 332; 380, 412, or 452. 315, 332, 342, 361, 391; philosophy— ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, AND ECONOMICS

PHI 322, 323. Also required, but not Physical Education (NASPE) and the Music Elective Studies counted in the major grade point North American Society for Sport average, are 13-14 hours including MAT Management (NASSM). Taylor students in Management or 110, CAS 340, BUA 260 or COS 120, will be adequately prepared for sport Marketing NAS 240. management graduate study or A bachelor of science in music with entrance into a sport business career. elective studies in management or International marketing is available. See Music The bachelor of arts degree with a Department for program requirements. Business/Systems major in sport management requires The bachelor of science degree with a two years of one foreign language and Premaster of Business major in international business/systems 56 hours including ACC 241; BUA 231, requires completion of two years of one 311, 352, 362; ECO 190; PHP 111, 210, Administration foreign language and 76-79 major 220, 350, 351, 480, 492 (4 hours); IAS Program hours including ACC 241, 242; BUA 231, 493 (PHP); and nine hours of electives Taylor University students may use 311, 352, 361, 375, 380 or 384, and 393 selected by the student and faculty electives and required courses that lead (4 hours); ECO 211, 212, 411, 442; IAS advisor from ACC 242; BUA 312, 361, to a baccalaureate degree (in nearly 493; a foreign travel/study academic 410, 411, 412, 442, 452; CAS 120, 261; any field offered by Taylor) as prepara- experience (3-4 hours); a minimum of ECO 211, 212; PHP 360, 393, 402, 472; tion for completing the master of four international business electives NAS 240; PSY 220. Also required, but business administration in two years (12-14 hours) that must include one in- not counted in the major grade point (with fall entry) at Ball State University. class BUA course and three other average, are six hours including CAS Interested students should discuss this courses selected from at least three of 201 and MAT 110. program with their advisor and should the following disciplines: business— notify the chair of the business, BUA 410, 420, 422, 442, 452; political The bachelor of science degree with a accounting, and economics department science—POS 211, 222, 321, 325, 365; major in sport management requires 74 at Taylor of their intent. The student sociology—SOC 220; Geography—GEO hours including ACC 241, 242; BUA 231, must also formally apply to Ball State 210, 220, 230; history—HIS 100, 250, 311, 352, 362; ECO 211, 212; PHP 111, University. Admission criteria are 311, 312, 313, 315, 332, 342, 361, 391; 210, 220, 350, 351, 480, 492 (4 hours); baccalaureate gpa, GMAT scores, AWA philosophy—PHI 322, 323. Also IAS 493 (PHP); and nine hours of scores, and the satisfactory completion required, but not counted in the major electives selected by the student and of the following courses: COS 104 or grade point average, are 15 hours faculty advisor from BUA 312, 361, 410, 106 and COS 120 or BUA 260; MAT 140 including MAT 151, CAS 340, COS 120, 411, 412, 442, 452; CAS 120, 261; PHP or 151; ECO 211, 212; NAS 240; ACC NAS 240. Curriculum requirements in 360, 393, 402, 472; NAS 240; PSY 220. 241; BUA 231, 311, 352, 361, and 420. systems analysis include COS 120, 240; Also required, but not counted in the BUA 352; MAT 151, 382; NAS 240; SYS major grade point average, are 16 210, 200, 390, 392, 394 or 402, 401; hours including CAS 201, MAT 151, SYS BUA 393 (4 hours). All systems Accounting Courses 210, SYS 200, and BUA 260. 43 curriculum courses must be completed with a C- or better. ACC 170/370 1-4 hours Associate of Arts Selected Topics Sport Management in Business ACC 241 3 hours The sport management major blends Administration Accounting Principles I two disciplines: business and physical An associate of arts degree in business An introduction to the language of education. This major addresses the administration is offered for students business. Financial transactions are Taylor emphasis on Christian service in who want postsecondary training in analyzed, recorded, summarized, and a growing area of world sport business. business administration to prepare reported in a meaningful manner to The student will learn to identify and themselves for entry-level positions in management. Also studied are basic understand the internal and external business. This program also allows financial statements and the various factors that shape sport in a culture, students to proceed to a bachelor’s accounting and internal control apply management skills and evaluat- degree in business administration in a procedures for recording and protecting ing to the goals of a variety of sport normal sequence. This degree includes assets. Offered fall semesters. organizations (high school, college, and ACC 241, 242; BUA 231, 311, 352; ECO professional), and be able to apply 211, 212; MAT 110 or 151; NAS 240; fundamental marketing concepts to the ACC 242 3 hours SYS 210 or 200; BIB 110, 210; COS 104 Accounting Principles II sport industry. The student majoring in or 106; ENG 110; PHP 100, 200 (1 hour); A continuation of Accounting 241. sport management will become familiar HUM 230 or a literature course from Accounting problems and procedures with the various agencies governing ENG 230, 240, or 250; IAS 101, 110; a pertaining to partnerships and corpora- sport from the professional, collegiate, communications course from CAS 110, tions are studied. Also studied are high school, and amateur levels. An 120, 201; and electives to total at least various accounting procedures and internship is required for both bacca- 64 hours. For those students planning reports used by management in laureate degrees in sport management. to proceed to a baccalaureate degree, acquiring fixed assets, budgeting and MAT 110 will not meet the science controlling manufacturing and depart- The sport management major follows requirement for the baccalaureate mental operations, reporting financial the Sport Management Program degree. conditions, and analyzing the results of Standards and Review Protocol from operations. Prerequisite: ACC 241. the National Association for Sport and Offered spring semesters. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, AND ECONOMICS

position. Prerequisite: ACC 341 or IAS 493 4 hours permission of instructor. Offered spring Senior Seminar semesters. Offered interterms.

ACC 360 1-4 hours Independent Study Business Administraion (This course includes the opportunity to Courses prepare for the uniform CPA examina- tion.) BUA 170/370 1-4 hours Selected Topics ACC 393 4 hours Practicum BUA 190 3 hours Prerequisites: 15 accounting hours and Introduction to Business SYS 200 for majors pursuing a systems Introduction to Business is designed to curriculum. give the student an understanding of the role and function of the business ACC 405 3 hours enterprise within the American Auditing economic framework. The purpose of A study of how professional auditors the course is to develop an understand- serve the public, stockholders, and ing of the theory and practice of management by impartially examining business from an integrated perspective the accounting records and financial on two levels: First, the various statements of enterprises. Topics functions such as marketing, produc- studied include standards, ethics of the tion, and finance are part of the fabric profession, internal control procedures, of the business process and, therefore, risk assessment, and the nature of audit must be understood within the greater evidence. Prerequisites: ACC 342 or context of the business enterprise. permission of instructor. Offered fall Second, a successful career in business semesters. is compatible with biblical teaching. This course will also study successful ACC 416 3 hours business people who have integrated Advanced Accounting faith and business principles. Not for ACC 303 3 hours A study of the more complex issues in BAE department majors. Cost Accounting accounting for partnerships, consoli- A study of the nature of costs and their dated financial statements, and BUA 194 3 hours importance in manufacturing, service, multinational and not-for-profit Personal Finance 44 and not-for-profit organizations. Topics enterprises. This course includes An overview of the personal financial include collection and allocation of interim and financial reporting and planning process including such topics costs to products and processes; coverage of current regulations and as investments, insurance, taxes, credit, planning, budgeting, and control pronouncements pertaining to the retirement planning, and budgeting. reports; relevant costs; cost-volume- profession. Prerequisite: ACC 342 or This course provides students with an profit analysis; responsibility account- permission of instructor. Offered spring opportunity to examine and apply ing; and other management analyses semesters. scripture-based principles of money and reports. Prerequisite: ACC 242. management in preparation for their Offered fall semesters. ACC 442 3 hours entry into the workplace. Offered fall Federal Income Taxes semesters. Not for BAE department ACC 341 3 hours A study of the effect of federal income majors. Intermediate Accounting I tax laws and regulations on individuals A detailed study of the theory and and businesses. This course includes BUA 231 3 hours procedures used by accountants in discussion of current issues, tax Principles of Marketing recording and valuing assets, and the research, tax planning, and representa- A study of the many facets involved in resulting effect on profits. Emphasis is tive tax preparation software. Prerequi- the field of marketing. Emphasis is placed on current issues in accounting site: ACC 242. Offered fall semesters. given to both the modern marketing theory and practice in both intermedi- system in today’s international ate accounting courses. Prerequisite: ACC 445 3 hours economy and to the marketing ACC 242. Offered fall semesters. Advanced Income Tax strategies of an organization. Topics A continuation of ACC 442. Tax laws include types of markets, market ACC 342 3 hours and tax return preparation pertaining to segmentation methods, research Intermediate Accounting II corporate and fiduciary taxpayers are methods, product and service strate- A continuation of Accounting 341. A studied. Topics include regular and gies, product planning, new product study of the theory and procedures small business corporations, estates, development, distribution channels, used by accountants in recording and trusts, and not-for-profit entities. sales, advertising, and pricing. Special valuing liabilities and capital accounts. Representative tax preparation software emphasis is given to applications in Special emphasis is placed on the and computerized tax research aids are international service and nonprofit preparation and interpretation of used in completing course assignments. disciplines. balance sheets, income statements, and Prerequisite: ACC 442. Offered spring statements of changes in financial semesters. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, AND ECONOMICS

BUA 260 3 hours BUA 352 3 hours strategies, political structures, exporting Business Systems Applications Principles of Management organization, promotion, and selling This course introduces and develops A course designed to acquaint students practices. Selected research projects competency in the various systems and thoroughly with the theories, principles, and strategic plans provide students technologies commonly employed in and practical applications of manage- with practical applications of key the business environment. Specific ment (planning, organizing, staffing, marketing skills. Prerequisite: BUA 231. topics addressed include use of Internet leading, and controlling). Management Offered spring semesters of even years. and World Wide Web resources, web principles are learned in the context of page development, presentation a work team developing and adminis- BUA 381 4 hours graphics, advanced spreadsheets, and tering a business project. This course International Business Study Tour integrated accounting systems. emphasizes business presentations and A study tour of selected international Prerequisites: COS 104 and ACC 242. written reports. Current, real-life locations to focus on regional trade, Offered fall semesters. situations are emphasized. Junior status economics, and business topics. Issues preferred. A section for non-business of cultural differences, conflicts, BUA 311 3 hours majors is offered. compromises, and international Business Law cooperation are examined. Throughout, An overview and summary of the basic BUA 360 1-4 hours the cultural dimension of international business law topics that the majority of Independent Study business dealings is emphasized. students will encounter in their Prerequisites: BUA 231, ECO 211 or 190, BUA 361 3 hours business careers and personal lives. sophomore standing within a business Corporate Finance Topics include contracts, agencies, division major/minor. Offered interterms. A study of methods used in the personal property, torts, bailments, real evaluation of financing and investment property, leases, estates, trusts, and alternatives and funds management. BUA 384 3 hours insurance. Junior status preferred. The course integrates basic accounting International Finance with financial analytical techniques. International Finance is concerned with BUA 312 3 hours Areas of emphasis include sources of firms’ needs for and options of raising Professional Selling financing, cash flow analysis, working funds in both global and foreign money A study of the discipline of the sales capital management, capital budgeting, markets and capital markets, both in professional including both sales net present value, cost of capital and first and third world countries. Multina- strategies and sales management. long-term debt, and capital structures. tional corporations need to evaluate the Primary emphasis is given to business Prerequisite: ACC 242. advantages in borrowing in the host and industry sales applications. Topics country relative to the home country. include sales training, sales prepara- Both cost of capital and tax ramifica- BUA 362 3 hours tion, prospecting methods, types of tions will be treated as well as Human Resources Management presentations, handling buyer ques- exchange rate and currency control A study of the role and functions of the tions, closing methods, postsales human resource department of an issues of money funds internationally. service, and sales management. Course organization with an up-to-date Prerequisites: BUA 361, ECO 211. Offered 45 applications include the development fall semester of even years. examination of the principles, policies, and presentation of actual sales and problems of labor and manage- demonstrations in class. Prerequisite: ment. Topics include employee BUA 393 4 hours BUA 231. Offered spring semesters. relations, job analysis, compensation Practicum structures, recruitment practices, A summer internship in business is BUA 313 3 hours training, promotion, transfer, and developed through a learning contract. Retailing management-union relationships. Prerequisites: 200 level business core A study of the creative and challenging Prerequisite: BUA 352. Offered spring requirements and SYS 200 for majors field of retailing, ranging from the semesters. pursuing systems analysis; BUA 352 and independent retail establishments to 361. large retail chain organizations. All types of retail firms are examined including BUA 375 3 hours BUA 410 3 hours department stores, specialty shops, International Business An in-depth examination of business Marketing Research discount retailers, service organiza- practices in other countries, leading to A course designed to provide students tions, and nonstore shopping. Topics a better understanding of intercultural with a fundamental understanding of include franchising, consumer behavior, relationships with trading partners, the role and methods of marketing site selection, store layout and design, investors, and host countries. Prerequi- research as a means to enhance the promotion, merchandise planning and site: BUA 231. marketing strategies of any modern buying, pricing, personnel manage- organization. Topics such as problem ment, and retail careers. Prerequisite: identification, proposal and research BUA 380 3 hours BUA 231. Offered alternate spring design, question and survey develop- International Marketing semesters of odd years. ment, sampling methodology, data A study of the factors involved in marketing products and services in analysis, and report presentation are BUA 333 4 hours other countries. Major geopolitical covered in both theory and application. Business and Technical Writing Prerequisites: BUA 231, NAS 240. regions are analyzed and evaluated See ENG 333. Offered fall semesters. through practical assignments. Topics include market segmentation analysis, culture, language, values, finance, transportation and distribution networks, international pricing ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, AND ECONOMICS

352, and junior or senior standing. Offered spring semesters.

BUA 428 3 hours Money and Banking A variety of practical banking topics is covered including a review of the development of the banking system, attention to the corresponding evolu- tion of money and the demand deposit system, and an overview of nonbank financial intermediaries and their role in the present economy. Prerequisites: BUA 361, ECO 211, 212. Offered spring semesters.

BUA 430 3 hours Investments A course designed to give the student a basic familiarity with practical invest- ment strategies and terminology from both an institutional and individual perspective. Discussion includes stock, bond, commodity, and option markets as well as other investment alterna- tives. Heavy emphasis is given to current developments. Prerequisite: BUA 361.

BUA 440 3 hours Series 7: Brokerage An in-depth examination of the securities industry from the perspective of the brokerage function including the regulatory environment and legal liability issues, professional ethics, 46 transaction settlement procedures, public/client relations, and investment BUA 411 3 hours BUA 420 3 hours planning strategies. This course Advanced Business Law Production and Operations prepares students for the Qualification A course providing an in-depth Management Examination for General Securities examination of specialized areas of A study of operations management Registered Representative (Series 7 business law that are of significant related to production of goods and Exam). Prerequisites: ACC 242, BUA 361, importance for CPA candidates, those services. Topics include product design, BUA 430. Recommended for seniors only. entering the banking and corporate capital investment, facilities and Offered spring semesters. environment, and those planning to equipment, maintenance, work attend law school. Topics include sales, methods and measurement, safety and BUA 442 3 hours commercial paper, secured transac- health, production planning and Business Ethics tions, bankruptcy, and environment and control, materials management, project A course designed to analyze the product liability. Prerequisite: BUA 311. management, and quality assurance. ethical dilemmas described in case Offered as needed. Current issues such as energy, ecology, studies of managers in private and productivity and total quality manage- corporate businesses. Studies include BUA 412 3 hours ment are discussed. Basic quantitative philosophical foundations for Christian Advertising methods are introduced. Prerequisite: ethical model applications and the A study of the role of advertising in BUA 352. Offered fall semesters. development of ethical dilemma today’s business environment. Students resolution. Particular business ethics examine advertising and its influence in BUA 422 3 hours issues are studied that are realistic and the marketplace. Topics include Small Business Management/ relevant to many business professions. promotions management, advertising Entrepreneurship Junior status preferred. Offered spring effectiveness, creative design, copy Application of management principles semesters. development, media selection and (general, strategic and operational) to small businesses is studied. Course management, advertising agencies, and BUA 452 3 hours advertising research. Practical experi- requirements include development of a Strategic Management ence is gained through the develop- product or service and a comprehen- An advanced course dealing with ment of advertising campaigns using sive business plan. Elements of starting integrative issues in management, various media. Prerequisite: BUA 231. a business are emphasized. Prerequi- encompassing long-range and short- Offered spring semester of odd years. sites: ECO 212, ACC 242, BUA 231, BUA term objectives, planned and pursued ACADEMIC PROGRAMS BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING, AND ECONOMICS in breadth and depth in an ever- consumer credit, the federal deficit, and ECO 332 3 hours Intermediate Macroeconomics changing environment. Prerequisites: foreign debt. Not for business, account- Intermediate-level analysis of factors ECO 212, ACC 242, BUA 231, BUA 352, ing, or economics majors. Offered spring determining GDP, unemployment, and junior or senior standing. Offered semesters. spring semesters. inflation, and interest rates in the U.S. Both closed and open economy models ECO 211 4 hours are used. The model divergences and BUA 460 3 hours Principles of Macroeconomics policy implications of the various Consumer Behavior An introduction to macroeconomics macroeconomic schools are examined. A course which examines such emphasizing how the U.S. economy Prerequisites: ECO 211. fundamental areas as consumer works. Topics studied include the decision-making processes, information factors determining the size of the processing, external and internal national economy, inflation and ECO 333 3 hours History of Economic Thought influences, and business effects on unemployment, and fiscal and mon- A study of the ideas of the great consumer purchase/choice patterns. An etary policies. analysis of the psychological, social, economic thinkers and the develop- and economic influences on consump- ment of various schools of economic ECO 212 4 hours tion. Prerequisite: BUA 231. Offered thought including the mercantilists, Principles of Microeconomics Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Mill, Marx, spring semester of even years. An introduction to microeconomics Marshall, the Neo-classical and emphasizing decision making by Keynesian revolutions. The origins of BUA 462 3 hours individual producers and consumers. the more prominent twentieth century Organizational Behavior and Consequences of such decisions for developments and schools are exam- Development efficiency of resource use and income Organizational behavior is the study ined. Prerequisites: ECO 211, 212. distribution in a capitalistic economy and application of knowledge about are studied. how and why people, as individuals ECO 360 1-4 hours and as groups, act within organiza- Independent Study tions. Organizational development is Note: The following upper-level econom- the systematic application of behavioral ics courses are not always offered every ECO 393 3-4 hours Practicum science knowledge at various levels— semester or year. Academic advisors should be consulted for current offerings. group, intergroup, and total organiza- ECO 411 3 hours tion—to bring about planned change. International Economics The goal is to describe, understand, ECO 315 3 hours The economics of international trade predict, develop, and (to some degree) Environmental and Natural and finance are studied from the U.S. Resource Economics control human activity at work. This perspective. The economic effects of An analysis of the economics of course will prompt the student to international trade and trade restric- environmental issues, such as pollution develop a cognitive framework for tions and the causes and effects of and pollution abatement, discussing understanding organizational behavior changes in foreign exchange rates and cost-benefit analysis together with the 47 combined with an integration of the the balance of payments are analyzed. economics of using both renewable and Christian faith. Students develop a Prerequisites: ECO 211, 212. capacity to analyze organizational non-renewable natural resources. behavior situations critically and to give Issues of stewardship and dominion will be considered in light of economic ECO 442 3 hours thoughtful answers to situations and Economic Development tools. Prerequisites: ECO 212. case studies. Prerequisite: BUA 352. A study of the principles of economic Offered spring semesters. growth of lesser-developed countries ECO 321 3 hours (LDCs). Historical development patterns Economics of the Public Sector IAS 493 4 hours of more developed countries and Analysis of public expenditure and Senior Seminar various theories of economic growth taxation programs of the U.S. federal A course designed to integrate are considered for their relevance to government. Expenditures such as classroom theories with actual LDCs. Policies encouraging growth are social security, unemployment insur- applications. Successful Christian discussed. The problems of transform- ance, and health care programs are business people interact with students ing former socialistic economies into analyzed. Tax analysis focuses on the for one week. Students give business free market economies are discussed. federal individual income tax. Pre- presentations. One week is spent Each student does a major research requisites: ECO 211, 212. touring business organizations and project on one particular LDC. Prerequi- participating in a service project. sites: ECO 211. ECO 331 3 hours Intermediate Microeconomics Economics Courses Intermediate-level analysis of decision making by individuals in various types of markets. Consequences of such choices for the decision-makers, other ECO 190 3 hours people, and society as a whole are Issues in Economics studied. Prerequisites: ECO 212; NAS Elementary economic concepts are 240 required; MAT 151, 382 recom- studied and applied to current issues mended. such as unemployment, inflation, economic growth, pollution, poverty, crime, health care costs, discrimination, ACADEMIC PROGRAMS CHEMISTRY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

CHEMISTRY grade point average, are 10 hours medical school(s) chosen. Maintaining including PHY 211, 211L, 212, 212L. at least an A- average and scoring well Curriculum requirements in systems on the MCAT test (usually taken in the Chair, Professor Hammond; Profes- sors Burden, Kroll; Assistant Profes- analysis include COS 120, 250; IAS 330; spring of the junior year) are common sor D. Smith MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352; prerequisites for acceptance to a SYS 200, 402; MAT 230; PHY 331; ENP medical school. Help is available 330; and three to four hours of toward preparing for the MCAT The chemistry department at Taylor practicum (listed above with major examinations. University provides high quality training requirements). All systems curriculum in chemistry while providing opportuni- courses must be completed with a ties for meaningful spiritual and grade of C- or better. This program is Chemistry- interpersonal experiences that will especially attractive to students Environmental enable students to move successfully planning to enter either graduate Science into the next phase of their professional school or the chemical industry. This integrated major has a strong training or the career of their choice. emphasis on the physical aspects of Chemistry/ environmental studies. It is appropriate The bachelor of arts degree in chemis- Biochemistry for students planning careers in try requires completion of two years of environmental research or industrial or one foreign language. German or Concentration municipal environmental monitoring French is highly recommended. The The bachelor of arts degree with a and control. The bachelor of science bachelor of science in chemistry must major in chemistry and a concentration degree with a major in chemistry- be combined with curriculum require- in biochemistry requires two years of environmental science requires 76-78 ments in education or systems analysis. one foreign language and 60 hours hours including: Both the bachelor of arts and bachelor including CHE 201 and 202 or 211 and of science degrees are available in 212, 301, 301L, 302, 302L, 311, 312, Chemistry (43 hours): CHE 201 or 211, chemistry-environmental science. 410L, 411, 412, 431, 431L, and IAS 493. 202 or 212, 301, 301L, 302, 302L, 311, Also required, but not included in the 312, 410L, 411, 431, 431L (2 hours), Chemistry major grade point average, are 27 432; IAS 493. hours including MAT 151, 230; PHY The bachelor of arts degree with a 211, 211L, 212, 212L; BIO 101 and two major in chemistry requires two years Environmental Science (21-23 hours): elective biology courses. This program of one foreign language and 60 hours BIO 204, ENS 231, 383, 402; CHE 320, prepares students for a career in including CHE 201 and 202 or 211 and 320L, CHE/ENS 393 (2-4 hours). biochemistry, medicine, molecular 212, 301, 301L, 302, 302L, 311, 312, biology, and other related fields. 410L and 411 or 320 and 320L or 422, Required Electives (11-12 hours): select 431, 431L, 432, 432L; IAS 493. Also hours from CHE 412, ENS 241, ENS 351, 48 required, but not included in the major Chemistry/ NAS 240, PHY 331. grade point average, are 18 hours Premedicine including MAT 151, 230; PHY 211, 211L, Chemistry Science 212, 212L. It is strongly recommended Preprofessional that chemistry majors have MAT 240, Concentration Education 352, 431, and at least one course in Prof. Kroll, advisor Either baccalaureate degree with a computer science. NAS 480 is recom- major in chemistry science education mended in the junior or senior year. requires 59-68 hours and includes a The bachelor of arts degree with a This program is suitable for students general science core (17-20 hours), a major in chemistry and a wishing to enter either graduate school primary major area in chemistry (24 preprofessional concentration in or the chemical industry. hours), and a supporting science premedicine requires two years of one concentration area (17-24 hours). foreign language and 61-62 hours of Courses completed under the primary The chemistry minor requires a chemistry including CHE 201 and 202 or supporting science areas are in minimum of 25 hours of chemistry and or 211 and 212, 301, 301L, 302, 302L, addition to the general science core. includes at least four semesters of core 311, 312, 431, 431L; IAS 493. Also Professional education requires 28 chemistry lab courses including CHE required but not included in the major hours including EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, 201 and 202 or 211 and 212. At least grade point average are 27-28 hours 411, and 431. EDU 332 is required for one semester course in organic including: PHY 211, 211L, 212, 212L; senior high, junior high, and middle chemistry and one semester course in MAT 151, 230; three biology courses school education licensure. ENG 210 analytical chemistry must be included. from BIO 101, 104, 203, 312, 331, 332, and PSY 340 are also required. 352, 371 (highly recommended are BIO Detailed curriculum guides are 101, 203, and 331). Chemistry/Systems available from the education depart- The bachelor of science degree with a ment. major in chemistry/systems consists of Students interested in the premedicine 56-57 hours in the major including CHE curriculum should also go to the General Science Core: 17-20 hours 201 and 202 or 211 and 212, 301, 301L, circulation desk in the Zondervan including four to six hours from BIO 302, 302L, 311, 312, 410L and 411 or Library and check out the catalog on 100, ENS 200, ENS 231, BIO 244 and 320 and 320L or 422, 393 (3-4 hours), medical school admissions require- 245; four hours from GEO 210 or GEO 431, 431L, 432, 432L; IAS 493. Also ments sometime during their sopho- 240 or PHY 201; 10 hours from CHE 201 required, but not included in the major more year. It is important to meet the or 211, PHY 211 and PHY 211L. specific entrance requirements of the CHEMISTRY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

Chemistry Science Major Area: 24 phase changes. Descriptive chemistry hours including CHE 211, 212, 311, 301, and theory are integrated. A variety of 301L, 302, 302L, 431, and IAS 493. applications are used, including astronomy, biology, medicine, geology, Biology Science Concentration Area: environmental chemistry, industrial 21-23 hours including BIO 101, 103, chemistry, and everyday life. Common 104, 203, 204, 244 and 245 or 331 and organic and inorganic compounds are 352. used as examples. The labs are designed to illustrate concepts dis- General Science Concentration Area: cussed in class, develop good lab skills, 22 hours including BIO 100, ENS 200 or and enhance your problem-solving ENS 231, PHY 212 and 212L, PHY 201, ability. Designed for those needing a GEO 240 or GEO 210. two-semester sequence of basic chemistry with lab. Meets the general Mathematics Science Concentration education lab science requirement. Area: 24 hours including MAT 151, Four hours of lecture and three hours of 230, 240, 250, 312, and one elective lab per week. No prerequisites, but high course from MAT 352, 361, or 412. school algebra and chemistry are helpful. Offered fall semesters.

Physics Science Concentration Area: 16 hours including PHY 212 and 212L; and CHE 202 5 hours 11 hours of electives from PHY 301, General Chemistry II This is the second semester of a two- 311, 312, 321, 322, 330, 331, 341, 342, semester sequence designed for science 412. majors having minimal backgrounds in chemistry. The second semester focuses A minor in chemistry science education on: chemical equilibrium, thermody- requires 25 hours including CHE 211, namics, acid-base chemistry, chemical 212, 311, 301, 301L, 302, 302L, 431. kinetics, electrochemistry, organic chemistry intro, and nuclear chemistry. week. Prerequisite: CHE 211. Offered The Indiana Professional Standards Designed for those needing a two- spring semesters. Board has redesigned the teacher semester sequence of basic chemistry education standards in Indiana. Thus, with lab to support a science major. CHE 301 3 hours Taylor’s teacher education programs Four hours of lecture and three hours of Analytical Chemistry I will change. Please be advised that lab per week. Prerequisite: CHE 201. An introduction to modern theories and some of these changes may become Offered spring semesters. methods used in separations and effective during the next two years; quantitative determinations. Topics 49 therefore, specific programs in teacher CHE 211 5 hours correlate with the lab. Three hours of education may change. General and Inorganic Chemistry I lecture per week. Offered fall semester This is a course designed to meet the of odd years. Chemistry Courses needs of the student planning further chemistry course work. Its focus is on CHE 301L 1 hour the principles of thermodynamics, Analytical Chemistry I Lab CHE 100 4 hours kinetics, bonding, and acid-base This lab includes gravimetric and Chemistry for Living reactions and redox reactions corre- volumetric (acid-base, precipitation, A course designed for students who lated to periodic properties of the redox, nonaqueous complexometric) have little or no background in elements. Stoichiometric relationships titrations. Three hours of lab per week. chemistry. Basic principles of chemistry are emphasized. Strongly recom- Prerequisite: CHE 202. Offered fall are applied in a social context. Three mended for all majors in the natural semester of odd years. hours of lecture and one two-hour lab sciences who intend to take Organic per week. Recommended to meet Chemistry. Four hours of lecture and general education lab physical science CHE 302 3 hours three hours of lab per week. Offered requirement. No prerequisite although Analytical Chemistry II fall semesters. high school algebra is recommended. A continuation of CHE 301 in which Offered fall and spring semesters. instrumental methods of analysis are CHE 212 5 hours emphasized. Topics include the general General and Inorganic Chemistry II principles underlying selected instru- CHE 201 5 hours A continuation of CHE 211. Emphasis mental methods of analysis. Topics General Chemistry I on the application of thermodynamics, supplement and expand the lab This is the first semester of a two- kinetics, bonding, and acid-base experiences. Three hours of lecture per semester sequence designed for science reactions and redox reactions to week. Offered spring semester of even majors having minimal backgrounds in inorganic and bioinorganic chemistry. years. chemistry. The two semesters are a Special emphasis is given to reaction general overview, with the first mechanisms and concepts relating to semester focusing on: measurement, CHE 302L 1 hour CHE 311-312 Organic Chemistry. Lab chemical reactions, stoichiometry, Analytical Chemistry II Lab work emphasizes qualitative and atomic structure, chemical bonds, Lab experiences are offered that include quantitative analysis skills. Four hours molecular shapes, solutions, gases, optical methods (UV, VIS, AA), electro- of lecture and three hours of lab per thermochemistry, redox reactions, and chemistry, and chromatography (HPLC, ACADEMIC PROGRAMS CHEMISTRY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

and air. Experimental work is con- Concepts emphasized typically are ducted in both natural habitats and the chosen from the following: statistical lab. Prerequisite: One year of general design of experiments, advanced chemistry. Corequisite: CHE 320. chromatographic techniques, tech- Offered spring semester of odd years. niques in synthesizing and characteriz- ing organo-metallic and inorganic CHE 360 1-4 hours compounds, techniques involved in Independent Study recombinant DNA studies, and other advanced biochemical techniques. One CHE 370 1-4 hours hour of lecture and six hours of lab per Selected Topics week. Prerequisite: CHE 302, 312, 431, or permission of the instructor. Offered CHE 393 1-4 hours spring semester of odd years. Practicum CHE 431 3 hours CHE 410L 2 hours Physical Chemistry I Biochemistry Lab An introduction to the kinetic-molecu- The lab uses a case study approach in lar theory of gases, the principles of which an enzyme is isolated and thermodynamics, solutions, electro- characterized in detail. The molecular chemistry, and chemical kinetics. The genetics, structure, regulation, and GC, IC, GC/MS). Three hours of lab per course is designed for chemistry and kinetics of the enzyme are studied week. Prerequisite: CHE 301 or physics majors. Prerequisites: CHE 201, using a wide range of techniques. This permission of instructor. Offered spring 202; PHY 211, 212; and MAT 151, 230. course is designed for chemistry and semester of even years. Offered fall semester of even years. biology majors with a background in organic chemistry. There will be some CHE 311 4 hours lecture but the primary experience will CHE 431L 1 or 2 hours Organic Chemistry I be in the lab. Prerequisite: CHE 411 or Physical Chemistry I Lab The study of covalent carbon com- A lab course that includes vacuum consent of instructor. Cell biology is pounds. Nomenclature, properties, and techniques, thermometry and ther- strongly recommended. Offered reactions (including reaction mecha- moregulation, calorimetry, physical interterm of even years. nisms) of nonaromatic hydrocarbons, characterization of solutions, and alcohols, ethers, aldehydes, ketones, optical techniques. Students opting for CHE 411 3 hours and carboxylates are studied. NMR and two hours apply these techniques to a Biochemistry I IR spectroscopic methods are learned project. Three to six hours of lab per An introduction to the principles of and applied. The lab includes develop- week. Offered fall semester of even biochemistry in which conformation ment of advanced lab skills and study years. and biosynthesis of macromolecules, of the kinetics and properties of organic 50 bioenergetics, molecular genetics, and substances in reactions. Three hours of techniques of separation and analysis CHE 432 3 hours lecture and three hours of lab per are studied. This course is designed for Physical Chemistry II week. Prerequisites: CHE 211, 212 Emphasis on elementary principles of chemistry and biology majors with a (recommended) or CHE 201, 202. quantum mechanics, molecular background in organic chemistry. Three structure, spectroscopy, and photo- hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: chemistry. The course is designed for CHE 312 4 hours CHE 311 or consent of instructor. Cell Organic Chemistry II chemistry and physics majors. Three biology is strongly re commended. A continuation of CHE 311. Focuses on hours of lecture per week. Prerequi- Offered fall semester of odd years. aromatic and polyfunctional com- sites: CHE 201, 202; PHY 211, 212, and pounds including biomolecules. Lab MAT 151, 230 with MAT 240, 352, and CHE 412 3 hours work includes study of the properties of 431 strongly recommended. Offered Biochemistry II aromatic compounds, qualitative spring semester of odd years. This course is a continuation of CHE organic analysis, and small group 411. The emphasis is on metabolism, original research projects. Three hours molecular genetics, and molecular CHE 432L 1 or 2 hours of lecture and three hours of lab per physiology. This course is designed for Physical Chemistry II Lab week. Prerequisite: CHE 311. Same content as CHE 431L. Students chemistry and biology majors with a who have taken CHE 431L for one-hour background in organic chemistry. credit do a project in CHE 432L. No CHE 320 3 hours Three hours of lecture per week. Environmental Chemistry student may have more than two hours Prerequisite: CHE 411 or consent of A course that emphasizes principles total lab credit from CHE 431L and CHE instructor. Cell biology is strongly and analysis of chemical movement 432L. Three to six hours of lab per recommended. Offered spring semester and distribution in natural environ- week. Offered spring semester of odd of even years. ments. Prerequisite: One year of general years. chemistry. Offered spring semester of even years. CHE 422 4 hours Advanced Lab CHE 450 1-4 hours This course emphasizes advanced lab Directed Research CHE 320L 1 hour techniques in analytical, inorganic, and Environmental Chemistry Lab biochemistry. Experiences are chosen IAS 493 4 hours This lab provides experiences in Senior Seminar to supplement the previous background sampling and analysis of water, soil, and interests of the students enrolled. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS COMMUNICATION ARTS

COMMUNICATION ARTS

Acting Chair, Professor Rousselow; concerts, theatre presentations, and Communication Professors Hubbard, C. Kirkpatrick; lectures. It presents frequent dramatic Associate Professor Keller; Assistant productions as well. Studies/Systems Professors Parry, Pletcher; Instructor The bachelor of science degree with a Johnson major in communications studies/ Communication systems consists of the 47-hour major Within the contexts of a Christian world Studies and curriculum requirements in view, the liberal arts, and professional This major emphasizes communication systems analysis including COS 120, education, the purpose of the commu- theory and skills (interpersonal, family, 240 or 250; IAS 330; MAT 151, 382; nication arts department is to develop organizational, public speaking, debate, NAS 240 or MAT 352; SYS 200, 390, students’ abilities to think, listen, speak, persuasion) and may be used to 392, 401 or 402; CAS 393 (3-4 hours); and write clearly, analytically, critically, prepare for careers that have communi- six additional systems elective hours and creatively. Students are prepared cation knowledge and skills as major from COS 310, COS 320, COS 382, MAT for a wide variety of Christian minis- requirements. The bachelor of arts 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, MAT 392, MAT tries, graduate study, and careers in degree with a major in communication 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS television, radio, print media, business, studies requires two years of one 401, SYS 402. Courses selected for the public relations, theatre, teaching, foreign language and 47 hours from the six additional hours must be in addition government, and law. In a rapidly following courses: to those required elsewhere in the changing communication-dominated major or systems. All systems curricu- world, a need exists for Christian lum courses must be completed with a Departmental Core: 14 hours including communicators who can become the grade of C- or better. CAC 126, 226, 326; CAS 110, 120; IAS healing presence of Christ. 493 (CAC). Mass Communication/ Students may select one of four majors Intradepartmental Core: six hours Journalism from communication studies, mass including at least one course from CAT communication/journalism, theatre Core courses in radio, television, and 212, 301, 341, 362, 402, 432; at least arts, and communication arts educa- print media are used in this major to one course from CAM 150, 240, 250, prepare students for media-related tion. Each of the first three majors may 202, 292, 320, 332, 352, 395. be combined with a minor from within careers, Christian ministries, and public the department or with a second major relations. The bachelor of arts degree or minor from a different department. Communication Studies Core: 27 hours with a major in mass communication/ The fourth major in communication arts including CAS 441; one (or both) from journalism requires two years of one education is designed for students who CAS 331, 372; remaining courses from foreign language and 51 hours from the desire to teach in secondary schools. CAT 200, CAS 201, 261, 281, 340, 377, following courses: The bachelor of arts degree requires the 380, 382, 388, 411, 461, or a maximum completion of two years of one foreign of three hours from CAS 393, 360, or Departmental Core: 24 hours including language. The bachelor of science CAS 492. CAC 126, 226, 326; CAS 110, 120; IAS degree must be combined with 493 (CAM); CAM 393 or CAM 492 (4 -curriculum requirements in either The communication studies minor hours minimum); two courses from education or systems analysis. Minors requires 19 hours including CAS 110, communication studies, theatre arts, are available in communication studies, 120, CAT 200; 12 elective hours from and recommended electives from (at mass communication/journalism, CAS 201, 261, 281, 331, 340, 370, 372, least one must be from CAS or CAT) theatre arts, public relations, and 380, 382, 388, 411, 441, 461. If CAS 201, 261, 281, 331, 340, 372, 377, communication arts education. combined with the mass communica- 380, 382, 388, 411, 461; CAT 212, 301, tion/journalism major or the theatre 341, 362, 402; POS 211, 312; SOC 222, Students with writing ability, photo- arts major, seven hours may count for 210; HIS 392; BUA 231, 312, 412. graphic skills, or artistic skills may use both the major and the minor. them in the production of these student publications: The Echo, a weekly newspaper which serves as a sounding board for student views and carries news, editorials, photographs, and features; “Parnassus,” an annual literary magazine that features original work of students and faculty; and “Ilium,” the student-produced yearbook reflecting in photographs and copy an overview of the year at Taylor and highlighting the major events and people of the year.

The communication arts department also offers an artist series featuring nationally known performers in ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITYUPLAND CATALOG 2000 -2002 COMMUNICATION ARTS

Mass Communication/Journalism Core: courses from CAT 301, 341, 362, 370, or The Indiana Professional Standards 27 hours including CAM 150, 250, 320, a maximum of three hours from CAT Board has redesigned the teacher 451; select a minimum of three courses 393, 360, 492. education standards in Indiana. Thus, for a total of nine hours from CAM 180, Taylor’s teacher education programs 240, 282, 292, 350, 352, 381, 395, 47 1; The theatre arts minor requires 17 will change. Please be advised that select six hours from CAM 332 and 343 hours including CAS 120; CAT 200, 2 12, some of these changes may become or CAM 33 1 and 422 or 442. Students 432; one course from CAT 301 or 34 1; effective during the next two years; are required to work with campus one course from CAM 352, 362, 370, therefore, specific programs in teacher media a minimum of four semesters. 402. If combined with the communica- education may change. tion studies major or the mass commu- The mass communication/journalism nication/journalism major, only seven Public Relations Minor minor requires 21 hours including CAM hours may count for both the major The public relations minor requires 21 150, 250; 15 elective hours from CAM and the minor. hours including CAM 150; CAS 20 1, 180, 240, 282, 292, 320, 331, 332, 343, 261, 320, 461; two courses from CAM 350, 352, 370, 395, 422, 451, 471. If Theatre Arts/Systems 332, 343, 350, or BUA 231. If combined combined with the communication with the communication studies major, studies major or the theatre arts major, The bachelor of science degree with a major in theatre arts/systems consists the mass communication/journalism seven hours may count for both the major, or the theatre arts major, a major and the minor. of the 44-hour major and curriculum requirements in systems analysis maximum of nine hours may count for including COS 120, 240 or 250; IAS 330; both the major and the minor. Mass Communication/ MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352; Journalism/Systems SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 or 402; CAT 393 Communication Arts (3-4 hours); six additional systems The bachelor of science degree with a Core Courses elective hours from COS 310, COS 320, major in mass communications/ COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, journalism/systems consists of the 51- MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, CAC 126 2 hours hour major and curriculum require- Communication Arts Seminar I: SYS 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. Courses ments in systems analysis including Dimensions of Communication selected for the six additional hours COS 120, 240 or 250; IAS 330; MAT Explores definitions and models of must be in addition to those required 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352; SYS communication from the point of view elsewhere in the major or systems. All 200, 390, 392, 401 or 402; CAM 393 (3- of the various dimensions of the systems curriculum courses must be 4 hours); six additional systems elective discipline: communication studies, completed with a grade of C- or better. hours from COS 310, COS 320, COS theatre, and mass communication. 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, MAT Analysis of various forms of discourse 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS Communication Arts is stressed. Offered spring semesters. 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. Courses Education selected for the six additional hours CAC 226 2 hours must be in addition to those required The curriculum for the communication Communication Arts Seminar II: elsewhere in the major or systems. All arts bachelor of science in education Careers systems curriculum courses must be degree is designed for students who Focuses upon the question “What can I completed with a grade of C- or better. want to be certified to teach communi- do with a communication major?” by cation arts (speech, theatre, radio, and increasing students’ awareness of television) in secondary schools. Either careers which require the skills and Theatre Arts baccalaureate degree with a major in knowledge developed by the communi- Course sequences for theatre majors communication arts education requires cative arts. Offered fall semesters. offer training in all basic phases of 49 hours including CAC 126, 226, 326; theatre production. Students are CAS 110, 120, 331, 372, 441; IAS 493 CAC 326 2 hours required to participate in a minimum of (CAC); CAT 200, CAS 281 and 377; CAM Communication Arts Seminar III: one theatre production per year. The 250, 282, 292; three courses from CAT Artistic and Ethical Applications bachelor of arts degree with a major in 2 12, 34 1, 362, 432; electives from ENG Explores historic, traditional, and theatre arts requires two years of one 2 11, 36 1, or 362. Professional educa- contemporary aesthetic theory and uses foreign language and 44 hours from the tion requires 28 hours including EDU a case study method to explore basic following courses: 150,260, 312, 322, 411, and 431. EDU ethical issues in the fields of theatre, 332 is required for senior high, junior mass communication, and communica- Departmental Core: 14 hours including high, and middle school education tion theory. Offered spring semesters. CAC 126,226, 326; CAS 110, 120; IAS licensure. ENG 210 and PSY 340 are 493 (CAC). also required. Detailed curriculum IAS 493 (CAC) 4 hours guides are available from the education Senior Seminar: CAC department. Explores historic, traditional, and Intradepartmental Core: six hours contemporary approaches to critical including one course from CAS 20 1, methodology and communication 261, 281, 331, 340, 372, 377, 380, 382, The communication arts education theory as they relate to the current IAS 388, 46 1; one course from CAM 150, minor requires 25 hours including CAS 493 theme. Offered interterms. 240, 250, 282, 292, 320, 332, 352, 395. 110, 120; one course from CAS 331 or 372; CAT 200; two courses from CAT 212, 341, 362, or 432; CAS 281; CAM Theatre Arts Core: 24 hours including 250; one course from CAM 282 or 292. CAT 200,212, 402, 432; CAS 441; three ACADEMIC PROGRAMS COMMUNICATION ARTS

IAS 493 (CAM) 4 hours course seeks to create an awareness of CAS411 3 hours Senior Seminar: CAM culture-bound assumptions and ways to Communication in Organizations Designed to provide an overview and communicate more effectively with The study of structures and functions of integration of the field of mass persons from other cultures. communication in organizations, communication with the Christian faith. including contemporary understanding Offered interterms. of traditional theoretical perspectives CAS 360 l-4 hours Independent Study and the application of specific topics relevant to organizational functioning. Communication Studies CAS 370 l-4 hours Offered fall semester of even years. Courses Selected Topics Courses offered on topics of special CAS 44 1 3 hours interest. Critical Perspectives CAS 110 2 hours Examination of the development and Public Speaking CAS 372 3 hours application of critical methods used to Concentrates on the development of Communication for Change interpret and evaluate historical and public speaking skills including A study of communication as an agent contemporary public discourse. Offered audience analysis, library research, for change in various social contexts. fall semesters. organization, the use of evidence to Focuses primarily upon the skills, support a point of view, delivery, and methods, and ethics of persuasion. CAS 461 3 hours listening. Offered spring semesters. Public Relations Writing and Production CAS 120 2 hours CAS 377 2 hours Emphasizes the development and Interpersonal Communication Coaching Speech and Drama application of public relations skills The study of self-esteem, empathic Activities while working with a client. Prerequi- listening, emotion, language, nonverbal A coaching and directing course site: CAS 261. Offered fall semester of behavior, conflict, and ethics in focusing on forensics and creative even years. interpersonal relationships. dramatics for use in education and ministry. Course content includes a CAS 490 1-2 hours CAS 201 3 hours study of coaching and judging speech Honors Corporate Communication activities, including individual events The acquisition and application of and debate, and developing and CAS 492 8-16 hours communication skills used in business directing improvisational troupes and Internship and industry. Not recommended for performance ministry teams. Offered fall Professional semester of supervised freshmen. semester of even years. internship in a work setting related to the major held of study. Prerequisites: Completion of departmental core and CAS 261 3 hours CAS 380 3 hours Introduction to Public Relations Advanced Interpersonal major core courses and approval of the An analysis of public relations theory Communication department faculty and practice examining public relations Advanced interpersonal communication environments, audiences, and message theory and skill development with strategies. Offered spring semesters. special focus on empathic listening. Mass Communication Prerequisite: CAS 120. Offered interterms. courses CAS 281 3 hours Speech Science CAS 382 3 hours An introduction to voice and articula- Family Communication CAM 150 3 hours tion and speech pathology designed to The study of messages and meanings in Basic Reporting for the Media prepare educators and performers. contemporary family relationships, A beginning course in covering beats, Course content includes the causes and including family diversity, spousal reporting, and writing news through the treatment for pathological and func- relationships, custodial and autono- use of an electronic journalism tional speech and hearing disorders and mous child-parent relationships, sibling laboratory. Offered fall semesters. the use of The International Phonetic relationships, and the religious, legal, Alphabet as an aid to improving speech and televised messages about families. CAM 180 1 hour skills. Offered fall semester of odd years. Prerequisite: CAS 120. Offered spring Campus TV Studies semesters. Introduces students to television production techniques through CAS 331 3 hours practical, hands-on experiences Communication for Decision- CAS 388 3 hours Making Communication and Culture working on Taylor Cable Service A study of discussion and debate as Analyzes how different populations programs. Requires up to 40 hours per tools for rational decision-making. come to be represented in the popular semester participation. May be repeated Includes practical instruction in media. Focus is placed on issues of once. discussion leadership and educational race, ethnicity, social class, and gender. debate. Offered fall semester of odd Offered spring semester of even years. CAM 240 3 hours years. Photojournalism CAS 393 l-4 hours Focuses on the use of photography in CAS 340 3 hours Practicum print media. Students learn to compose, Intercultural Communication Pass-fail only. take, process, and caption photographs The study of the complex process of for use in journalism and public intercultural communication. The relations. Students must provide their ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000-2002 COMMUNICATION ARTS

own SLR 35mm cameras. Offered fall in-depth reporting. A practical, hands- CAM 352 3 hours semester of odd years. on course focusing on interview History and Criticism of Film techniques, research methods, Internet A survey of American film history, artistic growth, and early influences CAM 250 3 hours resources, the Freedom of Information Mass Media Act, and other investigative tools for and techniques of film-making. Critical Examines the role of mass media in today’s journalist. Prerequisite: CAM 150. principles for viewing films are society and its impact upon education, Offered spring semesters. emphasized. Offered spring semester of religion, business, and politics. odd years. CAM 331 3 hours CAM 282 3 hours Advanced Television Production CAM 360 1-4 hours Television Production Advanced study and practice of Independent Study Theory and production aspects of television production including CAM 370 1-4 hours television including application of electronic editing and remote produc- Selected Topics production principles in actual directing tion techniques. Prerequisite: CAM 282. Courses offered on topics of special situations. Offered spring semesters. Offered fall semesters. interest.

CAM 292 3 hours CAM 332 3 hours CAM 38 1 3 hours Radio Production Desktop Publishing Video Graphics Theory and production aspects of radio This course exposes students to design An introductory course relating to the including radio personality develop- principles and the latest trends in creation of computer generated ment and the application of production desktop publishing. In addition to graphics, both static and animated, principles in a variety of radio program- learning the basics of design, students with specific focus on their relationship ming situations. Offered fall semesters. will learn how to use relevant software to television production. A hands-on, packages. Offered spring semesters. application-based course combining CAM 300 1-2 Hours demonstration and lab time. Media laboratory Two hours of credit may be earned per CAM 343 3 hours CAM 393 l-4 hours semester by students holding the top News Editing Practicum leadership positions in authorized Focuses on the discipline of copy Pass-fail only. campus communications - newspaper, editing to ensure consistency, accuracy, yearbook, radio station, and cable and clarity of language. Among other CAM 395 3 hours television. One hour of credit may be topics, students will be exposed to style Broadcast Scriptwriting earned per semester by those holding manuals used within the industry. Offers training and practice in writing secondary media positions approved by Prerequisite: CAM 150. Offered fall scripts for radio and television includ- the faculty advisor and CA Department semesters. ing scripting forms, approaches, and chair. A maximum of six hours, techniques required for the writing of including CAM 300 and ENG 300, may CAM 350 3 hours effective scripted material. Offered count toward graduation. Media Writing for Advertising spring semesters. laboratory credit hours do not meet the A writing course for the preparation of major requirements in the communica- newspaper, magazine, radio, and CAM 422 3 hours tion arts department. Prerequisite: television advertising copy and TV Directing Permission of the communication arts commercials. Designed for communica- Theory and practice of advanced studio department chair tion arts majors but open to others as and remote directing in programs of enrollment permits. Not open to varying complexity and length. CAM 320 3 hours freshmen. Offered fall semester of odd Prerequisites: CAM 282 and CAM 33 J. Advanced Reporting years. Offered spring semester of odd years. An advanced course that emphasizes CAM 442 3 hours Applied Telecommunication Strategies The integration of television production skills as applied to client-centered projects, industrial and educational television, cablecasting, and computer- ized editing. Prerequisite: CAM 331. Offered spring semesters.

CAM 45 1 3 hours Media Criticism Using traditional and contemporary critical methods, media are evaluated for their aesthetic values, depictions of human nature, treatment of religious issues, and effects on society. Offered fall semesters. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS COMMUNICATION ARTS

CAM 471 3 hours practical experience. Offered fall and dramatic literature from 1960 to Mass Communication Law semester of even years. the present. Offered fall semester of odd Examines the historical background years. and development of speech, broadcast, CAT 360 l-4 hours and press freedoms and how the Independent Study CAT 432 3 hours interpretation of these freedoms has Play Directing changed over the years. Designed to CAT 362 3 hours Study of the theories and principles of help print and broadcast journalists Religion and Theatre directing as an art approached through understand their legal rights in A study of the distinctions and a Christian perspective of life and the gathering, preparing, and disseminating correlations among secular, religious, human situation. Emphasis is given to news and information. Open to juniors and “Christian” drama with particular play analysis with practical application and seniors only Offered fall semester of emphasis placed on religious-literary provided through laboratory theatre even years. criticism. Offered spring semester of even experience. Prerequisite: CAT 212 or years. permission of instructor. Offered Spring CAM 490 1-2 hours semesters. Honors CAT 3701- 4 hours Selected Topics CAM 492 8-16 hours CAT 490 l-2 hours Courses offered on topics of special Honors Internship interest. Professional semester of supervised CAT 492 8-16 hours internship in a work setting related to CAT 393 l-4 hours Internship the major field of study. Prerequisites: Practicum Professional semester of supervised Completion of departmental core and Pass-fail only. internship in a work setting related to major core courses and approval of the the major field of study. Prerequisites: department faculty. CAT 402 3 hours Completion of departmental core and Contemporary American Theatre major core courses and approval of the A study of selected twentieth-century department faculty. American theatre movements, people,

CAT 200 3 hours Oral Interpretation of Literature Study and practice of personal-spiritual involvement with literature through the application of basic techniques of literary analysis and oral reading.

CAT 212 3 hours Acting Study of the theories and principles of acting as an art, approached through a Christian perspective of life and the human situation. Practical application of performance techniques and character development are provided through laboratory theatre experiences. Corequisite: PHP 200 Acting. Offered spring semesters.

CAT 30 1 3 hours Advanced Oral Interpretation of Literature Advanced study and application of the techniques of literary analysis and oral reading. Readers’ theatre is emphasized with laboratory experience provided. Prerequisite: CAT 200 or permission of instructor Offered fall semester of odd years.

CAT 34 1 3 hours Stagecraft and Scene Design Emphasis given to the technical phases of play production including design theory and practice with projects in set construction, lighting, and makeup. Work on theatre productions provides ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 COMPUTING AND SYSTEM SCIENCES

COMPUTING AND SYSTEM SCIENCES

Chair, Professor Diller; Professors the time they become juniors, and a Enrollment in this major is limited to Adkison, Toll, White; Associate 2.40 when they obtain senior standing. qualified students at time of applica- Professor Aguilar; Assistant Professor tion. Majors must have a 2.20 cumula- Brandle; Instructor Cramer Majors are required to pass a compre- tive grade point average by the time hensive examination during their senior they reach sophomore status, a 2.30 by The purpose of the computing and year. This examination consists of two the time they become juniors, and a system sciences department is to assist parts: a programming project and an 2.40 when they obtain senior standing. in the education of men and women so oral examination. Majors are also that upon graduation they are commit- required to develop a portfolio of Majors are required to pass a compre- ted Christians, eager to serve Christ, outstanding projects over their years in hensive examination during their senior conversant with all areas of knowledge residence. year. This examination consists of two included within the liberal arts, well- parts: a programming project and an trained and experienced in computer A computer science minor requires 31 oral examination. Majors are also science and systems analysis, and hours including COS 120, 250, 252, 264, required to develop a portfolio of highly motivated to contribute to 311, 331, 34 1; SYS 200, 390; one course outstanding projects over their years in society. from COS 240, 280, 350, or SYS 394. residence. Computer Science Computer Science/ Computer The bachelor of arts degree with a Systems Graphic Arts major in computer science requires the The bachelor of arts degree with a completion of two years of one foreign The bachelor of science degree with a major in computer science/systems major in computer graphic arts requires language and 64 hours in the major two years of one foreign language and including a 45-hour core and a 19-hour consists of the 64-hour major require- ment and curriculum requirements in 57 hours divided between the two application field in one of five concen- disciplines: tration areas. The 45-hour core systems analysis including COS 393 (3- requires COS 120, 250, 252, 264, 311, 4 hours), IAS 330, MAT 382, SYS 390, 320, 331, 340, 341, 381, 421; MAT 151; SYS 402, and six additional systems Art (30 hours): ART 101, 151, 251, 261, SYS 200; NAS 240 or MAT 352. The elective hours from COS 310, 320, 382, 27 1, 35 1, 355, 356; six hours of art requirements for the 19-hour concen- MAT 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, MAT 392, history from ART 213, 313, 316. tration include: MAT 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS 401. The six additional hours must Computer Science and Systems (27 be in addition to those required Business Information Systems: COS hours): COS 120, 250, 264, 311, 312, elsewhere in the major or systems. The 325, 350, 393 (3-4 hours); SYS 200. 240, 310, 312, 382; SYS 352; BUA 352; systems curriculum courses must be ACC 241. completed with a grade of C- or better. Specific requirements include (1) an exhibition during the senior year, (2) a Graphics: COS 310, 312, 350, 351, 382, Included in the courses listed is a 424, 425. practicum (work experience) in a “distributed course” in parallel process- setting where artistic talent and ing. Seven topics central to parallel technical skills are utilized and Intelligent Systems: COS 280, 35 1, 380; processing are included formally in 15 improved, (3) passing a comprehensive SYS 352, 411; MAT 230. of the COS courses. The time spent is exam during the senior year that equivalent to at least a three-hour consists of three parts: a portfolio Scientific Computing: COS 3 10, 3 12, course. development project, an oral exam, and 382; MAT 230,240, 372. the exhibition.

Integrated: COS 240, 280, 3 10, 312, 350, 382; SYS 352.

Included in the courses listed is a “distributed course” in parallel process- ing. Seven topics central to parallel processing are included formally in 15 of the COS courses. The time spent is equivalent to at least a three-hour course.

Enrollment in this major is limited to qualified students at time of applica- tion. Majors must have a 2.20 cumula- tive grade point average by the time they reach sophomore status, a 2.30 by ACADEMIC PROGRAMS COMPUTING AND SYSTEM SCIENCES

hours and include PHY 211, 211L, 212, used what they have learned in systems Enrollment in this major is limited to 212L, 321, 331, ENP 252, 330, 332, 352, in a variety of arenas, including those qualified students at time of applica- 431. The courses from computer work-related and those of further tion. Majors must have a 2.20 cumula- science and systems total 39 hours and formal education. For example, tive grade point average by the time include SYS 200, 402; COS 120, 250, computer science graduates have they reach sophomore status, a 2.30 by 252, 311, 320, 340, 351, 381, 421; one designed computer-related solutions to the time they become juniors, and a course from COS 312, 331, or 350; COS take advantage of the 2.40 when they obtain senior standing. 393 (2 hours) or PHY 330 (2 hours). interconnectiveness of businesses that The courses from mathematics total 20 the Internet allows; business adminis- Computer hours and include MAT 151, 230, 240, tration graduates have analyzed Graphic Arts/Systems 352, and 431. companies for their roles in the global business environment to determine if The bachelor of science degree with a investment in them is wise for their major in computer graphic arts consists Enrollment in this major is limited to clients; and accounting graduates have of the 57-hour major requirement and qualified students at time of applica- assisted organizations and individuals curriculum requirements in systems tion. Majors must have a 2.20 cumula- in making intelligent systematic analysis including IAS 330; MAT 151, tive grade point average by the time decisions regarding federal, state, and 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352; SYS 390, they reach sophomore status, a 2.30 by local taxes. Others have used their 392, 401 or 402; six additional systems the time they become juniors, and a systems knowledge in their endeavors elective hours from COS 310, COS 312, 2.40 when they obtain senior standing. in graduate school. For example, COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, psychology graduates have used what MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431; SYS 210, Majors are required to pass a compre- they learned in advanced statistics to SYS 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. The six hensive examination during their senior conduct their graduate statistical additional hours must be in addition to year. This examination consists of two studies regarding human behavior; those required elsewhere in the major parts: a programming project and an chemistry and physics majors have or systems. The systems curriculum oral examination. Majors are also designed research projects more courses must be completed with a required to develop a portfolio of efficiently; and mathematics majors grade of C- or better. outstanding projects over their years in have applied their knowledge in studies residence. of actuarial science. Specific requirements include (1) an exhibition during the senior year, (2) a Systems Students choosing a career in systems practicum (work experience) in a Program Director, Professor Adkison analysis may combine any baccalaure- setting where artistic talent and ate major with the systems analysis technical skills are utilized and The purpose of the systems curriculum, curriculum. The systems curriculum improved, and (3) passing a compre- combined with the courses in his/her requirements are COS 120, 240 or 250 hensive exam during the senior year major and the general education (choice depends on major); IAS 330; that consists of three parts: a portfolio curriculum, is to prepare a student to MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352 57 development project, an oral exam, and acquire the knowledge and skills of a (choice depends on major); SYS 200, the exhibition. systems analyst. A systems analyst 390, 392, 401 or 402; 393 (3 to 4 hours attempts to help an organization solve in the major); six additional hours from Enrollment in this major is limited to a problem, take advantage of an the following: COS 310, 320, 382; MAT qualified students at time of applica- opportunity, or follow a directive 230, 240, 372, 392, 412, 431; SYS 210, tion. Majors must have a 2.20 cumula- coming from upper management, 394, 401 or 402 (choice depends on tive grade point average by the time ownership, or the government in an major). Courses selected for the six they reach sophomore status, a 2.30 by effective and efficient manner. Ana- additional hours must be in addition to the time they become juniors, and a lysts play a significant role in organiza- those required elsewhere. All courses 2.40 when they obtain senior standing. tional development and operation of required by the systems curriculum systems. In order to do so, they assist must be completed with a grade of C– Computer Engineering and frequently lead the effort to plan, or better. analyze, design, implement, and Computer engineering is an interdisci- support the systems and improvements plinary major offered jointly with the Depending on the student’s major and to them. physics department and administered other areas of interest, other courses by the computing and system sciences may be substituted for those listed department. This major prepares Systems analysts are required to know above. For example, mathematics, students for employment and/or about information technology and its physics, chemistry, and pre-engineering graduate programs involving robotics, uses, how and why the organization majors take a different sequence of biomedical implants, smart instrumen- functions, and the environment in mathematics courses and may elect to tation, telecommunications, supervisory which the organization carries out its take a computer science course other control and data acquisition systems, mission. Analysts must also possess than COS 240 or 250, subject to and other complex hardware-software skills that allow them to speak and computing and system sciences systems. write effectively, work with others in departmental approval. Business majors projects, and be able to solve problems are not required to take IAS 330. both in an individual and group setting. The bachelor of science degree with a major in computer engineering requires 94 hours. The courses from physics, Systems may be combined with any engineering, and chemistry total 35 baccalaureate major. Graduates have ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 COMPUTING AND SYSTEM SCIENCES

Associate of Arts work directly related to the student’s COS 250 4 hours major. Topics discussed include Data Structures Degree in hardware and software, operating Sorting algorithms and computational Management systems, graphical user interfaces, data complexity are introduced. Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, Information Systems storage technologies, local and network information access, advanced spread- queues, and trees are studied. An An associate of arts degree with a major sheets, and ethical issues. The course object-oriented programming approach in management information systems has is designed for those with significant is taught. The C++ language is used been developed for those who wish to previous computer experience. Credit with the UNIX operating system. Three become information systems specialists. may not be earned in both COS 104 hours of lecture and two hours of lab Students enrolled in this two-year and COS 106. Two hours of lecture and per week. Prerequisite: COS 120. program are preparing for vocations in one hour of lab. the fields of computer programming and COS 252 3 hours information systems. The sequence Discrete Structures includes a combination of business, COS 112 3 hours Introduction to Programming Elements of discrete mathematics computer science, and systems analysis A gentle introduction to the basic important as a foundation for computer courses built around a core of liberal concepts of computer programming. science are studied. Topics include arts studies. In the four-course Topics include operating system counting principles, functions, sets, sequence of SYS 200, 390, 394, and COS functions, algorithm design, basic data recursion, computability, combinatorics, 393, the student approaches systems in and control structures, and debugging Boolean algebra and logic, graphs, general and management information techniques. Intended for those with difference equations, number systems, systems in particular and completes a minimal programming background. and numeric representation. Prerequi- practicum in a systems environment Two hours of lecture and two hours of sites: COS 120 and MAT 151. outside of Taylor University. lab per week. Does not count as a general education requirement or COS 264 3 hours The degree program requires a toward the computer science or Interactive Application minimum of 64 hours and must include systems programs. Development BIB 110, 210; COS 104 or 106; ENG 110; Design and implementation and considerations for interactive computer HUM 230 or a literature course from COS 120 4 hours applications are studied. Multiple ENG 230, 240, or 250; IAS 101, 110; Introduction to Computer Science languages and tools are used to PHP 100, 200 (1 hour); ACC 241, 242; Problem solving and computer develop applications for PC, UNIX, and BUA 352; CAS 201; COS 120, 240, 250, programming are stressed. Algorithms WWW environments. Topics include 393 (3-4 hours); IAS 330; MAT 110 or for text processing, information web interaction, communications, and 151; NAS 240; SYS 200, 390, 392, and retrieval, mathematical manipulation, security, web server and client/server 394. For those students planning to sorting, file handling, and introductory applications, programming, GUI design, proceed to a baccalaureate degree, data structures are presented. Good and event driven Windows program- 58 MAT 110 will not meet the science algorithm design, style, program ming. C++, Perl, Java, and other tools requirement for the baccalaureate structure, documentation, code reading, are utilized. Prerequisite: COS 250. degree. and introductory software engineering techniques are emphasized. Three Computer Science Courses hours of lecture and two hours of lab COS 280 3 hours per week. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence COS 104 2 hours A survey of the entire field of artificial Computing and Information COS 230 2 hours intelligence. Major areas of exploration Concepts Missions Technology include search, logic, learning, knowl- An introduction to computing issues A survey and in-depth study of edge representation, problem solving, and information technology designed to technology applied to Christian natural language processing, computer provide a foundation for future course missions. Theory and issues in vision, robotics, expert systems, and work directly related to the student’s application are developed. Field trips neural networks. An introduction to major. Topics discussed include to observe and interact with mission LISP is included. Prerequisite: COS 250. hardware and software, operating organizations may be included as well systems, graphical user interfaces, data as a project orientation. Prerequisite: storage technologies, local and network One course in computer science. COS 310 1 hour Current Literature Survey information access, spreadsheets, and A survey of current literature in ethical issues. The course is designed COS 240 3 hours computer science. Emphasis is placed for those with little or no previous Business Application Programming on the need to develop regular habits computer experience. Credit may not The file types and data structures of journal reading. Students lead be earned in both COS 104 and COS typically found in business information discussions on papers and topics of 106. Two hours of lecture and one systems are investigated. Students are interest. The Internet is accessed for hour of lab. given the opportunity to implement technical information. various solutions using structured COS 106 2 hours concepts in business application Computing and Information programming exercises. Maintenance COS 311 1 hour Ethics in Computer Science Concepts is stressed. Most commonly used A study of the ethical implications of An introduction to computing issues features of the COBOL language along computers in society and the role of and information technology designed to with GUI capabilities are presented and Christians as computer science provide a foundation for future course practiced. Prerequisite: COS 120. professionals. Several of the major ACADEMIC PROGRAMS COMPUTING AND SYSTEM SCIENCES ethical issues in the field such as COS 340 3 hours tion, translation, and speaker/author privacy, piracy, liability, equity, and Software Engineering recognition. LISP is reviewed. Prereq- whistle-blowing are explored. The A study of the concepts, procedures uisite: COS 280. Offered fall semester of ethical concerns of computer science and tools of large system software even years. and systems analysis and their project development including project estimation and management, software relationship to one’s faith are an COS 381 3 hours integral part of this course. technical metrics, configuration Computer Organization management and software testing. An introduction to the hardware of the Concepts of software engineering are COS 312 3 hours modern computer and the architectural Visualization and Geographic introduced using the development of a issues involved in computer design. Information Systems large software system as an instruc- The study of machine instruction sets A study of the process and practice of tional tool. The project is designed and and assembly language programming visualizing data in order to discover its development managed using the assignments are used to illustrate relationships and meaning. Visualiza- tools and techniques examined in the concepts. Specific topics include tion systems used for scientific visual- course. Prerequisite: COS 250. instruction sets, arithmetic and logic, ization, data visualization, or informa- addressing modes, memory systems, tion visualization and geographic COS 341 4 hours subprograms, RISC computers and information systems used for spatial Database Concepts parallel processing hardware. Prerequi- data analysis are discussed. Topics A study of the basic nature and site: COS 250. include data collection and processing, application of databases in use today. The physical representation of data- data modeling and representation, users COS 382 3 hours and interactions, and presentation of bases, the E-R (entity, relationship, Language Structures results. Team projects are done using attribute) models used in designing a A study of the features and implemen- professional software. database, commercially available tation issues of programming languages database management systems, and the including a survey of multiple lan- COS 320 3 hours factors involved in implementing and guages. Grammars, syntax, semantics, Algorithm Design using a database are examined. translation, lexical analysis, and parsing Algorithms and related data structures Students work with a database tool are introduced. Prerequisite: COS 250. from a variety of areas are examined such as MS Access and an SQL server in projects requiring the writing of and analyzed. Parallel processing COS 393 1-4 hours programs. Prerequisite: COS 250. paradigms are studied and applications Practicum are developed on several parallel Pass-fail only. platforms. Theoretical topics such as COS 350 3 hours complexity models, finite state ma- Computer Graphics COS 421 3 hours An introductory course in computer chines, and program correctness are Operating Systems graphics with an emphasis on 3D introduced. Prerequisite: COS 250. A study of the design considerations of image production using a variety of computer operating systems and their 59 COS 325 3 hours approaches including ray-tracing, and interaction with hardware features. Animation OpenGL programming. Basic algo- Topics covered include process rithms and data structures are intro- An overview of the animation process management, storage management, duced. Prerequisite: COS 250. from the perspectives of computer protection and security, and distributed science and video animation. The first systems. Parts of a functional operat- portion of the course will meet with COS 351 3 hours ing system are written. Prerequisite: COS 425 and cover animation and Computer Vision Two COS courses above COS 250. related concepts through the use of a A study of the fundamental concepts of professional level animation package to digital image acquisition, enhancement, COS 424 3 hours representation, analysis, and under- illustrate underlying principles. The Surfaces and Modeling standing. Covers hardware compo- second portion of the course involves An advanced graphics course with nents, software design, current systems independent creation of a significant emphasis on curve and surface animation project. Does not count for and applications. Prerequisite: COS representation and geometric modeling. credit toward COS major. Prerequisite: 250. Offered fall semester of odd years. Mathematics and algorithms are COS 350. studied. Topics include Bezier and B- COS 360 1-4 hours spline curves and surfaces, constructive COS 331 3 hours Independent Study solid geometry and other solid model- Data Communications ing techniques. Prerequisite: COS 350. A study of the nature and applications COS 370 1-4 hours Selected Topics of data communications in use today. Prerequisites: Two courses in Computer COS 425 3 hours Fundamental concepts of types, modes, Science. Advanced Rendering and and media of transmission are studied. Animation Communication protocols and their An advanced graphics course with COS 380 3 hours encompassing architectures are emphasis on advanced techniques for Natural Language Processing analyzed and compared. Practical image rendering and basic concepts of A study of the automation of human applications of data communications animation. Mathematics and algo- communication abilities, covering both concepts is demonstrated through rithms are studied. Topics include light textual and vocal aspects. Major topics networking projects and development and illumination models, ray tracing, include language understanding, of communications software. Prerequi- methods to enhance realism, and representation, enhancement, genera- site: COS 250. standard animation techniques. The ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 COMPUTING AND SYSTEM SCIENCES

first portion of the course will meet with COS 325 and cover animation and related concepts through the use of a professional level animation package to illustrate underlying principles. Prerequisite: COS 350.

COS 450 1-4 hours Directed Research Independent or small group projects. May be taken by any COS major with instructor approval.

COS 490 1-2 hours Honors

IAS 493 4 hours Senior Seminar

Systems Courses SYS 360 1-4 hours SYS 401 4 hours SYS 200 3 hours Independent Study Operations Research Basic Systems Examination of mathematical tech- An introduction to systems concepts SYS 370 1-4 hours niques used in systems analysis and the basic tools of systems analysis Selected Topics including mathematical programming, and design. Topics include the system probability models, optimization, and development life cycle, decision- SYS 390 3 hours statistical techniques with an emphasis making, project planning and control, Information Systems Analysis on applications using computer assisted philosophical foundations, and selected Development of knowledge and skills instruction. Prerequisites: The following applications of systems techniques in needed to conduct the planning and courses (or their approved substitutes) the student’s major, including cost analysis phases of the software must have been completed with a grade benefit analysis. development life cycle. Information of C- or better: SYS 200; COS 120, 240 gathering, data and process modeling, or 250; NAS 240 or MAT 352, MAT 151 SYS 210 3 hours and specification of system require- and 382. E-Commerce ments using a business event method- This course examines the development ology are emphasized along with 60 SYS 402 4 hours of and future prospects for electronic project management techniques. A Modeling & Simulation commerce. If focuses on the use of corporate-like project is begun in this A study of mathematical modeling and electronic transmissions to engage in course and completed in SYS 394. simulation methods, focusing on exchange of products and services. Prerequisites: COS 120 and SYS 200. discrete systems. A variety of simula- Students will consider the emerging tion languages are reviewed, but changes in business brought on by e- SYS 392 1 hour MODSIM is used extensively. Many commerce. They will explore the Systems Seminar applications are surveyed and group dynamics of technical innovations as The integration of systems topics with term projects are carried out. Prerequi- well as the organizational and societal an emphasis on current development in sites: The following courses (or their consequences of moving commerce many disciplines. Guest, faculty, and approved substitutes) must have been electronically. They will also evaluate student presentations plus occasional completed with a grade of C- or better: the operations of a variety of web- panel discussions provide the format. SYS 200; COS 120, 240 or 250; NAS 240 based businesses. Guest speakers from May be taken twice. or MAT 352, MAT 151 and 382. industry will lecture regarding the technical, economy, and political/ SYS 394 3 hours SYS 411 3 hours regulatory aspects of e-commerce. Information Systems Design Machine Learning This course explores how to construct Classification learning systems of SYS 352 3 hours an information system to best satisfy various types are explored. These Knowledge Based Systems the documented requirements. All include statistical pattern recognition, Prominent knowledge-based system required inputs, software programs, neural networks, genetic algorithms, approaches are introduced including outputs, and files as well as manual and methods for inducing decision crisp production rule systems and fuzzy procedures are designed using a trees and production rules. Existing logic systems. Principles of knowledge business event methodology. Internal systems are reviewed. Group term acquisition are taught and applied. and external system controls are projects allow development of and Various forms of knowledge represen- defined to assure system reliability. experimentation with a system of tation are experienced including rules, Management and end-user involvement interest. Prerequisite: COS 280. nets, frames, and predicate logic. and design documentation are empha- Programming is primarily in CLIPS and sized. The project begun in SYS 390 is ECLIPSE. Prerequisites: COS 280 and designed and implemented using a SYS 200. three-tier client/server architecture. Prerequisite: SYS 390. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS EARTH AND ENVIRONMENT AL SCIENCES

EARTH AND environmental law and policy. Further course work in writing, math, computer science, and chemistry is ENVIRONMENTAL The bachelor of science degree with a strongly recommended and should be SCIENCES major in environmental biology selected based on the student’s choice requires a minimum of 77 hours of career path. Appropriate course Chair, Professor Squiers; Professor including: substitutions may be made with Rothrock; Associate Professor permission from the chair of the Guebert; Instructor R. Reber Environmental Science (30 hours): ENS environmental science department. 231, 383, 402, plus 12 hours of ENS electives from ENS 241, ENS 351, ENS The department of earth and environ- Environmental 370, CHE 320 and 320L; plus 2-3 hours mental science offers students the of ENS 393; and IAS 493. Science Minor opportunity to enhance their liberal arts A minor in environmental science may education with a cluster of specialized be added to either baccalaureate degree Biology (29 hours): BIO 103, 104, 204, courses designed to provide the in any major offered by the university 304; plus 16 hours of upper-level BIO knowledge, skills, and conscience with the exception of programs that electives from BIO 301, 307, 341, 371, necessary for decision-making in a have approved integrated environmen- 380. complex and rapidly changing world. tal science majors. The minor requires Courses focusing on practical problem- 19-20 hours including ENS 200 or 231, Required Electives (18 hours): CHE solving methodologies add depth, ENS 383, ENS 402; two courses from 201, CHE 202, NAS 240, POS 331. utility, and perspective to a variety of BIO 204, ENS 241, ENS 351. Appropri- fields of study. ate course substitutions may be made Further course work in writing, math, with permission of the chair of the An environmental science integrated computer science, and chemistry is department. This minor is especially major provides excellent preparation for strongly recommended and should be appropriate for students wishing to graduate education and/or job selected based on the student’s choice pursue careers in law, journalism, placement in environmental science, of career path. Appropriate course education, or business. ecology, wildlife biology, environmental substitutions may be made with permission from the chair of the chemistry, environmental geology, Environmental Science marine biology, forestry, environmental environmental science department. law and policy, pollution monitoring Courses and control, systems protection, Environmental environmental management, technical Geology ENS 200 4 hours missions, and environmental ethics. In Environment and Society The environmental geology major is addition to preparation for the Graduate Introduction to ecological principles designed to prepare students to be wise Record Exams (GRE), environmental and the impact of man on the environ- caretakers of the earth’s resources and science degree programs also serve as ment. Issues studied include popula- physical environment. Environmental 61 excellent preparation for the LSAT (law tion dynamics, food and agriculture, geologists work to understand the school entrance exam) and GMAT (MBA natural resources, pollution problems, interactions between the geological entrance exam). and environmental ethics. Lab time is environment and human activities. divided between experiences in ecology They work to solve problems associ- The department coordinates five and environmental education and small ated with earth resources recovery and integrated majors: environmental biology, group discussions of current environ- reclamation, water resources develop- environmental geology, chemistry- mental issues. Three hours of lecture ment and protection, waste manage- environmental science (see listing under and two hours of lab per week. Fulfills ment and safe disposal, and natural chemistry), math-environmental science the general education lab science hazards such as floods, erosion, (see listing under mathematics), and requirement. Environmental biology and earthquakes, and volcanoes. environmental engineering (see listing environmental geology majors should under physics). In addition, students in elect ENS 231 rather than ENS 200. a wide range of majors may choose to The bachelor of science degree with a develop a variety of practical scientific major in environmental geology ENS 231 4 hours Introduction to Environmental skills and explore the concepts of requires a minimum of 75 hours Science environmental stewardship by adding a including: An introduction to environmental minor in environmental science. science including a discussion of Environmental Science (16 hours): ENS ecological principles and their applica- Environmental Biology 231, 351, 383, 402; plus 12 hours of tion, energy systems, pollution upper-level ENS electives from ENS problems, environmental policy and Environmental biologists work to 340, ENS 370, BIO 380, CHE 320 and understand the living resources of the decision making, and the scientific and 320L; plus 2-4 hours of ENS 393, and ethical implications of human impacts earth and their relationship to the IAS 493. physical environment. The environmen- on the environment. Lab exercises tal biology major is designed to prepare focus on experimental ecology and the Geology (24 hours): ENS 241, 242, 341, students for careers in ecology, natural basic techniques used to describe and 361, 362, 363; and a minimum of three resource management, forestry, wildlife measure environmental quality. This hours of geology field station experience. science, marine science, regional course serves three functions: 1) it is planning and environmental protection. the entry level course for environmental Required Electives (18 hours): CHE Many students also use this major as science majors, 2) it may be taken for 201, CHE 202, NAS 240, POS 331. the first step toward a career in general education lab science credit, ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 EARTH AND ENVIRONMENT AL SCIENCES

and 3) biology majors may count it as a and interpretation of rock-forming well hydraulics, chemistry and quality, 200-level biology course when calculat- minerals and the igneous, sedimentary, detection of pollutants, contaminant ing course hour requirements in and metamorphic rocks they comprise. transport and remediation, and resource biology. Three hours of lecture and two Also includes origin and occurrence of development. Three hours of lecture hours of lab per week. Fulfills the earth materials and their uses in and two hours of lab per week. general education life science require- economic and environmental contexts. Prerequisites: ENS 241 or permission ment. Lab emphasizes observation of hand from the instructor. specimens and some thin-sections. ENS 241 4 hours Lecture is distance learning based (in ENS 363 4 hours Physical Geology cooperation with the Department of Applied Geology A general introduction to the earth’s Geology, Indiana University Purdue and Environmental Planning internal and external physical, dynamic University at Indianapolis); and the lab The application of principles from systems. Topics include occurrence is equivalent to two hours per week surficial geology and hydrology in the and formation of minerals and rocks, including field trips to selected recognition, assessment, and mapping processes that shape the earth’s locations throughout the state. of environmental geo-hazards in the surface, and the internal structure and Prerequisite: ENS 241 or permission context of environmental planning. dynamics that lead to plate tectonics from the instructor. Topics include hazards and land-use and crustal deformation. Special analysis of soils, slopes, floods, emphasis is placed on the environmen- ENS 351 4 hours groundwater, coasts, and tectonic tal aspects of humans’ interaction with Environmental Survey Techniques activities. Three hours of lecture and the earth. Three hours of lecture and Basic environmental survey techniques two hours of lab per week. Prerequisite: two hours of lab per week. May be are discussed and applied in field ENS 241 or permission from the used to fulfill the general education earth situations. Topics include: basic map instructor. science lab requirement with permission properties; interpretation of topographic from the instructor. maps and aerial photographs; basic ENS 370 1-4 hours mapping and surveying by traditional Selected Topics ENS 242 4 hours and Global Positioning Systems ENS 383 4 hours Geology of Indiana techniques; acquisition of remotely- Environmental Ethics An introduction to the concepts of sensed satellite data; and data analysis An in-depth discussion of the ethical historical geology in the context of by geographic information systems. implications of major environmental Indiana. Topics include rocks, fossils, Applications given for the analysis of problems such as world population and structure, landforms, and economic climate, soils, hydrology and vegetation food supply, inequities in land and resources of the state. Includes for land use planning. Three hours of resource distribution, animal rights, required field trips to several regions of lecture and two hours of lab per week. materialism and personal life styles, Indiana for field observation and Prerequisite: ENS 200, ENS 231 or ENS and exploitation vs. stewardship of the collection of mineral, rock, and fossil 241. environment. Three hours of lecture specimens. Lecture is distance-learning and a discussion section per week. 62 based (in cooperation with the ENS 360 1-4 hours Prerequisite: junior/senior ENS majors Department of Geology, Indiana Independent Study or permission from the instructor. University Purdue University at Indianapolis); lab/field trips are ENS 361 4 hours ENS 393 1-4 hours required for successful completion of Geomorphology An applied approach to the study of Practicum this course. May be used to fulfill the earth surface processes and the general education earth science lab ENS 402 4 hours landforms they produce. Topics include requirement with permission from the Environmental Law and Policy processes and landforms associated instructor. Prerequisite: ENS 242. Lectures introduce the major elements with: weathering, mass wasting, rivers, of U.S. environmental law including the karst, tectonics, glaciers, shorelines, ENS 340 4 hours NEPA, EIS, CAA, CWA, RCRA, CERCLA, Global Ecology/Global Issues wind. Emphasis placed on environ- TSCA, FIFRA, and CRTK. The adminis- An introduction to the analysis of mental and land-use applications. Field trative process, cost/benefit analysis, complex issues. Global actors, their and lab assignments include qualitative and the role of litigation in enforcement values and policies, and the potential descriptions and quantitative measure- are also discussed. Presentation futures they create are investigated in ments from fieldwork, topographic and techniques and debate skills are the context of issues such as economic geologic maps, and aerial photographs. introduced. Three hours of lecture and development, energy, food, and Three hours of lecture and two hours of a discussion section per week. population. Global interdependence is lab per week. Prerequisite: ENS 241 or Prerequisite: senior environmental stressed. The academic perspective is permission from the instructor. science majors and minors or permission interdisciplinary, and the geographic from the instructor. focus is non-North American. Three ENS 362 4 hours hours of lecture and two hour discus- Hydrogeology Basic processes and measurement of ENS 450 1-4 hours sion section per week. Prerequisite: Directed Research the hydrologic cycle including precipita- ENS 200 or ENS 231. tion, evaporation, surface runoff, stream ENS 490 1-2 hours flow, soil moisture, and groundwater. ENS 341 4 hours Honors Earth Materials Emphasis placed on groundwater, Basic principles of mineralogy and including; aquifer characteristics, IAS 493 4 hours Senior Seminar petrology, with emphasis placed on principles of flow, conceptual models of description, identification, classification, regional flow, geology of occurrence, EDUCATION ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

EDUCATION

Chair, Assistant Professor Tyner; Professor Kitterman; Associate Professors Armstrong, Siler; Assistant Professor Medows; Instructors Macomber, R. Moore

Introduction Taylor University seeks to develop competent, caring, and reflective teachers prepared for world service. The belief that teachers who have experienced a vigorous professional preparation within the framework of evangelical Christian values will have a profound influence on the students they teach in public, private and/or overseas schools pervades the education program approach. A comprehensive liberal arts curriculum provides the foundation for subject matter compe- that initial steps be taken as an and remain in the program. Factors tence as well as lifelong learning, entering freshman or as soon as encompassed by these standards are leadership, and continued growth in the possible after entering Taylor. Upon scholastic performance, communication teaching profession. The department of declaring a major area of study skills, portfolio requirements, and education cooperates with other (elementary or secondary), the student departmental recommendation. departments to ensure the development is assigned an academic advisor. This Detailed explanations of these stan- of high quality general education and academic advisor continues to advise dards may be obtained from the major fields of study. Taylor University’s the student throughout the entire Department of Education. teacher education program is accred- program. However, by use of the ited by NCATE (the National Council for curriculum guide for the chosen area of Admission to Accreditation of Teacher Education) study, much of the student’s planning and the Indiana Professional Standards may be self-directed. Curriculum guides Supervised Internship Board. Admission to, retention in, and containing course requirements for all (Student Teaching): teacher education programs offered at completion of an approved teacher Step Two education program at Taylor University the university may be obtained from the Subsequent to admission to the 63 is coordinated by the director of department of education. The Teacher program, there is a formal admission teacher education. Education Program Student Handbook includes a four-year program time line procedure to student teaching. The and course sequence for general application is initiated and facilitated Students seeking teaching certification education and major and professional through the office of the director of may fulfill the requirements while education courses that assist the field experiences and should be earning either a bachelor of arts or students in planning their teacher prepared and ready for consideration bachelor of science degree. The education program. (by the Teacher Education Committee) bachelor of arts degree requires the by the beginning of the sixth term. The completion of two years of one foreign factors considered by the Teacher language. The bachelor of science Admission to the Education Committee include (1) degree must be combined with Teacher Education successful completion of prerequisite curriculum requirements in education. Program: Step One courses, (2) departmental recommenda- tion, (3) portfolio requirements, and (4) There is a formal admission procedure The Indiana Professional Standards scholastic performance. Detailed to the teacher education program. A Board has redesigned the teacher explanations of these standards may be student is admitted to the program education standards in Indiana. Thus, obtained from the Department of upon completion of an official applica- Taylor’s teacher education programs Education. tion form (initiated through the office of will change. Please be advised that the director of teacher certification) and some of these changes may become favorable action by the Teacher effective during the next two years; Scholastic Education Committee. The application therefore, specific programs in teacher Performance should be completed during the first education may change. Teacher education program standards term of a student’s sophomore year. include students passing all education Students are formally admitted to the (EDU prefix) courses with grades of C– Advisement teacher education program after or better. Also, a grade of C– or better Students wishing to explore or prepare completing three terms of college work, in education courses must be achieved for the teaching profession should one of which must have been at Taylor. as a condition for taking sequential become involved in the teacher The Teacher Education Committee has courses for which the course is a education program as early as possible established standards that students prerequisite. in their college careers. It is advised must meet in order to be admitted to ACADEMIC PROGRAMS EDUCATION TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Transfer of Credit Elementary Education Senior High, Junior from Other Institutions (First Through Sixth High and Middle Students seeking admission to the Grades) School Education Taylor teacher education program Included in the elementary education through transfer from another institu- (Fifth Through Twelfth curriculum are selected general tion must meet the standards required education courses, directed electives, Grades) and Second- of regularly enrolled students. Credits free choice electives, and professional ary Education (Ninth are assessed by the registrar. The education courses. director of teacher certification, after Through Twelfth consultation with the appropriate Grades) department chair, will accept transfer Requirements for the elementary The following areas offer both majors credit when the courses taken are education major include 71-75 hours in and minors: English, French, math- equivalent to requirements on a general education (language arts, ematics, physical education, science designated major curriculum guide. science, social studies, mathematics, arts, physical education and health) and (biology, chemistry, general science, subject matter concentration (49-52 mathematics, physics), social studies Field Experiences core major hours)—ENG 210, EDU 242 (economics, geography, government, and Student Teaching or 243, 350, 351, 353, 371, MAT 201, psychology, sociology, U.S. history, 202, PHY 121, ART 300, MUS 301, PHP world civilization), Spanish, speech Field experiences with children and 250, HIS 100, IAS 493; 38 hours in communication and theatre, and visual youth, with strong emphasis on professional education—EDU 150, 260, arts. Also offered are minors in health multicultural education, are considered 350, 351, 353, 421, 441, PSY 240, IAS and safety and physical science, and a vital part of the preparation of the 493 (also a part of the core major); and endorsements in coaching and teacher. Beginning with the first 27 hours of directed and free choice computer. The student preparing to professional education course and electives. teach in the secondary schools will continuing through the senior year, select a teaching major. Students are such experiences are required for each urged also to select a minor or The following certification minors and prospective teacher. The culmination of endorsement. these professional experiences occurs endorsements may be added to the during the senior year with full-time elementary license: computer endorse- Requirements for the senior high, junior student teaching. During this final ment, junior high/middle school high, and middle school education experience a student is expected to endorsement (in the areas of language major include 40-48 hours in general assume as much as possible the total arts, mathematics, science, and social education (humanities, life and physical responsibilities of a teacher. Student studies), kindergarten endorsement, sciences, social and behavioral teaching is a 16-week fall term activity; coaching endorsement, and music sciences); 31 hours in professional however, student teaching during the minor. education—EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, spring term of the senior year is 64 332, 411, 431; 36-56 hours in subject available to selected students by special All-Grade Education matter concentration (see specific permission of the academic department major for detailed requirements); and and the Teacher Education Committee. (Kindergarten Through 15 hours in directed electives. Students must complete major and Twelfth Grades) minor courses prior to being approved Preparation is offered for all-grade to student teach in these areas. See Requirements for the secondary education in music (instrumental, specific department requirements. education major include 40-48 hours in choral, and general), physical educa- general education (humanities, life and tion, and visual arts. physical sciences, social and behavioral Opportunities are provided for overseas sciences); 28 hours in professional student teaching. After completing a Requirements for the all-grade educa- education—EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, ten-week experience stateside, students tion major include 40-48 hours in 411, 431; 36-56 hours in subject matter may teach for six or more weeks in an general education (humanities, life and concentration (see specific major for overseas setting. Application for physical sciences, social and behavioral detailed requirements); and 15 hours in overseas student teaching must be sciences); 31 hours in professional directed electives. submitted during the sophomore year. education—EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, Applications are available in the 411, 431, PSY 240; 52 hours in subject Department of Education. matter concentration (see specific Associate of Arts major for detailed requirements); and Degree TEACHER EDUCATION 15 hours in directed electives. In addition to the baccalaureate degree PROGRAMS programs maintained by the depart- The minors and endorsements listed in ment, a two-year curriculum in early the senior high, junior high and middle childhood education is offered for Fields of Study school, and secondary education students who wish to qualify for Curricula that meet the licensing section may be added to the all-grade leadership positions in day care standards of the Indiana Professional majors. centers, Headstart, and preschool Standards Board are listed on the programs. This program blends a series curriculum guides available to each of liberal arts courses with practical student. Preparation for standard experiences in field centers and teaching licenses in the following fields professional content to prepare early is provided at Taylor. EDUCATION ACADEMIC PROGRAMS childhood workers. The program Comprehensive includes two curriculum workshops that integrate the early childhood Exam Requirement curriculum in the liberal arts with a All elementary education majors are multicultural/multiethnic emphasis, required to take the Elementary experience at field-based centers, and a Education: Curriculum, Instruction, and core curriculum. The student will spend Assessments Specialty Area Test (Praxis at least three hours weekly in a field- II) and score 143 or above. Any based center (selected day care, elementary education major who does preschool, or Headstart facilities). not successfully pass is provided opportunity to participate in a tutorial guided instruction program under the This degree requires 68 hours including direction of the Learning Support ART 300; BIB 110, 210; CAS 110; COS Center to prepare for retaking the test. 104 or 106, EDU 223 (taken each intertem), 280, 290, 300, 320; ENG 110; PHP 100, 200; HUM 230 or ENG 230; In secondary education, the compre- HUM 250; IAS 101, 110; MUS 301; PSY hensive examination is in the major 240; SOC 220, 381; and a science teaching field. A student is allowed a course. maximum of three attempts to pass the comprehensive examination in any single major. Certification All teacher education programs have been designed to meet Indiana Practicum certification requirements and have Opportunities for practicums in rural, been approved by the Indiana Profes- urban, and overseas settings are sional Standards Board. Students who available. A practicum is supervised meet graduation requirements, learning involving a firsthand field complete an approved teacher educa- experience or a project. It is offered tion program, successfully complete primarily during interterm and summer Students pursuing the AA degree student teaching, and meet the Indiana with the consent of a supervising complete this interterm course two qualifying scores on the required Praxis professor and the approval of the times, once in a day care center or tests will be eligible for Indiana department chair. Under certain Headstart and once in a preschool. certification (a teaching license). The conditions a practicum may be required Prerequisite: EDU 280 or 290 or teacher certification office is respon- to demonstrate readiness for student permission of instructor. sible for verifying to the Indiana teaching. In order to receive a grade, Professional Standards Board that all the experience or project must be 65 requirements for certification have been supervised. EDU 242 3 hours Microcomputers in Educational met and for processing all applications Settings for certification. Education Courses Key concepts of learning theory that have a direct bearing upon using Indiana has an Interstate Agreement microcomputer software are reviewed. Contract with many states (reciprocity). EDU 150 3 hours Students become aware of a variety of However, additional requirements may Education in America software and hardware and its need to be met in order to receive A study of the historical, philosophical, application to classroom instruction. permanent certification in these states. and sociological foundations of Opportunities to develop word process- Students who plan to teach outside of education. The organization and role of ing and programming skills are Indiana should obtain a current the public school, P-12, in a provided in the Learning Support description of certification requirements multicultural society are studied. An Center computer lab. Meets the general from each state where they plan to analytical study of teaching is made, education computer literacy requirement. teach because requirements often including concepts of teaching and change from year to year. Addresses leadership roles. The course includes a EDU 243 1 hour and telephone numbers for every State study of multicultural and ethnic Computer Applications in Elemen- Department of Education are available differences among students and the tary Education in the teacher certification office. resulting effect on the teacher’s role. The course includes topics of CAI, Includes a field experience lab. hypermedia — multimedia develop- Accreditation ment, distance learning, and educa- EDU 223 4 hours tional simulations. The course exam- The teacher education programs are Supervised Field Experience in ines the pedagogical value of comput- accredited by the National Council for Early Childhood Education ers. EDU 243 fulfills the one hour of Accreditation of Teacher Education and A full-time, four-week participation computer application general education the Indiana Professional Standards experience in a preschool, day care requirement for elementary education Board. center, or Headstart. The student majors. Prerequisite: COS 104 or 106. assumes a position of leadership with children under the supervision of qualified early childhood teachers. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS EDUCATION TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

children are explored. These include nutrition, health, safety, creative movement, art, music, discipline approaches, and identification of the various types of child abuse. On-site visitation, interviewing teachers and resource people, discovering appropri- ate media, and reading assignments aid in developing skills and materials needed to teach kindergarten, pre- school, or Headstart in public or private schools. Prerequisite: EDU 150 for those seeking the BS or BA degree. Offered every third semester. (Fall, 2000; Spring, 2002)

EDU 310 2 hours Discipline and Classroom Management This course is designed to assist students in developing practical skills and techniques for organizing the classroom and maintaining effective EDU 260 3 hours EDU 290 4 hours discipline. Students develop a plan for Educational Psychology Social Studies, Science, and discipline and classroom management The study and application of learning Mathematics in the Preschool that utilizes a proactive approach based theories and psychological concepts and Kindergarten on positive ethical practices consistent and principles to the teaching-learning The many areas of the child’s immedi- with Christian and democratic prin- process. The teacher’s responsibility to ate world including development of ciples. Several widely accepted all types of special needs students is positive self-concepts, which are then discipline theories along with the study explored. Cognitive, affective, and broadened to a worldview, are studied of legal implications for teachers are psychomotor aspects of the teaching- in this course. Various teaching used in conjunction with observations learning process are considered. Other approaches are utilized to help children and case studies to assist students in topics included are statistics, tests and become aware of the home, family, and developing effective discipline plans. measurement, motivation, and aspects of cultural and ethnic influence Open to freshmen only by permission of classroom management. Includes a within their communities and how instructor. Prerequisite: EDU 150. Offered 66 field experience lab. Prerequisite: EDU these affect values, standards and spring semesters. 150. morals within their homes and schools. The past, present, and future areas of EDU 312 2 hours science and mathematical readiness are EDU 280 4 hours Teaching in Secondary, Junior Communications and all viewed as aids in developing this High/Middle Schools—Special Language Arts in the worldview. Weekly observation of and Methods Preschool and Kindergarten participation with children in preschool, A special junior level methods course This course deals with the many areas kindergarten, and Headstart help taught by specialists in the student’s involved in developing positive forms of students become aware of meaningful major department. All aspects of communicating with emphasis on teaching modes and methods of the planning, teaching, and evaluating nonverbal and listening skills and areas covered in this course. within a specific subject area are examines the many facets of the Prerequisite: EDU 150 for those seeking discussed. Includes a field experience language arts curriculum in public/ the BS or BA degree. Offered every third lab. Prerequisites: EDU 150, 260, and private preschools and kindergartens. semester. (Fall, 2001) approval into the teacher education These include language development program. To be completed spring term (ethnic, cultural, and disability aware- EDU 300 4 hours prior to student teaching. ness), teaching strategies and tech- Teaching the Young Child niques utilizing a variety of visuals, in the Preschool and EDU 320 3 hours reading readiness programs, and Kindergarten Classroom The Exceptional Child evaluation forms for children. Weekly This course deals with the history of This course is designed to prepare the observation of and participation with early childhood education and also teacher for the challenge of meeting the children in preschool, kindergarten or takes an in-depth look at the qualities needs of exceptional children in the Headstart help students become aware needed to become an effective regular classroom. A general study of of the wide abilities within these kindergarten and preschool teacher. exceptional children focuses on classrooms. Prerequisite: EDU 150 for Students study all the professional mainstreamed and included special those seeking the BS or BA degree. aspects of developing appropriate education students. Various topics Offered every third semester. (Spring, curriculum (including the ethnic, included are identification of excep- 2001) cultural, and special needs of children) tional children, their characteristics and and the desirable physical setting. special needs, delivery of services, Methods that meet the physical, instructional methods and techniques, emotional, social, mental, and spiritual and evaluation. Prerequisite: EDU 150. developmental growth of young Offered spring semesters. EDUCATION ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

EDU 322 3 hours technology competencies are included. and college personnel. Multicultural/ Reading for Junior High/Middle Prerequisites: EDU 150, 260, and multiethnic education placement is School and Secondary Teachers approval into the teacher education required in one of the experiences. This course is designed to provide program. Offered spring semesters. Elementary education majors complet- practical procedures for developing ing an endorsement or minor will effective reading skills at the junior EDU 353 3 hours spend nine weeks in an elementary high, middle, and secondary school Diagnostic and Corrective Reading grade and seven weeks in the area of levels. Attention centers on under- for the Elementary Classroom the endorsement/minor. Prerequisites: standing the relationships between the This course is designed to assist (a) approval by the Teacher Education processes of reading and the learning classroom teachers in the knowledge, Committee; (b) EDU 150, 260, 350, 351, of content. Suggestions on how to meet operation, and execution of diagnostic 353; ENG 210. Corequisite: EDU 441. the total range of student reading needs tools to assess reading problems of Credit only. in the classroom are addressed. elementary school children. Students Methods and materials to enhance prepare plans of correction for elemen- EDU 431 14 hours advanced comprehension and study tary school children’s weaknesses in Supervised Internship skills of adolescents in a multicultural reading. Includes a field experience lab. in Secondary Schools society are presented. Includes a field Prerequisites: EDU 150, 260, 350, and Full-time teaching experiences for the experience lab. Prerequisite: EDU 150, approval into the teacher education intern at two grade levels or in the and approval into the teacher education program. Offered spring semesters. major and minor areas, if possible, program. Offered spring semesters. under the supervision of public school EDU 360 1-4 hours and college personnel. Prerequisites: (a) EDU 332 3 hours Independent Study approval of the Teacher Education The Junior High/Middle School Committee; (b) EDU 150, 260, 312, ENG A study of the philosophy, development, EDU 370 1-4 hours 210. See individual majors for additional and organization of middle schools and Selected Topics prerequisite courses. Corequisite: EDU junior high schools. Examines through 411. Credit only. readings, seminars, field experiences, EDU 371 3 hours Children’s Literature and classroom investigations the Through the Language Arts EDU 441 2 hours purpose, curriculum, and instructional The various genres of children’s The Child and the Teacher strategies, including the use of literature are explored through the A seminar/general methods course for appropriate media and technology, for communication modes of listening, elementary education majors taught effective teaching in junior high/middle writing, and speaking. Teaching concurrently with student teaching. schools. This course provides prospec- methodologies in language arts are General and specific teaching methods tive teachers with knowledge and included. Literature dealing with are included in the seminars. Topics understanding of the adolescent, the diversity and special needs is included. covered are professional ethics, school, and practical teaching activities. Includes a field experience lab. assessment, classroom management Includes a field experience lab. Corequisite: EDU 350. Offered fall and discipline, time management, Prerequisites: EDU 150, 260. Must be 67 semesters. special needs of students (including completed prior to student teaching. culturally diverse, mainstreamed, at- EDU 393 1-4 hours risk, and latch-key students, one-parent EDU 350 3 hours Practicum families, teen-age mothers, extended Teaching Developmental Reading EDU 411 2 hours families, children home alone, etc.), in the Elementary Classroom The Teacher in motivation, professional organizations, An examination of current methods, the Secondary Schools legal implications for the teacher, materials, and media used in teaching A seminar/general methods course building one’s credential file, interview- reading in a multicultural society. The taught concurrently with student ing skills, and first-year teaching. foundations of reading skills instruction teaching. General and specific teaching Corequisite: EDU 421. and the development of the hierarchy methods are included in the seminars. of reading skills are studied in relation Topics covered are professional ethics, EDU 480 1-4 hours to the total range of student needs. The assessment, classroom management Seminar reading/writing connection and and discipline, time management, literature-based programs are ad- special needs of students (including IAS 493 4 hours dressed. Prerequisites: EDU 150, 260, culturally diverse, mainstreamed, at- Senior Seminar and approval into the teacher education risk, and latch-key students, one-parent Students address current and future program. Corequisite: EDU 371. Offered families, teen-age mothers, extended issues related to teaching through fall semesters. families, children home alone, etc.), lectures, readings, school visits, and motivation, professional organizations, discussion. The integration of Christian EDU 351 3 hours legal implications for the teacher, philosophical concerns with the current Methods and Materials for building one’s credential file, interview- role and responsibilities of teachers is Elementary Teachers ing skills, and first-year teaching. emphasized. An integrative approach of utilizing a Corequisite: EDU 431. variety of effective instructional methods and resources with content EDU 421 14 hours areas, including science and social Supervised Internship ENGINEERING studies, appropriate for elementary in Elementary Schools See Computing and System Sciences; children. Strategies for working with Full-time teaching experiences for the Natural Science; Physics. diverse student populations and intern at two grade levels under the incorporating current educational supervision of public and private school ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ENGLISH TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

ENGLISH are to be chosen from ENG 211, 300, English Minors 302, 320, 321, 333, 360, 393, 410, 472, Three BA English minors are available. CAM 320, 343, 350; and eight hours in The general English minor consists of Chair, Professor Baker; Professor upper-level literature. Swan; Associate Professors Dayton, at least 17 hours in addition to ENG 110 Heavilin, Moore-Jumonville, Warren and may not be combined with any English/Systems other English program. Required courses are ENG 212; at least one The English department offers courses The bachelor of science degree with a course from ENG 230, 233, 240, 250, or intended to help students write clearly major in English/systems and a 370 (when applicable); and three more and effectively and to read literature concentration in either literature or courses of at least three credit hours in with critical appreciation. All students writing consists of the 39-hour major ENG writing or literature. The writing take courses in expository writing and and curriculum requirements in minor consists of at least 17 hours in selected literary works. systems analysis including COS 120, 240 or 250; IAS 330; MAT 151, 382; addition to ENG 110 and is excluded NAS 240 or MAT 352; SYS 200, 390, from English majors with writing The major in English prepares students 392, 401 or 402; ENG 393 (3-4 hours); concentrations. Required courses are to enter such careers as education, law, six additional systems elective hours ENG 212; at least one course from ENG business, Christian ministry, writing, from COS 310, COS 320, COS 382, MAT 211, 320, 321, 333, or 472; two courses editing, research, library science, public 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, MAT 392, MAT featuring miscellaneous writing from relations, travel, civil service, and 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS ENG 360, 393,410, CAM 320, 343, 350; administration. The major also prepares 401, SYS 402. Courses selected for the and one additional writing elective or for graduate-level studies in English. six additional hours must be in addition another course of at least three credit Creative writers will find opportunity in to those required elsewhere in the hours in English writing or literature. “Parnassus,” a literary magazine major or systems. All systems curricu- The literature minor consists of at least published each spring semester. The lum courses must be completed with a 17 hours in addition to ENG 110 and is January interterm offers a tour to grade of C- or better. excluded from English majors with London, England, that combines the literature concentrations. Writing study of British literature with visits to concentration majors may overlap only important literary and historical sites. English Education ENG 212. Required courses are ENG Either baccalaureate degree in English 212; at least one course from ENG 230, The bachelor of arts degree requires education leads toward certification to 233, 240, 250, or 370 (when applicable); completion of two years of one foreign teach English in the secondary school. and three more courses of at least three language. The bachelor of science This major consists of at least 44 hours credit hours in 300- or 400-level degree must be combined with in addition to ENG 110. The required English literature (only four may be in education or systems analysis. courses are ENG 212, 211 or 320 or 370). 321, 230, 240, 302, 362; CAM 250; IAS 493; two courses from literature before The major in English is offered with a 68 1900—ENG 330, 340, 361, 371, 412, Writing and concentration in either literature or 422, 426, 431, 441; and one course Language Courses writing, or in both if there are no from literature after 1900—ENG 361, overlaps except for ENG 212 and one 371, 373, 442, 444 (ENG 361 and 371 general education survey course. ENG 100 2 hours may count toward only one category, Basic English although they qualify for either before Intensive review of basic grammar and English/Literature or after 1900). Professional education mechanics. Practice in writing clear Concentration requires 28 hours including EDU 150, sentences, paragraphs, and short prose 260, 312, 322, 411, and 431. EDU 332 is compositions. Enrollment by assign- The bachelor of arts degree in English required for senior high, junior high, ment. Offered fall semesters. with a concentration in literature and middle school education licensure. requires two years of one foreign PSY 340 is also required. Detailed ENG 110 4 hours language and at least 39 hours in curriculum guides are available from Expository Writing addition to ENG 110. Required courses the education department. Practice in writing clear and effective are ENG 212, 230, 240, 362; IAS 493; prose through several expository two courses concentrating on literature The English education minor consists of modes, including a formal research before 1900 from ENG 330, 340, 361, at least 26 hours in addition to ENG paper. Brief review of grammar and 371, 412, 422, 426, 431, 441; and one 110. Required courses are ENG 212, 211 mechanics as necessary, with concen- course from literature after 1900 from or 320 or 321, 230, 240, 302; CAM 250; tration on analytical thinking. To be ENG 361, 371, 373, 442, 444. ENG 370 (when taught as literature of taken during the freshman year. ENG 110 minorities) or 373 or 442 or 444. is prerequisite to all other English courses English/Writing except ENG 100, 112, 230, 233, 240, and Concentration The Indiana Professional Standards 250. The bachelor of arts degree in English Board has redesigned the teacher with a concentration in writing requires education standards in Indiana. Thus, two years of one foreign language and Taylor’s teacher education programs at least 39 hours in addition to ENG will change. Please be advised that 110. Required courses are ENG 212 and some of these changes may become effective during the next two years; IAS 493; ENG 230 or 240 or 250 or 370 therefore, specific programs in teacher (when applicable); a total of 19 hours education may change. ENGLISH ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

ENG 112 5 hours American English for International Students Intensive practice in writing expository prose in the idiom of academic English, including a formal research paper. Review of grammar and mechanics. Enrollment by assignment. Meets ENG 110 general education requirement. Offered fall semesters.

ENG 210 3 hours Writing for Teachers Advanced writing class for prospective educators. Includes a research compo- nent, reading and writing in the disciplines, and a standardized grammar test (to be passed at the 70 percent-level). Required for elementary and secondary majors seeking certifica- tion. Not required of English majors or minors. Prerequisite: ENG 110.

ENG 211 3 hours Imaginative Writing A general introduction to and overview of creative writing (including poetry, fiction, drama, and creative non-fiction) that meets the requirement for secondary education students and also serves potential majors and other interested students. Classroom setting discipline may be earned toward ENG 333 4 hours with textbook; directed workshop graduation. Prerequisite: Permission of Business and Technical Writing activities after midterm facilitated by writing coordinator. Practice in the forms of writing required selected ENG 410 students. Prerequisite: in business and industry. Prerequisite: ENG 110. Offered fall semesters. ENG 110. Offered fall semesters. ENG 302 4 hours Linguistics and Grammar 69 ENG 212 4 hours Analysis of the English language with ENG 410 4 hours Critical Approaches to Literature attention to its history, nature, and Advanced Writing Workshop Introduction to basic literary analysis structure. Prerequisite to student Intensive practice in selected creative and theory with emphasis on informed teaching, except with departmental genres. Students may also serve as reading and critical, written response to approval for appropriate delay. workshop leaders for ENG 211 students. selections from poetry, fiction, drama, Prerequisite: ENG 110. Offered spring Enrollment with permission of instruc- and film. Includes minorities literature. semesters. tor. May be taken twice. Prerequisite: Primarily intended for English majors One of the following: ENG 211, 320, 321, but recommended for all students who or 472. Offered fall semesters. ENG 320 3 hours desire greater reading and writing Poetry Writing skills. Prerequisite: ENG 110. Comprehensive instruction and guided ENG 472 4 hours workshop in writing poetry. Recom- Freelance Writing ENG 300 1-2 hours mended for English BA majors with Experience in the techniques and Literary Magazine Laboratory either literature or writing concentra- strategies of freelance writing, working Hands-on production of Taylor’s literary tions; available to all majors. Meets toward publication. Prerequisite: ENG magazine from concept to finished requirement for secondary education 110. Offered spring semesters. product. Two credit hours per semester students. Prerequisite: ENG 110. Offered may be earned by students holding spring semesters. senior editorships of Taylor’s official literary magazine. One hour per ENG 321 3 hours semester may be earned by those Fiction Writing holding secondary positions approved Comprehensive instruction and guided by the instructor. A maximum of four workshop in writing fiction. Recom- hours may count toward fulfilling the mended for English BA majors with English writing concentration require- either literature or writing concentra- ments; two hours maximum may count tions; available to all majors. Meets toward the English literature concentra- requirement for secondary education tion or secondary education major students. Prerequisite: ENG 110. Offered requirements. A maximum of six hours spring semesters. in all writing lab courses from any ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ENGLISH TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

ENG 362 3 hours ENG 426 4 hours Literature Courses Shakespeare Restoration and Intensive analysis of selected plays and Eighteenth-Century Literature A selective study of poets and prose ENG 230 4 hours sonnets. Attention is given to the World Literature conventions of the Elizabethan and writers from 1660 to 1798, such as A selective survey of world literary Jacobean theater. Prerequisite: 200-level Defoe, Dryden, Fielding, Pope, Swift, achievement from antiquity to the English literature course. Offered spring Boswell, and Johnson. Prerequisite: 200- present, tracing the development of semesters. level English literature course. Offered themes and ideas. spring semester of even years. ENG 370 1-4 hours ENG 233 4 hours Selected Topics: ENG 431 4 hours Literary London Themes and Genres Romantic Literature A study-tour conducted each January in Examples of courses: Women and A study of writers from 1798 to 1832, England, combining study of selected Literature; Native-American Literature; such as Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, major British authors with extensive African-American Literature; The Byron, Shelley, Keats, and Lamb. Some sightseeing in London and surrounding American South and Its Literature; attention is given to representative counties. Enrollment with permission of Christian Mythic Writers; Images and novelists. Prerequisite: 200-level English instructor. Offered interterms. Visions of Paradise; Mark Twain: God literature course. Offered fall semester of and the Human Race; Heroes, Heroines, even years. Saints, and Lovers. Offered primarily ENG 240 4 hours during interterm, occasionally during a American Literature ENG 441 4 hours A survey of the American literary regular fall or spring term. Victorian Literature tradition from its origins to the present, English authors from 1832 to 1901, evaluating and comparing themes, ENG 371 4 hours such as Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, ideas, and styles. The Novel Carlyle, Newman, and Ruskin. Some A selective survey of the historical attention is given to representative development of the novel, from its novelists. Prerequisite: 200-level English ENG 250 4 hours origins to the present day. Prerequisite: literature course. Offered fall semester of British Literature 200-level English literature course. odd years. Explores British literature from its Counts for either pre-twentieth- or beginnings to the present, including a twentieth-century requirement. Offered brief historical overview of the ENG 442 4 hours spring semester of even years. development of the English language. Modern American Literature Explores the themes and characteristics of key works of American fiction, ENG 330 4 hours ENG 373 4 hours poetry, and drama in the context of the Early American Literature Literatures of Cultural Diversity A critical study of life in a global twentieth century. Prerequisite: 200-level Explores the complexity of literary community focusing on the twentieth- English literature course. Offered fall 70 origins with its variety of Native- century literature of one of more semester of even years. American, discovery, colonial, federal, Enlightenment, and African-American cultures. Primarily intended for English voices up to the Romantic period. majors but recommended for all ENG 444 4 hours students desiring cross-cultural Prerequisite: 200-level English literature Contemporary Literature awareness. Prerequisite 200-level English course. Offered fall semester of odd years. A study of selected poetry, fiction, and literature course. Offered spring semester drama since 1960. Prerequisite: 200-level of even years. English literature course. Offered fall ENG 340 4 hours semester of odd years. American Romanticism and Realism ENG 393 1-4 hours Investigates the usefulness of the Practicum ENG 450 1-4 hours traditional juxtaposition of romantic Directed Research ENG 412 4 hours and realistic philosophies and conven- Early English Literature ENG 480 1-4 hours tions when studying nineteenth- and A selective study of English literature Seminar early twentieth-century American from “Beowulf” through Chaucer and works. Prerequisite: 200-level English Malory’s “Le Morte d’Arthur.” Prerequi- ENG 490 1-2 hours literature course. Offered spring semester site: 200-level English literature course. Honors of odd years. Offered spring semester of odd years. IAS 493 4 hours Senior Seminar ENG 360 1-4 hours ENG 422 4 hours Independent Study Renaissance Literature A study of representative prose writers ENG 361 4 hours Drama and nondramatic poets of the English A selective survey of the historical Renaissance such as More, Spenser, development of drama from its origins Donne, Herbert, and Milton. Prerequi- to the present day. Prerequisite: 200- site: 200-level English literature course. level English literature course. Counts for Offered fall semester of even years. either pre-twentieth- or twentieth-century requirement. Offered spring semester of odd years. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS GEOGRAPHY/GO AL-ORIENTED

GEOGRAPHY GOAL-ORIENTED MAJOR Chair, Professor Jenkinson

The goal-oriented major recognizes that departmental majors may not meet The geography curriculum provides the unique needs of some students who knowledge and understanding of the attend Taylor University. This major physical, cultural, political, and allows a student (with faculty guidance) economic realities of today’s world. It to design from existing courses a stresses the understanding of the varied program of study that is valid academi- and complex environments of the earth, cally and meets personal and/or gives meaning to location, and professional goals. establishes a stage for understanding the connections among places, peoples, and environments. It provides an It is expected that the major will be understanding of the process of thoughtfully and carefully designed. continual change and how humans Therefore, a student should have some modify the Earth as their value system college experience before applying for a and level of sophistication dictates in goal-oriented major and should not the context of stewardship and use. begin the application process prior to The curriculum also provides the the second semester of the sophomore students in the liberal arts setting with year. The student should also seek basic facts, necessary skills, and an advice from at least two faculty appropriate conceptual frame of advisors from different departments reference, including the understanding that most closely fit the needs of the that most phenomena in any area are goal-oriented major. Consultation from spatially associated and interdependent. literature or an individual within the field of interest is also a prerequisite. Finally, the student should make an Geography appointment to discuss his/her plans The bachelor of arts degree with a with the chair of the goal-oriented major in geography requires two years major subcommittee. The curriculum of one foreign language and a mini- management committee will make final mum of 50 hours including GEO 210, GEO 220 4 hours Regional Geography approval of the application. 220; ENS 231, 351, 383; IAS 493 (HIS or A course offering basic ideas and ENS); 12 hours from GEO 230, HIS 211/ supporting facts about contemporary A grade point average of 2.80 or above 311, HIS 212/312, HIS 213/313, HIS 71 world geography. Students study eight is required to be admitted into the 215/315; eight hours from ENS 241, world regions: Europe, the former program. As with all majors, a mini- ENS 361, ENS 362, ENS 363; and six Soviet Union, Latin America, Anglo- mum of 128 hours is necessary for elective hours from ENS 242, ENS 340, America, the Middle East, the Orient, graduation, but at least 48 of these ENS 341, ENS 402, GEO/ENS 360, the Pacific World, and Africa. hours must be completed after the GEO/ENS 370, GEO/ENS 393, ENS 450, approval of the application. The ENS 490. GEO 230 3 hours application deadline is April 15 of each Political Geography academic year. The geography minor requires 17 hours The geographic interpretation of world including GEO 220; one course from relations. The relationships of geo- The bachelor of arts degree program GEO 210, GEO 240, ENS 241; one graphic elements to the development of requires completion of two years of one course from HIS 211/311, HIS 212/312, nations both past and present are foreign language and a minimum of 46 HIS 213/313, HIS 215/315; and a examined. Offered in even numbered hours in the major. A bachelor of minimum of five elective hours (2 years. science degree in the goal-oriented courses) from GEO 230, GEO 360, GEO major requires a minimum of 60 hours 370, GEO 393, ENS 231, ENS 242, ENS GEO 240 4 hours in the major, including a minimum 351, ENS 361, and one area course not Introduction to Geology three-hour practicum. The bachelor of used previously from HIS 211/311, HIS A basic course dealing with the science degree requires 46 hours if 212/312, HIS 213/313, HIS 215/315. fundamental concepts of physical and combined with curriculum requirements historical geology. in systems analysis. The senior seminar Geography Courses requirement may be fulfilled by GEO 360 1-4 hours choosing the senior seminar offered by GEO 210 4 hours Independent Study either the primary or the secondary Physical Geography area of the major. The required senior GEO 370 1-4 hours The study of the basic physical comprehensive exam will be a paper Selected Topics characteristics of the earth and the (3,000 words or more) that integrates effect of the natural environment upon GEO 393 1-4 hours the several components of the major. the activities of humankind. Practicum All general education, degree, and major requirements listed in this catalog must be fulfilled. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 HISTORY/INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES

HISTORY their program as possible. The available from the education depart- bachelor of arts degree with a major in ment. history requires two years of one Chair, Professor Ringenberg; Profes- sors Jenkinson, Winquist; Associate foreign language and 40 total hours A social studies education minor Professors Jones, S. Messer including 36 hours of HIS courses and includes 24 hours with 15 of these IAS 493. The 36 hours of HIS courses hours devoted to study in one of the must include HIS 130 and a minimum seven social science areas. Nine hours The history department believes that a of 12 hours in American history and 12 must be selected from three areas other study of our ancestors and their hours in world history. Furthermore, in than the 15-hour social science area. cultures provides the necessary the world history block, a major must perspective for living meaningfully in complete at least one of the following: Economics: ECO 211 and 212 are contemporary society. If God’s HIS 211/311, HIS 212/312, HIS 213/ required; select 10 hours for the purposes for humankind are timeless, 313, HIS 215/315, or HIS 321. primary area, four hours for the and if the results of obedience and supporting area, or seven hours for the disobedience to His will are the same in Students majoring in another depart- minor from ECO 321, 331, 332, 333, the past as in the present, then we ment may add a history minor of at 370, 411, 415, 442. must learn from the past in order to least 17 hours with a minimum of 12 of live in the present with meaning, these hours being concentrated in Geography: GEO 210 or 240 and GEO pondering the future with confidence. either American or world history. 220 are required; select 10 hours for the primary area, four hours for the Many history majors teach; many do supporting area, or seven hours for the not. Of those who do not, a few History/Systems minor from GEO 210 or 240 (if not directly enter history-related vocations The bachelor of science degree with a taken in the required courses), 230, (e.g., museum directors and curators, major in history/systems consists of the 360, 170/370, 393, 450; HIS 211/311, archivists, government and industrial 40-hour major and curriculum require- 212/312, 213/313, 215/315, 490. historians). More nonteaching majors ments in systems analysis including enter vocations where history is useful COS 120, 240 or 250; IAS 330; MAT as general background rather than 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352; SYS Government: POS 100 and 211 are specific vocational training. For 200, 390, 392, 401 or 402; HIS 393 (3-4 required; select 10 hours for the example, they become ministers, hours); six additional systems elective primary area or four hours for the lawyers, or librarians or accept hours from COS 310, COS 320, COS supporting area from POS 222, 312, government or business positions. 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, MAT 372, MAT 321, 325, 331, 360, 365, 372. The Most of these professions either require 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS minor requires eight elective hours graduate study or provide for greater 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. Courses from POS 312, 331, 372. career advancement because of selected for the six additional hours must be in addition to those required graduate study beyond the undergradu- Psychology: PSY 200, 240, and 340 are elsewhere in the major or systems. All 72 ate history major. required; select nine hours for the systems curriculum courses must be primary area, three hours for the completed with a C- or better. Most seminaries, law schools, and supporting area, or six hours for the graduate schools of library science and minor from PSY 110, 140, 125, 210, business look upon history as an Social Studies 272, 300, 310, 321, 330, 331, 370, 390, excellent undergraduate major. Many Education 393, 400, 410, 411, 420, 422, 441, 450, graduate school leaders consider the 461, 480. The department, in cooperation with combination of an undergraduate major the education department and other in a liberal arts subject such as history social science areas, offers a social Sociology: SOC 100 and 350 are with the directly vocational graduate studies education major leading toward required; select 11 hours for the curriculum to be the best possible certification to teach in the secondary primary area, five hours for the professional training. schools. Either baccalaureate degree in supporting area, or eight hours for the the social studies education major minor from SOC 210, 220, 355, 360, The bachelor of arts degree requires the requires a minimum of 56 hours divided 370, 381, 393, 410, 450, 490, PSY 321. completion of two years of one foreign among economics, geography, govern- language. The bachelor of science ment (political science), psychology, U.S. History: HIS 120 and 392 are degree must be combined with sociology, United States history, and required; select nine hours for the curriculum requirements in either world civilization. The student selects primary area, three hours for the education or systems analysis. one of the above as a primary area (18 supporting area, or six hours for the hours), two others as support areas (12 minor from HIS 130, 170/370, 230, 323, History hours each), three of the remaining four 341, 351, 352, 360, 371, 372, 393, 490. areas for a single course each (mini- Students majoring in the department mum of 10 hours total), and IAS 493. are advised to plan a program with a World Civilization: HIS 100 and 332 are Professional education requirements proper balance between American and required; select at least 4 hours in each include 28 hours including EDU 150, world history courses. All students of the first two categories and no more 260, 312, 322, 411, 431. EDU 332 is expecting to major in the department than three hours in the third category required for senior high, junior high, who do not have a strong history for a combined total of at least 18 and middle school licensure. ENG 210 background on the secondary level hours for the primary, at least three and PSY 340 are also required. should take HIS 100 and 120 as early in hours from one or more of the Detailed curriculum guides are categories for the supporting area, and ACADEMIC PROGRAMS HISTORY/INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES six hours for the minor — (1) HIS 222, the United States. Offered spring HIS 250 1 hour 240, 331, 342, 361, 365, 391; (2) HIS semester of odd years. The Contemporary World 211/311, 212/312, 213/313, 215/315, A discussion class reviewing and evaluating the major world news 250, 321; (3) HIS 130, 170/370, 360, HIS 212/312 4 hours 393, 490. History and Geography of East Asia events. Students are expected to read An examination of the histories of regularly a major news magazine and/ or newspaper. May be repeated. HIS 211/311, 212/312, 213/313, 215/ China, Japan, and Korea from their 315 may count in world civilization or earliest foundations to the contempo- geography, but not in both areas. PSY rary era with particular emphasis on HIS 321 3 hours The Modern Middle East 321 may count in psychology or the political, religious, philosophical, See POS 321. sociology, but not in both areas. HIS and cultural underpinnings of these 130 may count in U.S. history or world societies. The geographic aspects of civilization, but not in both areas. HIS/ the region are also included. Offered HIS 323 3 hours Women in American History POS 365 may count in political science spring semesters. A survey of women in America from or world civilization, but not in both the colonial era to the present. areas. HIS 213/313 4 hours History and Geography of Africa Emphasis is placed on the historical A study of the historic, physical, and experience of women in terms of The Indiana Professional Standards cultural aspects of Africa with primary perceptions, restrictions and resistance, Board has redesigned the teacher emphasis on sub-Sahara Africa and and activities. education standards in Indiana. Thus, including the significant role that Africa Taylor’s teacher education programs plays in the modern world. HIS 331 4 hours will change. Please be advised that Europe 1517-1789 some of these changes may become Historical study of Europe from Luther effective during the next two years; HIS 215/315 3 hours History and Geography to the Bastille including the Ages of the therefore, specific programs in teacher of South Asia Reformation, Absolutism, and the education may change. An exploration of the political, cultural, Enlightenment. Offered fall semester of and religious development of the Indian odd years. History Courses subcontinent from 2500 B.C. to the modern era as well as a survey of HIS 332 4 hours HIS 100 5 hours Southeast Asia with a focus on Modern Europe 1789-Present World History Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand, A study of Europe from the French A survey of the civilizations of Europe, Singapore, and Vietnam. The course Revolution to the creation of the Asia, Africa, and the Western Hemi- includes study of the impact of European community. Emphasis is sphere from the beginning of recorded geography on the region’s people and placed on the political, social, eco- history to the present. history. Offered fall semester of even nomic, and intellectual aspects of this years. period. Prerequisite: HIS 100. Offered 73 HIS 120 5 hours spring semesters. History of the United States HIS 222 4 hours A survey of the social, political, and Ancient History HIS 341 3 hours cultural development of the people of An examination of ancient civilizations Colonial History the United States from the colonization with special attention to twentieth An investigation of the colonization of period to the present. century debts to the past. North America by the Spanish, French, Dutch, and English as well as European HIS 130 2 hours HIS 230 3 hours rivalries, colonial society, and the Introduction to History American Religious History Revolutionary War. Prerequisite: HIS An introduction to the discipline of A study of the historical development in 120. Offered in alternate years. history. Emphasis is placed on the United States of such movements acquainting students with the major as Puritanism, revivalism, the social HIS 342 4 hours components of historical inquiry, gospel, Judaism, Catholicism, and History of England current issues in the field, computer variant forms of Protestantism. Offered A study of English political, constitu- applications, and fundamental ques- fall semesters. tional, cultural, and intellectual tions relative to the philosophy of developments, the growth of the British history. Required for history majors. Empire, and international relations. Offered spring semesters. HIS 240 4 hours European Religious History HIS 351 4 hours HIS 170/370 1-4 hours A survey of the development of American Diplomatic History Selected Topics Christianity and Judaism in Europe from A survey of the diplomatic relations of the Roman Empire to the contemporary the United States from the period of the HIS 211/311 4 hours era with special emphasis on the American Revolution to the present. History and Geography Middle Ages, Reformation, Age of Offered in alternate years. of Latin America Enlightenment, and the nineteenth and An historical and geographical study of twentieth centuries. The impact of HIS 352 3 hours the nations between the Rio Grande Islam and the more recent emergence African-American History River and Cape Horn. Attention is of the religions of East and South Asia A survey of African-American history given to the development of each Latin are also surveyed. from African origins through the American area and its relationship to modern civil rights movement. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 HISTORY/INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES

Emphasis is placed on the oppression Daystar University or the China Studies and resistance to oppression that HIS 490 1-2 hours Program or Hong Kong Baptist characterize the African-American Honors University. experience. Offered spring semesters. IAS 493 4 hours Senior Seminar Christian World Mission: BIB 330; HIS HIS 360 1-4 hours 230, 240; PHI 322, 323; REL 311, 391, Independent Study INTERNATIONAL 432. HIS 361 4 hours STUDIES European Studies: HIS 240, 331, 332, Russian Civilization Program Director, Professor Winquist A study of the development of the 342, 361, 365, 391; a maximum of six Russian nation, its people and culture hours from the Russian Studies The international studies program from Varangian beginnings through Program or Lithuania Christian College seeks to assist students in preparing for czarist rule, and the Soviet Union to or four hours from the Taylor Oxford living and serving in the modern world. 1945. Emphasis is placed on certain Studies Program. The focus of the international studies periods and personalities including the curriculum is upon the twentieth Kievan era, Peter the Great, Catherine French Language and Literature: FRE century world and the humane the Great, tsars of the nineteenth 221, 222, 332, 342, 370; a maximum of disciplines more than the technical and century, the 1917 Revolution, Lenin, 16 hours from the Academic Program scientific ones. and Stalin. in France.

Majors from all disciplines who wish to HIS 365 3 hours Middle East Studies: HIS 321; a develop a broad understanding of God’s Modern Russia maximum of 12 hours from Jerusalem people throughout the world and are See POS 365. Prerequisite: HIS 361. University College or the Middle East interested in careers in foreign service, Studies Program. humanitarian agencies, international HIS 371 3 hours Civil War Era law, overseas teaching, journalism and Spanish Language and Literature: SPA A study of the most dominant public other mass media, translation, mis- 211, 212, 312, 321, 332, 342, 370, 422, issue in midnineteenth century sions, and/or international business 303, 333, 403, 433; a maximum of 16 America, namely the sectional conflict would clearly benefit from a major or hours from the Latin American Studies stemming from the issue of slavery. minor in international studies. Program or the Semester in Spain The course gives major emphasis to 1) Program. the institutions, ideas, and events that The history department administers the led to the Civil War, 2) the war itself, interdisciplinary international studies and 3) the personality and leadership of program. Students interested in World Literature: ENG 212, 233, 361, the primary player in this drama, earning a bachelor of arts degree major 371, 373, 444, 370; four hours from the 74 Abraham Lincoln. or minor in this program should consult Taylor Oxford Studies Program. the program director. HIS 372 5 hours World Politics and Economics: Re- American Constitutional The major requires completion of 39-42 quired courses include ECO 411 and Development hours in foundational courses, related 442, POS 212 or 301 and at least one See POS 372. Prerequisite: HIS 120. field requirements, and a concentration history course from HIS 311, 312, 313, area. In addition to two years of one 315; POS 321, 365. HIS 391 4 hours foreign language, the foundation The World since 1945 courses include IAS 130, HIS 100, POS Other requirements are an interterm or An examination of key world events in 211, GEO 220. The second component semester international study experi- Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America, and consists of three courses from at least ence, computer competency, and a the United States and Canada since two related fields, which are not in the senior paper. World War II. The emphasis is on the concentration area. The related field political and economic development, areas include advanced modern The minor requires only the completion though cultural and social aspects are language—SPA 211 and 212, 312; FRE also included. of the foundational courses and three 221, 222; fine arts—ART 316, MUS 343; courses from related fields. philosophy and religion—PHI 322, 323, HIS 392 4 hours REL 391; communications or English— Twentieth Century U.S. History CAS 340, ENG 373, 444; business and See Interarea Studies for a course A study of the political, military, economics—BUA 375, ECO 211. The description of IAS 130, Introduction to economic, and cultural development of third component in the major is a International Studies. the nation during its rise to world minimum of 15 hours (not including prominence. Prerequisite: HIS 120. courses chosen to meet the founda- Offered spring semesters. tional courses or requirements from related fields) in any one of the HIS 393 1-4 hours following concentration areas: Practicum

HIS 450 1-4 hours African, Asian, and Latin American Directed Research Studies: HIS 311, 312, 313, 315, 321, 391; a maximum of six hours from HONORS ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

HONORS PROGRAM college credit when students enroll in personal qualities. A gpa of 3.20 or the university’s four-year program. higher is required.

The Taylor University Honors Program Pi Delta Phi, the national French honor is a challenging academic experience HONOR SOCIETIES society, recognizes outstanding for high ability, highly motivated scholarship in the French language and students. The Honors Program student Each year, Taylor students who excel in may choose from all general offerings academic pursuits are inducted into the plus honors courses. Honors courses various honor societies for specific emphasize, to a greater extent than the disciplines. Appropriate ceremonies are curriculum in general, integration of held to give campus-wide recognition faith and learning, ideas and values in to students whose academic record content, and discussion and student earns induction into a national initiative in format. academic honorary society.

All Honors Program students who Chi Alpha Omega is a campus-wide complete a minimum of 24 hours of scholastic honor society, election is Honors Program courses and maintain limited to not more than 10% of the an overall gpa of 3.40 earn the Honors seniors and 5% of the juniors. Chi Alpha Program designation on their official Omega members are eligible to join the university transcript. national scholastic honor society, Alpha Chi. Incoming students who are eligible must apply by June 1 prior to their Alpha Psi Omega is a national honorary freshman year, and Taylor students may dramatic fraternity organized for the apply at any time after their first purpose of providing an honor society semester or during their sophomore and wider fellowship for those doing a year. Those students with tightly high standard of work in dramatics. scheduled majors will want to enter the program as early as possible in order to Beta Alpha Epsilon is a university honor enroll primarily in honors courses that society rewarding scholastic attainment substitute for general education to students who are candidates for any requirements rather than in those baccalaureate degree within the serving only as electives. business, accounting, and economics department. Candidates for member- Normally, an entering freshman wishing ship should be of good character as 75 to begin the program should have verified by Student Development and earned a 3.70 high school grade point the business, accounting, and econom- average. Those applying after complet- ics department faculty; have completed ing a semester at Taylor should have at least 32 hours of course work at demonstrated an ability to perform Taylor University; have achieved a college work at the Honors Program cumulative gpa of at least 3.50 with at level (3.40 gpa). least 75 credit hours or 3.60 with at its literature, increases the knowledge least 60 credit hours; and completed 12 and appreciation of Americans for the Further information, including applica- in-class business, accounting, and cultural contributions of the French- tion procedures, may be obtained by economics hours. speaking world, and stimulates and contacting the director of the honors encourages French cultural activities. program. Chi Alpha Sigma is a National College Students are selected for membership Athlete Honor Society recognizing in recognition of their achievement in SUMMER HONORS student-athletes who are of junior and at least one upper-division French senior status and have earned cumula- literature course. PROGRAM tive grade point averages of 3.40 or above. They must also meet character Sigma Tau Delta is an English honor The Taylor University Summer Honors and citizenship standards established society open to English majors whose Program is designed to introduce by the National Council. The mission major gpa’s are 3.30 or higher. students to the benefits of higher of Chi Alpha Sigma is to bring honor education in a distinctively Christian, and recognition to deserving student- liberal arts setting. Each summer, the athletes, their families, teams, athletic program invites gifted high school departments, and colleges. juniors and seniors from across the nation and the world to a unique five- Kappa Delta Pi is an international week experience. The tuition-free honor society in education. Candidates program is extended to a limited for membership should exhibit worthy number (approximately 40) of outstand- educational ideals, have leadership ing students and offers several general potential, demonstrate a commitment education course options yielding to education, and manifest desirable ACADEMIC PROGRAMS HUMANITIES TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

HUMANITIES selected events are part of the course cultures. This course satisfies participa- curriculum. The interterm version of tion in the arts (credit only) or one this course requires permission of physical education skills course Humanities courses carry an interdisci- instructor. requirement (grade only). Offered fall plinary focus and are directly related to semesters and interterms. more than one single department or HUM 250 1 hour academic field. These courses include Participation in the Arts HUM 330 4 hours curricular offerings in visual arts, ART, CAT, or MUS participation to fulfill Arts and Ideas theatre arts, and music. the participation in the arts require- In four hours of lecture/discussion per ment. Nonmusic majors may also take week the evolution of western art Humanities Courses an ensemble or private lesson to fulfill through selected historical periods and this requirement. Credit only. places is traced. The emphasis is HUM 230 4 hours heavily historical, stressing learning Art as Experience HUM 250 1 hour about the artistic heritage and its Lecture sessions focus upon works Folk Dances context as well as experiencing art. The from several art forms with the goal of An introduction to folk songs and course is open to students of all majors developing students’ perceptual skills. dances of various cultures. Students but is particularly appropriate for A major focus of this course is sing folk songs and dance indigenous literature, fine arts, history, and experiencing art. Written critiques on dances while learning about diverse philosophy majors.

76 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS INTERAREA STUDIES

INTERAREA STUDIES IAS 120 1 hour experience of ministry that meets the Introduction to general education cross-cultural International Ministry requirement. Additional practicums Interarea courses are general in scope An overview of cross-cultural mission, may be selected in philosophy/religion, and exist apart from any single of American cultural distinctives, and of Christian education, social work, department. host nations’ cultural distinctives is elementary education, or music during presented. The class is offered each fall the field experience. Offered interterms. Interarea Courses in preparation for participating in cross- cultural ministry during January IAS 330 3 hours interterm. Grade only. IAS 101 1 hour Human Relations in Organizations New Student Orientation The study of human relationships in An introduction to the Christian higher IAS 130 3 hours organizations as they pertain to education philosophy of Taylor Introduction of International management theories, processes, and Studies University by word and practice. This organizational systems and structures. The course introduces international course includes small groups discussing Vertical, lateral, and diagonal relation- studies majors to cross cultural issues, study skills, personal growth and ships and planning techniques and international current events, computer development, and academic advising. strategies as well as techniques of competency in the field, and interna- Also included is the working through of systems intervention and problem tional career opportunities. practical problems of adjustment to the solving are studied. Fulfills general Taylor community in the areas of education social science requirement. behavioral standards, time manage- IAS 210 2 hours Offered spring semesters. ment, interpersonal relationships, Medical Terminology career planning, and spiritual growth. This course is designed to assist students in learning medical terminol- IAS 352 1 hour Required of transfer students with 11 or Student Development Seminar ogy as well as to provide instruction in fewer hours and all first-time freshmen. Designed to provide instruction and word-building skills so that words can Credit only. study in topics relevant to specific be identified by their word parts. It student leadership positions on provides a solid vocabulary foundation IAS 104 1-3 hours campus. Prerequisite: IAS 252 and/or for those individuals who anticipate Computer Competency—Depart- permission of instructor. Offered spring taking the MCAR or NATA-BOC exams. mental Component semesters. Computer applications in the field of study. Addresses specific competencies IAS 220 1-4 hours Honors IAS 360 1-4 hours useful in the discipline including Honors-Independent Study Special seminars available to students Internet activity and programs for the Enrollment in this experience is in the Honors Program and others by personal computer. Departments have restricted to students in the Honors permission of the instructor. various methods of including this Program. requirement in their curricula. 77 IAS 230 1-2 hours Issues in Science and Religion IAS 492 1-4 hours IAS 110 3 hours Integrative Seminar An interdisciplinary examination of key Foundations of Christian Thought An interdepartmental, interdisciplinary issues underlying the relationship of An introduction to the liberal arts and seminar of an integrative nature science and Christianity, focusing on the integration of faith and learning. In utilizing readings and other media to issues concerning creation, the fall, the addition to large group lectures, the communicate ideas. Prerequisite: flood, and the world in which we live course includes small group discussion Permission of the instructor. sessions led by faculty and staff. The today. The course will be a focus on discussion sessions further develop the general scientific concepts and theological principles involved in the IAS 493 4 hours themes for the course. The primary Senior Seminar integration of faith and learning. thrust is to use the central theme of Integrates the central purposes of Fulfills elective credit toward the 128- human nature to introduce the student general education with the major area hour degree requirement or one to basic areas of understanding that of study. Seniors meet together initially elective credit in either physics or undergird the intellectual growth to study broad interdisciplinary issues religion. process at Taylor. Required of all relating to the development of a students. Offered fall semesters. Christian worldview and Christian IAS 252 1 hour stewardship. Students then meet in Developmental Processes in IAS 111 2 hours departments to integrate Christian Leadership God, Humanity, and Knowledge philosophical concerns with depart- Designed to provide theoretical (Honors) mental concerns. Offered interterms. An interdisciplinary introduction to the foundations and experiential opportuni- liberal arts and the integration of faith ties structured toward personal growth and learning. Through lectures, and organizational effectiveness. readings, films, and discussion, the Strongly recommended for all students course intentionally seeks to challenge interested in on-campus leadership INTERNATIONAL students to be broader in perspective positions. Offered spring semesters. and appreciation and more confident in STUDIES the development of a meaningful belief IAS 320 3 hours See History. system. For students enrolled in the Cross-Cultural Outreach Summer Honors Program; fulfills IAS 110 IAS 120 or permission of the instructor requirement. Offered summers only. is required for this month-long ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 LEARNING SUPPOR T CENTER/LIBERAL AR TS

LEARNING • provide a variety of instructional IAS 440 1 hour approaches that are appropriate for the Advanced Test Preparation Individualized instruction and review of SUPPORT CENTER level of skills and learning styles of the materials of both quantitative and student population, verbal in preparation for passing exams Associate Professors Manor, P. Kirkpatrick, Welch; Instructor such as the GRE, LSAT, GMAT, LSAT, • assist students in transferring Davenport and MCAT. Meets twice a week for previously learned skills and strategies seven weeks. Pass-fail only. to their academic work, The Learning Support Center (LSC) is housed in the southwest wing of the • provide services and resources to Zondervan Library. In keeping with faculty, staff, and administrators that Taylor University’s mission statement, enhance and support classroom the Learning Support Center serves as a instruction and professional develop- compassionate outreach to all students ment, by providing academic study support so that all students may reach their • support the academic standard and academic potential. requirements of the institution.

Learning Support Center services The Learning Support Center offers include academic skills courses, study courses intended to assist students in counseling, tutoring, disabled student learning effective time management, services, Writing Center, Math Center, efficient reading techniques, meaningful academic support for student athletes, notetaking strategies, excellent study academic support for students on models for test preparation and taking, academic probation, and academic LIBERAL ARTS and math knowledge for college support for provisionally accepted PROGRAM success. Courses are provided to help students. The Learning Support Center students meet the math and reading in coordination with the Testing Office proficiency levels as outlined in the The associate of arts degree in the offers academic support for students degree requirements for the university. liberal arts is offered for students who who are unable to meet proficiencies desire a two-year program that required by the university, including the emphasizes a breadth of knowledge. It listening proficiency of the teacher Learning Support is not to be taken with or awarded with education program and the math, Center Courses any of the three baccalaureate degrees. reading, and writing proficiencies of the general education program. IAS 180/280 1 hour Applied Learning Techniques- A 43-hour core of courses from a 78 Verbal variety of academic disciplines is The learning assistance services and Emphasizes techniques for the combined with 14 hours from the programs in support of the Taylor improvement of study skills, listening student’s choice of concentration area University mission statement collabo- and notetaking, reading, and compre- and seven elective hours to total 64 rate to assist and encourage all hension. The course meets two hours a credit hours. Core requirements include students to become active and week with the third hour reserved for BIB 110, 210; ENG 110; HUM 230; IAS independent learners. The specific extra assignments. Work is completed 101, 110; PHP 100, 200 (one hour); REL goals of the LSC are to in a lab setting and may be repeated 313; one communications course from one time only. Pass-fail only. CAS 110, 120, 201; COS 104 or 106; one • make students the central focus of literature course from ENG 230, 240, the program, IAS 185/285 1 hour 250; one science course; one history Applied Learning Techniques-Math course; one social science course; and • assist members of the campus Emphasizes techniques for the one cross-cultural course. The area of community in achieving their personal improvement of math study skills, concentration (or a combination of potential for learning, listening and notetaking, and math- related areas if sufficient offerings are ematics skills. The course meets two not available in one selected field of • provide instruction and services that hours a week with a third hour study) excludes existing associate address the cognitive, affective, and reserved for makeup or extra assign- degree programs (business administra- sociocultural dimensions of learning, ments. May be repeated one time only. tion, management information systems, Pass-fail only. and early childhood education) and must be approved by the director of • introduce students to the expecta- tions of faculty and the culture of IAS 410 1 hour general education. higher education, Speed Reading Emphasis on speed reading techniques and effective comprehension. Meets • help students develop positive two hours a week. Prerequisite: attitudes towards learning and thirteenth grade level reading. Pass-fail MANAGEMENT confidence in their ability to learn, only. INFORMATION

• foster personal responsibility and SYSTEMS accountability for one’s own learning, See Computing and System Sciences. MATHEMA TICS ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

MATHEMATICS major grade point average, is one including MAT 151, 230, 240, 250, 340, course in chemistry or physics from 352, 361 or 412, 372, 382, 392, 393 (3-4 CHE 201 or 211, PHY 211 and 211L, or hours); COS 120, 250, 264 or 312, 381, Chair, Associate Professor Case; Professors Klinger, Neuhouser; PHY 212 and 212L. 382; SYS 402. Also required, but not Associate Professors Benbow, counted in the major grade point Colgan; Assistant Professor DeLong A mathematics minor requires a average, is one course in chemistry or minimum of 23 hours including MAT physics from CHE 201 or 211, PHY 211 The major purposes of the mathematics 151, 230, and 15 MAT elective hours. and 211L, or PHY 212 and 212L. department are to help students Mathematics courses beginning with Curriculum requirements in systems increase their knowledge and under- MAT 151 or higher may count toward a analysis include COS 120, 250; IAS 330; standing of mathematical concepts, minor. NAS 240 may also count MAT 151, 352, 382, 393 (3-4 hours); SYS develop their reasoning ability and towards a minor. MAT 201, 202, and 200, 390, 392, 401; six additional problem-solving skills, and improve PHY 341 may not count in the minor. systems elective hours from COS 310, their ability to apply mathematics in a COS 320, MAT 412 (if not used in the variety of areas. The department major), MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS 394. prepares students to become teachers Mathematics/Systems Courses selected for the six additional of mathematics; to enter careers in The bachelor of science degree with a hours must be in addition to those business, industry, and government; major in mathematics/systems requires required elsewhere in the major or and to pursue graduate study in a minimum of 44 hours in the major systems. All systems curriculum courses mathematics and related areas. including MAT 151, 230, 250, 340, 352, must be completed with a C- or better. 361 or 412, 382, 392, 393 (3-4 hours), The student expecting to major in and four to five hours of MAT electives. Mathematics- mathematics should have at least three Also required, but not counted in the years of high school mathematics, major grade point average, is one Environmental including two years of high school course in chemistry or physics from Science CHE 201 or 211, PHY 211 and 211L, or algebra, some geometry, and trigonom- The bachelor of science degree with PHY 212 and 212L. Curriculum etry. In the freshman year, students this integrated major in mathematics- requirements in systems analysis planning to major in mathematics and environmental science requires a include COS 120, 250; IAS 330; MAT those preparing for scientific work, minimum of 73 hours including: including engineering, should be 151, 352, 382, 393 (3-4 hours); SYS 200, qualified to begin with MAT 151. 390, 392, 401 or 402; six additional systems elective hours from COS 310, Mathematics (36 hours): MAT 151, 230, COS 320, COS 382, MAT 372, MAT 412, 240, 250, 352, 392, and 15 elective The department offers five majors in MAT 431, SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS 401, hours from MAT 340, 372, 382, 412, mathematics: mathematics with a 402. Courses selected for the six 431, 461. concentration in computer science, additional hours must be in addition to mathematics-environmental science, those required elsewhere in the major Environmental Science (23 hours): BIO mathematics education, and mathemat- 79 or systems. All systems curriculum 204, ENS 231, 383, 402; and 8 elective ics science education. The bachelor of courses must be completed with a C- or hours from ENS 340, ENS 351, BIO 380. arts degree is available in all five better. majors and requires two years of one foreign language. The bachelor of Required Electives (9-11 hours): ECO science degree is available for majors Mathematics/ 190 or 211, POS 312 or 331, and MAT in math education, math science Computer Science 393 (2-4 hours). education, and mathematics-environ- Concentration mental science. The bachelor of Also required, but not counted in the The bachelor of arts degree with a science degree must be combined with major grade point average, is one major in mathematics and a concentra- curriculum requirements in systems course in chemistry or physics from tion in computer science required two analysis for majors in mathematics and CHE 201 or 211, PHY 211 and 211L, or years of one foreign language and a mathematics with a concentration in PHY 212 and 212L. computer science. minimum of 61 hours including MAT 151, 230, 240, 250, 340, 352, 361 or 412, 372, 392, three hours of MAT Mathematics Each year the mathematics department electives; COS 120, 250, 264 or 312, offers at least four sanctioned events Education 381, 382; SYS 402. Also required, but such as special lectures or colloquiums. Either baccalaureate degree with a not counted in the major grade point All majors are required to attend a total major in mathematics education average, is one course in chemistry or of at least 10 sanctioned events before requires 43 hours including MAT 151, physics from CHE 201 or 211, PHY 211 230, 240, 250, 312, 340, 352, 361 or taking the IAS 493 course. and 211L, or PHY 212 and 212L. 412, 392; IAS 493; one course from COS 120, MAT 320, MAT 330, Mat 370, MAT Mathematics Mathematics/ 372, MAT 431, PHY 341; and MAT The bachelor of arts degree with a Systems/Computer electives to total 43. Professional major in mathematics requires two education requires 28 hours including years of one foreign language and a Science Concentration EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, 411, and 431. minimum of 45 hours including MAT The bachelor of science degree with a EDU 332 is required for senior high, 151, 230, 240, 250, 340, 352, 361, 392, major in mathematics/systems and a junior high, and middle school educa- 412, 461, three hours of MAT electives. concentration in computer science tion licensure. ENG 210 and PSY 340 Also required, but not counted in the requires a minimum of 64 hours are also required. Detailed curriculum ACADEMIC PROGRAMS MATHEMA TICS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

guides are available from the education hours of electives from PHY 301, 311, MAT 201 5 hours department. 312, 321, 322, 330, 331, 341, 342, 412. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I First of a two-course integrated The Indiana Professional Standards A mathematics education minor may be content-methods sequence for elemen- Board has redesigned the teacher earned by students to supplement tary teacher preparation, this course is education standards in Indiana. Thus, another secondary teaching major. The a study of the number system through Taylor’s teacher education programs minor requires 28 hours including MAT the real numbers with special reference will change. Please be advised that 151, 230, 240, 250, 352, 312, and 361 or to teaching aids, lab methods, peda- some of these changes may become 412. gogy, and appropriate technology. Each effective during the next two years; student is encouraged to team with a therefore, specific programs in teacher The Indiana Professional Standards student of MAT 202 in a teaching team education may change. Board has redesigned the teacher in the Taylor-Eastbrook Mathematics education standards in Indiana. Thus, Project (TEMP). Does not count towards Taylor’s teacher education programs Mathematics Courses a mathematics major or minor. Open to will change. Please be advised that majors in early childhood and elementary some of these changes may become MAT 100 1 hour education. effective during the next two years; Mathematics Fundamentals therefore, specific programs in teacher A study of the basic arithmetic MAT 202 5 hours education may change. operations, exponents, ratios, linear Mathematics for and quadratic equations, graphs, and Elementary Teachers II story problems. This course is The second of a two-course integrated Mathematics specifically designed to assist those content-methods sequence for elemen- Science Education students who need help for the tary teacher preparation with emphasis Either baccalaureate degree with a mathematics proficiency examination. on geometry, problem-solving, and major in mathematics science educa- May be taken pass-fail only. Does not small-group projects. Each student is tion requires 65-75 hours and includes count toward a mathematics major or responsible each week for a mathemat- a general science core (17-20 hours), a minor. ics class in local schools, grades K-6 primary area in mathematics (32 (TEMP). Does not count toward a hours), and a supporting science MAT 110 3 hours mathematics major or minor. Open to concentration area (15-23 hours). Finite Mathematics majors in early childhood and elementary Courses completed under the primary A study of selected topics from set education. or supporting science areas are in theory, matrices, systems of linear addition to the general science core. equations and inequalities, linear MAT 220 4 hours Professional education requires 28 programming, counting and probability, Ways of Knowing hours including EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, statistics, and mathematics of finance. Topics studied include number, logic, 411, and 431. EDU 332 is required for Prerequisite: A good understanding of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry, 80 senior high, junior high, and middle algebra. Does not count toward a algebraic structures, dimension, and school education licensure. ENG 210 mathematics major or minor. infinity. A study is made of the deductive and PSY 340 are also required. method in mathematics and its relation- Detailed curriculum guides are MAT 130 4 hours ship to ways of knowing in other areas. available from the education depart- Algebra and Trigonometry There is an emphasis on the beauty of ment. Topics from algebra and trigonometry mathematics and the relationship of including equations, identities, graphs, mathematics to science and other forms General Science Core: 17-20 hours and algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, of culture including the arts and religion. including four to six hours from BIO and trigonometric functions. Does not This course is offered within the honors 100, ENS 200, ENS 231, BIO 244 and count toward a mathematics major or program. Offered fall semesters. 245; four hours from GEO 210 or GEO minor. Offered fall semesters. 240 or PHY 201; 10 hours from CHE 201 MAT 230 4 hours or 211; PHY 211 and PHY 211L. MAT 140 3 hours Calculus with Analytic Geometry II Fundamental A study of analytic geometry, functions, Calculus for Applications limits and derivatives, differentiation Mathematics Science Major Area: 32 An introductory study of derivatives, and integration of algebraic functions hours including MAT 151, 230, 240, series, and integrals with a wide range and elementary transcendental 250, 312, 352, one elective from MAT of applications including maximum and functions, applications of the derivative, 361, 412; and IAS 493. minimum problems. Prerequisite: A the definite integral, sequences, series, good understanding of algebra. Does not Taylor’s formula, and special techniques Biology Science Concentration Area: count toward a mathematics major or of integration. Prerequisite: MAT 151 or 21-23 hours including BIO 101, 103, minor. equivalent. Offered spring semesters. 104, 203, 204, 244 and 245 or 331 and 352. MAT 151 4 hours MAT 240 4 hours Calculus with Analytic Geometry I Calculus with Analytic Geometry III Chemistry Science Concentration Area: A study of functions, including alge- A study of parametric equations, polar 15 hours including CHE 202 and 10 braic and trigonometric functions. An coordinates, vectors, three-dimensional hours of electives in chemistry. introduction to the algebraic, numeri- geometry, partial derivatives, multiple cal, and graphical approaches to integration, and vector analysis. Physics Science Concentration Area: 16 calculus including limits, continuity, Prerequisite: MAT 230 or equivalent. hours including 212 and 212L; and 11 derivatives, integrals, and applications. Offered fall semesters. MATHEMA TICS ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

MAT 250 4 hours Transitional Mathematics An introduction to abstract and linear algebra and to analysis. A study of the mathematical structure of matrices with applications, symbolic logic, Boolean algebra, groups, rings, and fields. Specific examples of the various algebras are studied rather than an extensive theoretical development. Also, types of proof including mathematic induction and epsilon-delta proofs of limits are introduced. Offered fall semesters.

MAT 261, 262 1 hour each Special Problems Selected topics in mathematics. Prerequisite: Consent of the department chair.

MAT 312 4 hours College Geometry Advanced Euclidean plane geometry MAT 360 1-4 hours MAT 393 1-4 hours with a brief survey of some of the non- Independent Study Practicum Euclidean geometries and vector and transformational geometry. Prerequi- MAT 361 4 hours MAT 412 4 hours sites: MAT 230 and 250. Offered spring Abstract Algebra Linear Algebra semester of odd years. Emphasis on set theory; development A course on matrix theory, linear of the postulates of group theory, rings, equations and linear dependence, MAT 320 4 hours integral domains, and fields. Prerequi- vector spaces and linear transforma- Discrete Mathematics site: MAT 250. Offered spring semester tions, characteristic equation, quadratic A study of logic, counting, set theory, of even years. forms, and the singular value decompo- mathematical induction, relations and sition. Prerequisite: MAT 250. Offered functions, algorithms, combinatorics, MAT 370 1-4 hours spring semester of odd years. and graph theory. Corequisite: MAT Selected Topics 250. Offered fall semester of odd years. MAT 372 4 hours MAT 431 4 hours Numerical Analysis Differential Equations 81 MAT 330 3 hours Iterative and other algorithmic pro- A course on the solution of differential Graphing Calculator cesses, propagation of error, solution of equations of the first order and first in Mathematics transcendental and polynomial degree, linear differential equations A study of the use of the graphing equations, numerical integration and with constant coefficients, calculator in mathematics. The differentiation, linear algebra, curve- nonhomogeneous equations by graphing calculator is used to explore fitting, and numerical solution of undetermined coefficients and variation concepts in precalculus mathematics, differential equations are studied. of parameters, and an introduction to business mathematics, probability and Prerequisites: COS 120, MAT 240. series solutions. Numerical methods statistics, calculus, and linear algebra. Offered fall semester of even years. and qualitative analysis are also used. Prerequisite: MAT 250. Differential equations are used to MAT 382 3 hours model physical problems including MAT 340 4 hours Advanced Statistics vibration problems and electrical Advanced Calculus A study of regression analysis including circuits. Prerequisite: MAT 240. Offered An introduction to a rigorous develop- multiple and nonlinear regression; spring semesters. ment of the fundamental concepts of correlation analysis, including multiple calculus. The real number system, and partial correlation; analysis of MAT 461 4 hours sequences, series, limits, differentiation, variance; and nonparametric statistics. Real Analysis and integration are developed rigor- This course also includes selected An advanced study of the real number ously. Prerequisites: MAT 240 and 250. topics from calculus and matrix theory system, topology, functions, sequences, Offered spring semester of even years. required for the study of these topics. limits, continuity, and the theory of Prerequisite: MAT 352 or NAS 240; MAT differentiation and integration. Prereq- MAT 352 4 hours 151. uisite: MAT 340. Offered spring semester Mathematical Statistics of odd years. A theoretical, as well as applied, study MAT 392 1 hour of counting outcomes, probability, Mathematics Seminar IAS 493 4 hours probability distributions, sampling Each student in the seminar researches Senior Seminar distributions, confidence intervals, tests a mathematical topic and makes a of hypotheses, linear regression, and presentation to the entire group. correlation. Corequisite: MAT 240. Prerequisite: MAT 240. Offered fall Offered fall semesters. semesters. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 MODERN LANGU AGES

MODERN LANGUAGES

Chair, Associate Professor J. Loy; Professors Barrick, Dixon; Associate Professor E. Messer; Assistant Professor Koch

The knowledge of a foreign language is integral to the education of students who will assume responsible roles as citizens of an increasingly interdepen- dent world. The department provides a variety of courses and programs to meet this challenge.

In addition to offering courses in French, German, and Spanish to meet the two-year language requirement for the bachelor of arts degree, the department offers a teaching and nonteaching major and minor in French or Spanish. For either the French education major approved experience abroad may fulfill or minor, credit may be earned through a portion of the 17-hour requirement. Majors may be required to take courses the Study in France program. Credit abroad in order to complete the will be assigned in specific areas upon departmental requirements. Other French Education satisfactory completion of the study students may choose to study abroad Either baccalaureate degree with a abroad experience. for their own benefit or to complete the major in French education leads toward language requirement. In all cases the certification to teach French in the Spanish department must approve the study secondary school. A total of 40 hours The bachelor of arts degree with a abroad courses in advance. is required including FRE 201, 202, 221, major in Spanish requires a minimum 342; eight hours from FRE 312 or 322 of 30 hours above elementary including and 332; eight hours from FRE 222 and French SPA 201, 202, or SPA 203; SPA 211 or IAS 493; and electives from FRE 312, The bachelor of arts degree with a 212; three to four hours from SPA 303, 322, 360, 370, and 393 to fulfill the 40- major in French requires a minimum of 321, 342, 403; and three to four hours 82 hour requirement. IAS 104 (1 hour) is 30 hours above elementary including from SPA 333, 312, 433; IAS 493; four required to fulfill the departmental FRE 201, 202; one four-hour course hours from SPA 313, 323, 331, 332, 421, computer competency requirement. from FRE 221 or 342; one four-hour 422; and electives from SPA 360, 370, Professional education requires 28 course from FRE 222 or IAS 493; one 393; and any course not applied above hours including EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, four-hour course from FRE 312, 322, or to fulfill the 30-hour requirement. IAS 411, and 431. EDU 332 is required for 332; electives from FRE 360, 370, or 104 (1 hour) is required to fulfill the senior high, junior high, and middle 393; and any additional courses not departmental computer competency school education licensure. In addition, applied above to fulfill the 30-hour requirement. Credit for SPA 201 and ENG 210 and PSY 340 are also required. requirement. IAS 104 (1 hour) is 202 may be earned through the testing Detailed curriculum guides are required to fulfill the departmental for credit program that should be available from the education depart- computer competency requirement. completed by the end of the sophomore ment. Credit for FRE 201 and 202 may be year. An approved experience abroad earned through the testing for credit may fulfill a portion of the 30-hour program that should be completed by The French education minor requires 24 requirement. the end of the sophomore year. An hours including 10-14 hours from FRE approved experience abroad may fulfill 201, 202, 221, 342, 360, 370, and 393; The minor in Spanish requires a a portion of the 30-hour requirement. eight hours from FRE 312 or 322 and minimum of 17 hours above elementary 332; four to eight hours from FRE 222, and must include a three- or four-hour 360, and 393. The minor in French requires a course at the 300/400 level from minimum of 17 hours above elementary among those listed in the catalog. and must include a three- or four-hour The Indiana Professional Standards Course requirements may be selected course at the 300/400 level taken on Board has redesigned the teacher from SPA 201, 202, or 203, 211, 212, campus. Course requirements may be education standards in Indiana. Thus, 303, 321, 342, 403, 333, 312, 433, 313, selected from FRE 201, 202, 221, 222, Taylor’s teacher education programs 323, 331, 332, 421, 422, 360, 370, and 342, 312, 322, 332, 360, 370, and 393. will change. Please be advised that 393. Credit for SPA 201 and 202 may Credit for FRE 201 and 202 may be some of these changes may become be earned through the testing for credit earned through the testing for credit effective during the next two years; program that should be completed by program that should be completed by therefore, specific programs in teacher the end of the sophomore year. An the end of the sophomore year. An education may change. approved experience abroad may fulfill a portion of the 17-hour requirement. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS MODERN LANGU AGES

Spanish Education approach of FRE 101 and 102 through FRE 360 1-4 hours grammar review and intensive reading. Independent Study Either baccalaureate degree with a Language lab activities are provided to major in Spanish education leads FRE 370 1-4 hours promote oral communication. FRE 201 toward certification to teach Spanish in Selected Topics is prerequisite to FRE 202. the secondary school. A total of 40 hours is required including eight hours FRE 393 1-4 hours from SPA 201 and 202 or SPA 203, SPA FRE 221 4 hours Practicum 211 or SPA 212; two to three hours French Conversation Emphasizes the development of facility IAS 493 4 hours from SPA 342, 303, 321, 403; eight Senior Seminar hours from SPA 331, 332, 313, 323, 421, in oral and written communication in 422; six to eight hours from SPA 333, French. Includes lab activities. 433, 312, 393; IAS 493; and electives Prerequisite: FRE 202 or equivalent. German Courses from any course not applied above to Offered fall semester of even years. fulfill the 40-hour requirement. IAS 104 GER 101, 102 4 hours (1 hour) is required to fulfill the FRE 222 4 hours Elementary German departmental computer competency Contemporary France Pronunciation and the essentials of requirement. Professional education Study of contemporary French culture. grammar. Oral expression is developed requires 28 hours including EDU 150, Prerequisite: FRE 202 or equivalent. through language lab activities. GER 260, 312, 322, 411, and 431. EDU 332 Offered fall semester of odd years. 101 is prerequisite to GER 102. is required for senior high, junior high, and middle school education licensure. FRE 221, FRE 222, or instructor’s GER 201, 202 3 hours ENG 210 and PSY 340 are also required. permission is prerequisite to upper Intermediate German Detailed curriculum guides are division courses. Intensive reading and grammar review. available from the education depart- Lab activities and independent prose reading are involved each term. GER ment. FRE 300 12-18 hours Study in France 201 is prerequisite to GER 202. The Spanish education minor requires A language study experience for 24 hours including SPA 201 and 202 or students participating in Taylor Spanish Courses 203, SPA 211 or 212; one two- to three- University’s consortium agreement with hour course from SPA 303, 403, 321, Bowling Green State University’s SPA 101, 102 4 hours 342; eight hours from SPA 331, 332, Academic Program in France. Course Elementary Spanish 313, 323, 421, 422; six hours from SPA content varies depending upon the The skills of listening, speaking, 333, 360, 312, 393, 433. student’s level of proficiency in French. reading, and writing are taught in the Applicability to a major or minor other context of daily happenings in the than French must be determined in Spanish-speaking world. The essentials The Indiana Professional Standards advance by a petition submitted to the of grammar are studied. Lab activities Board has redesigned the teacher department. are provided. SPA 101 is prerequisite to 83 education standards in Indiana. Thus, SPA 102. Taylor’s teacher education programs will change. Please be advised that FRE 312, FRE 322, FRE 332, and FRE some of these changes may become 342 are offered in rotation dependent SPA 201, 202 3 hours Intermediate Spanish effective during the next two years; upon student need and demand. Emphasis is placed on the conversa- therefore, specific programs in teacher tional approach with additional reading education may change. FRE 312 4 hours Classicism and writing. SPA 201 is prerequisite to A survey of French classical literature SPA 202. For either the Spanish education major with emphasis on the dramas of or minor, credit may be earned through Corneille, Racine, and Moliere. SPA 211 2 hours Study in Spain or the Latin American Communication in Spanish Studies programs. Credit will be A promotion of oral proficiency and assigned in specific areas upon FRE 322 4 hours Rationalism and Romanticism communicative competence. The satisfactory completion of the study Consideration of selected works from course emphasizes daily happenings in abroad experience. these periods in French literature. the Spanish-speaking world. Prerequi- site: SPA 202 or equivalent. French Courses SPA 212 2 hours FRE 332 4 hours Conversational FRE 101, 102 4 hours Realism, Symbolism, Perspectives in Spanish Elementary French and Existentialism An exploration of the diverse contem- Stresses reading and the use of spoken Study of representative works from porary usage of spoken Spanish within language including the essentials of each of these periods in the literature of the twenty republics of Hispanic grammar and offers an introduction to France. culture. This class is conducted in French culture. Includes coordinated everyday Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA lab activities. FRE 101 is prerequisite to FRE 342 4 hours 202 or equivalent. FRE 102. French Linguistics Examination of the phonology of the FRE 201, 202 3 hours French language, its word and sentence SPA 211, SPA 212, or instructor’s Intermediate French structure. Includes a study of contrasts permission is prerequisite to upper Continues and builds upon the between French and English. division courses. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 MODERN LANGU AGES

SPA 300 12-17 hours SPA 331 4 hours Study in Spain Introductory Spanish American Spanish Abroad Courses A language study experience for Literature Taylor University provides intercolle- students participating in Taylor A study of representative New World giate language study in Costa Rica for University’s consortium agreement with Spanish literature to 1880. Selections intermediate and advanced students of Trinity Christian College’s Semester in from the conquest, colonial, and Spanish. The courses are for five Spain program. Course content varies romantic periods are discussed. weeks of study offered in the summer according to the student’s level of Historical and cultural perspectives are session. Applicants at or above the proficiency in Spanish. Applicability to provided. Offered fall semester of odd intermediate level may participate with a major or minor other than Spanish years. permission of the coordinator. must be determined in advance by a petition submitted to the department. SPA 332 4 hours Contemporary SPA 203 6 hours Applied Aural-Oral Spanish SPA 312 3 hours Spanish American Literature Intensive conversation dialogue Culture and Civilization of Spain Post-romantic readings of Spanish sessions with introduction to reading A survey of the people, culture, and America dating from 1880 to the and grammar review. SPA 203 is the customs of Spain through lectures, present day. Selections are for critical equivalent of SPA 201 and SPA 202. readings, discussions, and multimedia. analysis and interpretation as well as Prerequisites: SPA 102 and permission of Offered spring semester of even years. enjoyment. Offered spring semester of even years. instructor. SPA 321 3 hours The Art of Writing Spanish SPA 342 3 hours SPA 303 2 hours An advanced workshop experience in Spanish Phonology Advanced Composition and Conversation II the writing of Spanish. Includes a An examination of the formation of Theme writing in conversational style, review of grammar and mechanics and speech sounds in the Spanish language letter writing, and use of idiomatic practice in several expository modes and the application of phonetics and Spanish. including a formal research paper. phonemics to understanding and Offered fall semester of odd years. speaking Spanish. Also includes a study of dialectal differences of SPA 313 2 hours American and Peninsular Spanish. Latin American Literature Survey I Offered spring semester of odd years. Selections of New World Spanish Literature before 1880 are read and studied. SPA 360 1-4 hours Independent Study SPA 323 2 hours SPA 370 1-4 hours Latin American Literature Survey II Selected Topics The most outstanding Hispanic 84 American authors since 1880 and SPA 393 1-4 hours selections of their works are studied in Practicum a survey manner. SPA 421 4 hours Spanish Medieval SPA 333 2 hours and Renaissance Literature Síntesis de la Cultura A study of Peninsular Spanish literature Latinoamericana I from its origin to 1700, the course Consideration of contemporary issues includes selections from “El Cid” to and events in Latin America from a “Calderón.” Historical, political, and variety of media, including newspapers cultural perspectives are considered. and magazines. May be taken twice. Offered fall semester of even years. SPA 403 2 hours SPA 422 4 hours Advanced Composition Spanish Literature and Conversation III from 1700-to present Special advanced guidance is given in A study of selected readings from the oral and written compositions for neoclassic, regional, romantic, and students having completed Spanish other periods of Spanish literature 303. extending to the present. Social and political perspectives are considered. SPA 433 2 hours Offered spring semester of odd years. Síntesis de la Cultura Latinoamericana II IAS 493 4 hours A survey of the history, societies, Senior Seminar peoples, politics, geography and culture of Latin America. MUSIC ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

MUSIC

Chair, Professor Harrison; Professors B. Dickey, Parker, Shulze; Associate Professor D. Collins, Assistant Professors Harshenin, Rediger, Robertson

It is essential that the Christian musician consider the relationship of music to Christian higher education. Briefly, the Christian college has, as its primary task, the guidance of the student in a search for values. The Christian scholar in the arts is espe- cially equipped to handle this task in a time when the arts are threatened by the superficiality of a “throw-away” culture. The Christian scholar is a representative, both of a well-founded, in-depth discipline (in this case, music) and of a value system (the Christian one) that seeks to counteract the trend toward a meaningless, disintegrated society. It is the Christian musician’s responsibility to (1) understand and communicate the concept of creative, original expression, thus reflecting the role of God as Creator, (2) develop skills necessary to evaluate and determine high standards and quality in formal content, (3) guide in the General Information committee hears each music major on discovery and preservation of truth in his/her major instrument. message content. for Music Majors All prospective music majors must Each music major gives a junior audition as part of the admissions 85 Taylor University makes music an proficiency recital—20 minutes in process. Specific guidelines for integral part of the overall program length for bachelor of music candidates auditions may be obtained by contact- serving the needs of the liberal arts and 15 minutes in length for all others ing the music department. student within the context of Christian including music education candidates. higher education. For the music major, This recital is presented at the end of a the department provides the bachelor of Music majors may receive instructional student’s sophomore year, or fourth arts degree, bachelor of science degree, experience through the Center for term, in his/her applied area before the and bachelor of music degree pro- Musical Development (CMD), music faculty only and determines grams. A Handbook for Music Majors, practicums in the public schools, and whether a student is to be admitted to outlining all areas of concentration, is student teaching experiences in two the upper-division level. available from the music department. public school settings.

All music majors perform in perfor- The music department also provides The utilization of modern technology is mance class recitals twice per term. (1) music minors with emphases in incorporated in some music courses The instructor determines public recital elementary music education, church through computer-assisted instruction performance. Bachelor of music music, keyboard pedagogy, and applied (using Macintosh computers), electronic students are required to give a full music; (2) numerous ensemble piano lab, music synthesizers, and graduation recital in their senior year, opportunities open to all students; various software packages. and all others, including music (3) private lessons on all instruments; education majors, are required to give (4) concerts, faculty recitals, student All music majors are required to attend at least a half recital in their senior recitals, and other cultural opportuni- performance classes, student and year. ties. faculty recitals, concerts, and artists series events. Bachelor of music in Music majors are required to participate The music department is accredited by music education majors attend a in an ensemble each term while on the National Association of the Schools minimum of 84 concerts during their campus with a minimum of two years in of Music (NASM). academic tenure; all other music the chorale, symphonic band, or chamber majors attend a minimum of 96 orchestra. Keyboard and composition concerts. majors are placed in the ensemble program in accordance with their At the end of each term, an examining abilities, interests, and ensemble needs. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS MUSIC TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Music management, marketing, and theatre solo performers in concert or church arts. It is designed to provide the music, accompanists, private teachers, The bachelor of arts degree with a student with a broad-based musical professional ensemble members or major in music requires completion of foundation that prepares the student for conductors, or as college teachers. It two years of one foreign language. It possible vocational opportunities in the requires 85-86 hours and is offered to is designed for the student who is music industry or music theatre. students in the following areas: primarily interested in a liberal arts degree program with a focus in music. This broadly based degree program has The 83-hour major with elective study Vocal Performance: 20 hours of MUS as its foundation the study of music, concentrations in management and 100-400 (applied major instrument— history, theory, and literature. The marketing requires a 59-hour music includes MUS 118), 4 hours of MUS program prepares students for diverse core including 12 hours of MUS 100- 100-200 (applied minor instrument), 8 career opportunities in keeping with the 400; eight hours of ensembles; MUS hours of ensembles, MUS 131-132, liberal arts tradition of Taylor Univer- 120, 123, 131-132, 201, 223 or 472, 241, MUS 120, 123, 223, 201, 221-222, 241- sity. This major consists of 55 hours 361, 372, 392, 393; IAS 493; a minimum 242, 243, 292, 341, 342, 351, 361-362, including 10 hours of MUS 100-400 of eight elective hours from MUS 221, 440, 442, 371, 372, and IAS 493. (applied major), two hours of 100-200 223 or 472, 341, 342, 242, 243, 292, (applied minor), eight hours of en- 351, 352 or 362, 371; and the following Piano Performance: 20 hours of MUS sembles, 120, 123, 131-132, 201, 223, 24 hours of elective study in one of the 100-400 (applied major instrument), 241, 341 or 342, 243/343, 361, 371, two concentration areas: four hours of MUS 100-200 (applied 372, 472; IAS 493. minor instrument), eight hours of Management: BUA 231, 311, 352, 420; ensembles, MUS 120, 123, 223, 131- The music minor programs for non- ACC 241; ECO 190 or 211; MAT 110 (or 132, 201, 221-222, 241-242, 243, 292, music majors consist of 28 hours higher) or NAS 240; one elective course 341, 342, 361-362, 371-372, 381-382, including 18 hours of core requirements from BUA 362, 422, 442 or 452. 470, 472, and IAS 493. in MUS 100-200 (four hours), 120, 123, 131, 132, 223, 241; and ten hours in Marketing: BUA 231, 312, 352, 410, Instrumental Performance: 20 hours of one of the following emphasis areas: 460; MAT 110 (or higher) or NAS 240; MUS 100-400 (applied major instru- two courses from BUA 313, 375, 412, or ment), four hours of MUS 100-200 Church Music Emphasis Area: This 452. (applied minor instrument), eight hours emphasis is designed to prepare the of ensembles, MUS 120, 123, 223, 131- graduate for work in the music The 77-hour major with an elective 132, 201, 221-222, one course from programs in the local church. Specialty study concentration in theatre arts 231-232 or 331-332, 241-242, 243, 292, courses include MUS 200 (two hours), requires a 45-hour music core including 341, 342, 352, 361-362, 371, 372, 462, 320 (one hour), 350, 361, and major or 12 hours of MUS 100-400; eight hours 472, and IAS 493. minor ensemble (choral; two hours). of ensembles; MUS 120, 123, 131-132, 86 201, 241, 310 (opera workshop), 361, The music major with a composition Applied Music Emphasis Area: This 372, 223 or 472; IAS 493; a minimum of concentration prepares students for emphasis is designed for a liberal arts eight elective hours from MUS 221, 223 further studies in graduate school, music minor program. Specialty or 472, 242, 243, 292, 341, 342, 351, teaching theory/composition in college, courses include MUS 200 (four hours), 352, 362, 371; and the following 24 and composing and/or arranging 381 or 440 or 452, and major or minor hours of elective study. sacred or secular music as well as ensemble (four hours). numerous opportunities in radio, Theatre Arts: CAS 120, 200, 212, 432; television, or other related fields. It requires 84 hours and includes 12 Keyboard Pedagogy Emphasis Area: two hours of HUM 250 (one in musical hours of MUS 100-400 (major and This emphasis is designed to prepare theatre and one in a regular series minor instruments), eight hours of students to teach private piano. This play); one elective course from CAT 301 ensembles, MUS 131-132, 120, 123, course of study includes eight hours of or 341; one elective course from CAM 223, 201, 292, 221-222, 231, 232, 331, applied piano study with juries at the 352, 362 or 402. 332, 241-242, 243, 292, 321-322, 341, end of each term. Those interested in 342, 351, 352, 361-362, 371, 372, 421- pursuing this program should audition Music/Performance 422, 472, and IAS 493. before the piano faculty. Specialty courses include MUS 200 (four hours), and Composition 381, 382, and 470. Concentrations Music Education The bachelor of music degree is the The bachelor of music degree with a Music/Elective initial professional baccalaureate major in music education prepares and degree in music. Its primary emphasis certifies the student to teach in the Studies in is on development of the skills, public schools on the elementary, junior Management, concepts, and sensitivity essential to high school, and senior high levels. Marketing, and the professional life of a musician. Professional education requires 28 Students in this major select concentra- hours including EDU 150, 260, 322, 411, Theatre Arts tions in performance or composition. 431, and PSY 240. Also required are Concentrations ENG 210 and PSY 340. Detailed curriculum guides are available from The department offers a bachelor of The music major with a performance the education department. science degree in this music major with concentration prepares students for elective study concentrations in graduate school and possible careers as MUSIC ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

The music education major requires 69- Taylor University, auditions are 71 hours including 10 hours of MUS arranged through the individual 100-400 (applied major instrument), ensemble conductors. two hours of MUS 100-200 (applied minor instrument), seven hours of ensembles, MUS 120, 123, 131-132, Choral Ensemble Courses 201, 223, 241-242, 243, 311-312, 341 or 342, 361, 371-372, 472, and IAS 493. MUS 240/340 1 hour Students elect and complete course Concert Chorale A select group of approximately 60 requirements in one area of emphasis: members chosen by audition. This SATB (soprano, alto, tenor, bass) Choral Area: MUS 118, 351, 362, 440, ensemble performs a choral repertoire and 462. Students with a choral of sacred classics selected from emphasis must participate in an Renaissance through Contemporary instrumental ensemble for at least one periods, including hymns and spirituals. term. The chorale tours annually during spring break. Other performances Instrumental Area: MUS 111, 352, 231, include participation in the Indianapolis 232, 331, 332, and 362. Students with Praise Gathering and frequent appear- an instrumental emphasis must ances with the Marion Philharmonic participate in a choral ensemble for at Orchestra. least one term. MUS 210/310 1 hour General Area: MUS 111, HUM 250 Taylor Sounds (Folk Dances), MUS 462, and three A select group of 16 singers chosen by hours from MUS 292, 362, 351, 111 audition. This SATB ensemble performs current literature. The band tours (Guitar), 440, and 381. Students with a a varied choral repertoire from annually during spring break. general emphasis must participate in a Renaissance to contemporary Christian mixture of choral and instrumental and gospel arrangements. The Taylor ensembles. Sounds perform throughout the MUS 210/310 1 hour Midwest on weekends and on annual Jazz Ensemble The music education minor is designed tours. The Jazz Ensemble is open to all wind for art, elementary education, and and percussion players by audition. It physical education majors and leads to MUS 210/310 1 hour performs contemporary stage band certification for teaching music in University Chorus literature as well as the jazz classics. kindergarten through sixth grades. The University Chorus is a mixed choral This ensemble performs a concert each Courses include six hours of MUS 100- ensemble open by audition to all men semester and tours in local schools and 87 200 (applied major and minor instru- and women at Taylor University. The regional festivals. ments), MUS 131-132, 120, 123-223, choir sings diverse literature from all 241, 311, 361, and two hours of music historic periods and performs on MUS 210/310 1 hour electives. The student is encouraged to campus in chapel and concerts. Jazz Combo participate in ensembles. The Jazz Combo is a selected ensemble MUS 210/310 1 hour by audition. The combo explores The Indiana Professional Standards Gospel Choir improvisatory stylings and performs a Board has redesigned the teacher The Gospel Choir is an auditioned choir concert each semester. Beginning, open to all students. It performs a education standards in Indiana. Thus, intermediate and advanced level variety of gospel music and presents Taylor’s teacher education programs instruction is given. concerts on and off campus including will change. Please be advised that gospel music festivals. some of these changes may become MUS 290/390 1 hour effective during the next two years; Chamber Orchestra therefore, specific programs in teacher MUS 210/310 1 hour The Chamber Orchestra is open to all Opera Workshop education may change. string players by audition. The The Opera Workshop performs one orchestra performs string music from opera or musical each year. Participa- all periods and frequently combines Music Ensembles tion is by audition and is open to music with one of the vocal ensembles to All college students are invited to students and ensemble members. present sacred oratorios and cantatas participate in the various musical Offered spring semesters. as well as operas and musicals. Wind organizations. Students are encour- and percussion players are also utilized. aged to structure their schedules so Instrumental Ensemble that ensembles may be taken for credit. Courses MUS 210/310 1 hour Humanities 250 credit may be obtained Brass Choir by participation in an ensemble or HUM The Brass Choir, open by audition, 250 Folk Dances. Auditions are held MUS 280/380 1 hour Symphonic Band consists of a selected group of brass for freshmen and transfer students The Symphonic Band is open to all players who perform classical and during the days of orientation at the wind and percussion players by sacred brass literature. The choir beginning of the academic year. For audition. It performs the classic band performs frequently in chapel and area those students previously enrolled at repertoire as well as transcriptions and churches. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS MUSIC TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Music Education Courses

MUS 111, 112 1 hour Voice, Piano, String, Guitar Class Applied class instruction for students with little or no previous training. Development of techniques with repertoire appropriate to the elementary level.

MUS 118 1 hour Diction Diction is a study of phonetic Italian diction and its practical application in seventeenth and eighteenth century songs and arias. The International Phonetic Alphabet is utilized as a learning tool. This class is to be taken in conjunction with applied lessons, supplying a firm foundation basis for future voice study. Required of all voice majors. Offered fall semesters. MUS 210/310 1 hour is on the basis of proficiency, examina- Flute Choir tion, or consent of the instructor. The The Flute Choir consists of a selected course numbers represent lower and MUS 231 1 hour Instrumental Methods I- group of flute students. The students upper-division credits. Normally Brass Instruments are auditioned by the flute instructor freshmen and sophomores register for Class instruction in various brass and explore flute chamber literature. the 100-200 level and juniors and instruments. Designed to acquaint This choir performs one concert each seniors register for the 300-400 level. music education specialists and church semester. Students not majoring in music may musicians with basic performance enroll for applied lessons suited to their problems and teaching techniques of MUS 210/310 1 hour background and needs. For those the brasses. Offered fall semester of Pep Band students desiring to study privately in even years. The Pep Band is open to all students voice, keyboard, or instrumental areas, who enjoy performing contemporary auditions are set up individually with MUS 232 1 hour music at football and basketball home the director of voice, piano, or the Instrumental Methods II- 88 games. (No audition required.) specified instrumental area during the Woodwinds first week of each semester. Music Class instruction in various woodwind MUS 210/310 1 hour majors should consult the Handbook instruments. This course is designed to Taylor Ringers for Music Majors for specific require- acquaint music education specialists The Taylor Ringers consists of thirteen ments at each level and private lesson and church musicians with basic members chosen by audition. The fees. techniques for teaching and playing group performs a variety of 4-5 octave woodwind instruments. Offered spring literature of a moderate-to-difficult Private music lessons may be taken for semester of odd years. nature on campus (chapel, banquets), one to four hours in the following off campus (outreach programs), and areas: brass, organ, piano, percussion, MUS 301 4 hours on tours each spring. string, voice, woodwind, and guitar. Music in the Elementary Classroom This credit may count for the general This course consists of three compo- MUS 210/310 1 hour education requirement of HUM 250, nents: (1) an overview of the basics of Handbell Choir Participation in the Arts. Students music (rhythm, melody, harmony, form, The Handbell Choir is open to students should contact the music department tone color); (2) an introduction to with bell ringing experience as well as secretary during registration for the musical skills (singing, playing a to students with no previous experience correct private instruction name and recorder, guitar, autoharp, conducting, who are willing to learn the art of bell course number. rhythm band instruments); and (3) ringing. The group performs in chapel methods and materials for teaching as well as in programs on and off music (especially those related to the MUS 100, 200, 300, 400 1-4 hours campus. Applied Performance Kodaly and Orff methodologies). One Learning practice methods, building section is offered in the fall; two sections are offered in the spring. Applied Music good techniques, acquiring sufficient repertoire, gaining a broad knowledge of literature and composers, and MUS 311 3 hours Private lessons are required of all music achieving performance skills. May be Elementary School Music majors and are available for nonmajors. A study of the role of the music taken a maximum of four semesters, a All students taking applied music for specialist in planning musical experi- minimum of one semester. the first time register for the 100 level. ences for children with emphasis on (Exceptions for transfer students are child development, music literature, determined by an examination.) teaching aids, and teaching practices Advancement from one level to another utilizing guitar, recorders and Orff MUSIC ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

Instruments. Curriculum development students. Supervised teaching experi- ear training, and keyboarding. Offered and the organization of the elementary ence is included. Offered spring fall semesters. school music program are also included. semester of odd years. Offered fall semester of even years. MUS 123 3 hours MUS 392 3 hours Harmony I MUS 312 3 hours Music and Business A study of basic fundamentals and Secondary School Music A study of the business aspects of the structural elements of tonal music. Investigation of secondary music music industry including topics such as Principles of part-writing, elementary curricula, organizational structures, and identification of the management team, forms, and melodic and rhythmic materials. Emphasis is on both the recording industry, songwriting and concepts are learned through written nonperformance areas (general music, music publishing, touring, music analytic and keyboard experience. theory, appreciation, and related art merchandising and motion picture Areas covered include diatonic triads, courses) and performance-oriented music. Offered in spring semester of diatonic seventh chords, and secondary areas (band, orchestra, and choir even years. functions. Prerequisite: MUS 120. development). Includes a field Offered spring semesters. experience lab. Offered spring semester MUS 440 2 hours of odd years. Vocal Pedagogy MUS 131 1 hour Techniques, practices, and materials Introduction to Music I MUS 331 1 hour related to teaching voice. Offered An introductory course exploring Instrumental Methods III- spring semester of even years. careers in music, the elements of Percussion music, basic music forms, styles, and Class instruction in percussion an overview of the history of Western instruments. This course is designed to MUS 462 2 hours music. The course is designed for the acquaint music education specialists Instrumental Pedagogy music major, music minor, and other and church musicians with basic and Literature interested students. Offered fall techniques for performing and teaching Techniques, materials, literature and semesters. percussion instruments. Offered spring performance practices related to semester of even years. teaching instruments. A supervised MUS 132 2 hours teaching experience is included. Introduction to Music II MUS 332 1 hour Offered fall semester of odd years. A continuation of MUS 131. Prerequi- Instrumental Methods IV-Strings site: MUS 131. Offered spring semesters. Class instruction in string instruments. Church Music Courses This course is designed to acquaint MUS 201 1 hour music education specialists and church Computers, Technology, and Music MUS 320 1-4 hours musicians with basic techniques for This is a preliminary-level instructional Internship performing and teaching orchestral In-depth experience with a minister of course designed to train the music stringed instruments. Offered fall music involving responsibilities in major in the knowledge and applica- 89 semester of odd years. tions of computer and MIDI systems as various phases of the church music used in the music profession. Empha- program including administration, sis is placed on acquiring basic MUS 361 2 hours organization, rehearsal, and worship. Conducting I knowledge and skills in MIDI and An introduction to the psychological, hardware systems, synthesizer MUS 350 3 hours technical, and musical elements of performance, sequencing, and desk-top Music and the Church conducting. Study of musical scores of publishing. Dominant use is on A study of the organization, administra- choral literature is also stressed. Macintosh systems. Basic keyboard tion, and operation of the church music Offered fall semesters. skills are essential. This course along program. Areas of study include the with the two hour COS 104 or 106 multiple church choir program (pre- course meets the computer literacy MUS 362 2 hours school — grade 9), handbells, instru- Conducting II requirement. Includes a supervised lab ments, adult choirs, rehearsal tech- Advanced score studies, conducting, each week. Prerequisites: MUS 120, niques, vocal pedagogy, worship and rehearsal techniques of instrumen- COS 104 or 106, or permission of the planning, song leading, and hymnody. tal works. Lab experience with band or instructor. Offered fall semester of odd years. orchestra ensembles is included. Prerequisite: MUS 361 or the equivalent. MUS 221, 222 2 hours each Offered spring semesters. Music Theory, History, and Composition I and II Literature Courses Original composition in elementary and MUS 381 2 hours advanced forms. Emphasis is on Piano Pedagogy I MUS 120 3 hours development of individual style of A study of the methods and materials Music Theory expression. of teaching beginning piano students. A comprehensive, practical introduction Supervised teaching experience is to the essentials of music theory: MUS 223 3 hours included. Offered fall semesters. rhythm, intervals (diatonic and Harmony II chromatic), scales (major and minor — A continuation of Harmony I. Interme- MUS 382 2 hours all forms), key signatures, circle of 5ths, diate and advanced work in the Piano Pedagogy II triads and chords, terms, and tempo following areas: chromaticism and A study of the methods and materials markings. Class instruction as well as modulations, diminished and half- of teaching intermediate keyboard computer lab work includes singing, diminished seventh chords, and doubly ACADEMIC PROGRAMS MUSIC TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

augmented sixth chords. Also included MUS 323 1 hour through audiovisual and aural experi- is an introduction to binary and ternary Functional Keyboard Skills ence. Offered spring semesters. forms and late-nineteenth century tonal The facilitating of practical keyboard skills including scales, chords, arpeg- harmony as well as an introduction to MUS 421, 422 2 hours each twentieth century practices. An original gios, sight reading, and harmonization Composition V and VI composition is required as a final of melodies at sight. In addition, Continuation of projects begun in 321- project. Prerequisite: MUS 123. Offered students complete the requirements 322 in preparation for the senior recital. fall semesters. needed for transposition, score reading, Taught as a private lesson with and accompanying in order to pass the requisite fee. Piano Proficiency. Offered interterms. MUS 241 2 hours Sight Singing and Ear Training I MUS 442 2 hours Skill development is stressed in the MUS 341 2 hours Vocal Literature areas of sight-singing (the ability to Counterpoint A study of English, Italian, German, read/interpret musical symbols), ear- Theoretical approach to the fundamen- French, and American literature since training (both written and aural skills), tal principles of eighteenth century the late Renaissance. Emphasis is on and rhythmic responsiveness accom- polyphonic composition; a study of the stylistic interpretation and vocal plished through class performance and formal designs and methods of appropriateness. Music is performed by the use of the computer lab. Prerequi- structural treatment with written and class participants. Recordings are also site: MUS 120. Offered fall semesters. analytical experience in the harmonic- utilized. Offered spring semester of odd contrapuntal concept of music. years. Prerequisite: 223. Offered spring MUS 242 2 hours semester of odd years. Sight Singing and Ear Training II MUS 470 2 hours Continuation of MUS 241. Intermediate Piano Literature and advanced level work is in the areas MUS 342 2 hours A study of piano works chosen from a of sight-singing, dictation (intervallic, Form and Analysis given era or composer. Lecture, melodic, and harmonic), rhythm Analysis of representative works of the performance, recorded examples, and (irregular meter), and analysis (small eighteenth and nineteenth centuries pedagogy techniques are used. Open to forms). Prerequisite: MUS 241. Offered with emphasis on the structure and piano majors, certificate in piano spring semesters. stylistic aspects of music. Prerequisite: pedagogy candidates, and others by 223. Offered spring semester of even permission of the instructor. Offered MUS 243/343 3 hours years. spring semester of even years. Music and World Cultures An investigative study of selected non- MUS 351 2 hours MUS 472 3 hours Western cultures and the role of music Choral Arranging History-Literature III within the cultures. Three components A course on the ranges, tonal possibili- A study of the development of music are basic principles of culture and basic ties, and technical limitations of the from the year 1900 to the present. 90 principles of music, Japanese culture different voices; the analysis of scores Representative music and concomitant and music, and African culture and of standard choral compositions. phases of political history and art are music (East Africa and West Africa). Arranging and adapting scores for correlated with aural and analytical This cross-cultural course is open to all various vocal combinations are techniques of this period of history. students. Upper-division credit requires included. Prerequisite: 223. Offered fall Offered spring semesters. a paper pertaining to music and a semester of even years. culture of the student’s choice. Offered Special Topic Courses interterm and fall semester. MUS 352 2 hours Instrumental Arranging MUS 292 3 hours Band and orchestral instruments are MUS 170, 370 1-4 hours Introduction to Electronic Music studied with a view to practical and Selected Topics An introduction to the aesthetics and effective writing. Arranging of MUS 360 1-4 hours types of electronic music. Emphasis is compositions for various instrumental Independent Study placed on working with synthesizers, combinations is included. Prerequisite: tape recorders, computers, sequencers, 223. Offered fall semester of odd years. MUS 393 1-4 hours signal processors, and splicers with the Practicum objective of creating an electronic MUS 371 3 hours MUS 450 1-4 hours composition as a final project. Outside History-Literature I Directed Research reading on the subject is required as an A study of the development of music adjunct part of the course. Prerequisite: from the pre-Christian through the MUS 480 1-4 hours MUS 201. Offered spring semester of Baroque eras. Stylistic cognizance is Seminar even years. acquired through aural experience. Offered fall semesters. MUS 490 1-2 hours MUS 321, 322 2 hours each Honors Composition III and IV MUS 372 3 hours IAS 493 4 hours Continuation of the project begun in History-Literature II Senior Seminar 221-222. Includes an introduction to A study of the development of music An exploration of the art of music and the technique of electronic music and during the eighteenth and nineteenth its connection to contemporary culture the composition of several pieces in centuries and concomitant phases of and the Christian faith. Offered this medium using the music synthe- social and cultural practices of the interterms. sizer and related equipment. Taught as times. Stylistic perception is gained a private lesson with requisite fee. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS NATURAL SCIENCE

NATURAL SCIENCE

The natural science area includes curricular offerings in biology, chemis- try, computing and system sciences, mathematics, and physics for the major in natural science as well as two education minors in general science and physical science.

A major in natural science with preprofessional concentrations in pre- engineering and premedical technology is designed for students participating in three-year preprofessional programs. All Taylor University degree require- ments are applicable with the following exceptions: PHI 413 and IAS 493, the minimum of 42 hours of upper-division credit, the minimum 128 total-hour requirement, and the senior compre- hensive examination. Normally, students complete all applicable requirements within three years, including a minimum of 96 total hours and a minimum of 40 major hours taken in courses offered in the natural science area. These courses must be selected in accordance with the unique requirements of each preprofessional program. Upon completion of the three years at Taylor University, students complete one or two years of profes- sional requirements at an approved accredited school. Upon receipt of a transcript verifying the satisfactory 91 completion of one year at an approved accredited school, the student is granted the baccalaureate degree by Taylor University.

Natural Science/ Pre-Engineering The bachelor of arts degree with a COS 320, COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, Preprofessional major in natural science and a pre- MAT 372, MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, Concentration engineering concentration requires two SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS 401 or 402. (3-2-1 Program) years of one foreign language and 40 Courses selected for the six additional Assistant Professor D. Smith, advisor hours of natural science including the hours must be in addition to those following recommended courses: CHE required elsewhere in the major or 201 and 202 or 211 and 212; COS 120; systems. All systems curriculum A student desiring both a baccalaure- MAT 151, 230, 240, 431; PHY 211 and courses must be completed with a ate-level engineering degree and a 211L, 212 and 212L, 341; and electives grade of C-or better. Taylor degree may complete the in the natural science area to total 40 designated Taylor on-campus require- hours. ments in three years. The engineering baccalaureate requirements may then be completed in two or three years The bachelor of science degree with a after transferring to an approved major in natural science/systems and a accredited engineering school. On pre-engineering concentration consists satisfactory completion of the first year of the 40-hour major requirement and of study at the engineering school, the curriculum requirements in systems student who follows the schedule of analysis including COS 120, 240 or 250; courses will be granted a baccalaureate IAS 330; MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or degree with a major in natural science MAT 352; SYS 200, 390, 392, 401, or by Taylor University. 402; PHY 393 (3-4 hours); six additional systems elective hours from COS 310, ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 NATURAL SCIENCE

Natural Science/ 201, 202, 301, 301L, 302, 302L, and computers, engineering, environmental 311. At least one mathematics course science, math, and physics. Premedical is also required. It is recommended Technology that you choose from MAT 130, 140 or Natural Science Courses Concentration 151. Some hospital programs also require at least one semester of (3-1 Program) physics. All Taylor University degree NAS 220 4 hours Professor Hammond, advisor requirements are applicable with the Natural Science Research Methods following exceptions: PHI 413 and IAS To introduce general science research The medical technologist serves as a 493, the minimum of 42 hours of in the fields of biology, chemistry, vital part of the hospital medical team, upper-division credit, the minimum 128 computer science, environmental performing the lab tests that lead to total-hour requirement, and the senior science, mathematics, and physics/ successful diagnosis of illness. Taylor comprehensive exam. Students must engineering. An overview of selected University maintains affiliations with complete a minimum of 96 total hours representative research topics, problem three regional hospitals for students at Taylor prior to entering the hospital solving approaches, instrumentation, wishing to pursue a bachelor of science program. and analysis techniques. The lab degree in natural science: Ball emphasizes the use of scientific Memorial Hospital, Muncie; Methodist instrumentation and advanced com- Hospital of Indiana, Indianapolis; and General Science puter software tools. Fulfills lab Parkview Memorial Hospital, Ft. Wayne. Education Minor science general education credit in A teaching minor in general science either life or physical science. For education requires 26-27 hours students enrolled in the Summer Honors including BIO 100, ENS 200 or 231, CHE program. 201, PHY 211 and 211L or PHY 203 and 211L, GEO 240 or 210, PHY 201. NAS 240 4 hours Introductory Statistics A study of basic statistical methods for Physical Science describing data, counting outcomes and Education Minor probability, probability distributions, sampling distributions, confidence A teaching minor in physical science intervals, tests of hypotheses, linear education requires 28 hours including regression, and correlation. CHE 201 and 202, PHY 211 and 211L, PHY 212 and 212L, PHY 201, GEO 240 or 210. NAS 480 Natural Science Seminar The integration of topics from contem- 92 Science Research porary science with an emphasis on Training Program recent research reports of interdiscipli- nary interest. Guest lecturers and The purpose of the Science Research faculty and student reports serve as the Training Program is to stimulate method of instruction. students beyond “normal education” with hands-on practical experiences, The National Accrediting Agency for promote real-world industrial relation- Clinical Lab Sciences requires three ships (careers), and prepare future years of college work as a minimum of graduate students. As faculty, students, preprofessional preparation. After and staff, our goal is to pursue satisfactory performance of preparatory excellence (world leadership in selected courses specified by the hospital research areas) and thereby stay on the program of choice (usually an addi- cutting edge of scientific research and tional year or more), a baccalaureate thought. We encourage scholarly degree will be granted by Taylor research, crossover interactions University. The student is then eligible between various disciplines, and to take a national certifying examina- promote publications in professional tion. Upon successfully passing the journals by Taylor University faculty certification examination, he/she will and students. Where possible, we be certified as a registered medical relate science with society and apply technologist or its equivalent. science and technology to various mission field needs. Research activities The bachelor of science degree with a are carried on quietly and often on a major in natural science and a long-range basis, but are essential to premedical technology concentration leadership and progress. During the requires 40 hours of natural science summer months, when faculty and with a minimum of 15 hours in biology students can devote more time to and 15 hours in chemistry. Recom- independent research, student stipends mended courses in these fields include are available for research one-on-one BIO 101, 203, 244, 245, and 371; CHE with a faculty member. These projects include the areas of biology, chemistry, ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OFF-CAMPUS INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES PROGRAMS

OFF-CAMPUS/ requirement, and due to international capital’s unique array of human and registration procedures some students organizational resources. The seminars INTERNATIONAL may not receive every class for which are organized into two five-week public STUDIES PROGRAMS they register. Upon their return policy units and one four-week students are responsible for any foundations study unit. Applicability to graduation requirements missed during a major must be determined by the Program Coordinator, Instructor Spragg their time overseas/off-campus. department.

Academic ASP 310 8 hours One of Taylor University’s objectives is American Studies Internship to prepare students for a variety of Program in France in Washington, D.C. professions on a foundation of The department of modern languages An internship experience for partici- appropriate academic experiences, participates in the Academic Year pants in the American Studies Program cultural breadth, and Christian perspec- Abroad Program of Bowling Green that challenges each student to tives. In order to keep within its University. Through this participation, integrate faith with practice in a mission, Taylor University offers many students have the opportunity to earn professional setting. Applicability to a opportunities for students to earn up to 18 hours of credit while studying major must be determined by the undergraduate credit for a semester, for a semester in France. The program department. January interterm, or summer in an provides study in Paris in September environment of total academic and followed by study at the highly AuSable Institute of cultural immersion. respected Institut de Touraine in Tours, France. Students live with carefully Environmental Studies Off-campus study programs challenge selected French families while in Tours. Taylor is affiliated with the AuSable values and stimulate critical thinking Trails Institute of Environmental Studies whether they take place in the United FRE 300 12-17 hours in Mancelona, Michigan. Taylor States or abroad. Many students return Study in France students may take summer courses for home from their off-campus experience A language study experience for credit at AuSable and may also with new perspectives, new questions, students participating in Taylor complete requirements for certification and a deeper hunger to learn more University’s consortium agreement with as naturalists, environmental analysts, about their own society. For additional Bowling Green State University’s or land or water resources analysts. information, refer to the program guide, Academic Program in France. Course Off-Campus/International Studies content varies depending upon the China Programs, available in the office of student’s level of proficiency in French. academic affairs. Applicability to a major or minor other Studies Program than French must be determined in Students are offered an opportunity to Students interested in participating in advance by a petition submitted to the discover the richness of China through any of these programs should consult department. a new, unique living/learning semester 93 with the coordinator of off-campus/ abroad sponsored by the Council for international studies programs located American Christian Colleges and Universities. on the Taylor University Upland The China Studies Program (CSP) campus. As a general rule, enrollment Studies Program encourages students to wrestle with the is limited to students in their junior or The American Studies Program (ASP), critical issues facing China in the light senior year who have completed their located in Washington, D.C., is of biblical truth. Students explore the freshmen core courses. All courses sponsored by the Council for Christian complex past of one of the world’s taken through off-campus programs Colleges and Universities. ASP is an oldest cultures; experience the eco- must be taken for a grade. Transfer intensive fall or spring semester, nomic, political, and social realities of credit only is given for Daystar blending seminars and hands-on contemporary China; and study China’s University, Hong Kong Baptist Univer- internships. Combining theory with challenges as a rapidly emerging world sity, the Oregon Extension, and practice, each of the three seminar power. The curriculum incorporates semesters spent at Consortium schools. classes focuses on specific domestic travel and visits to well-known sites Students must earn a C- or above in and international policy topics. throughout the country, such as Beijing, order for transfer credit to be accepted. Creative internships are individually Shanghai, Xi-an, and Guangzhoux/ In addition, courses may not be audited arranged to be precareer work Hong Kong. or taken pass-fail. experiences to accommodate diverse majors or areas of interest. Sixteen CSP 100 3 hours In order to participate in any semester hours of credit are earned through this Chinese Language off-campus program, students must interdisciplinary program that is A course designed to help students gain obtain approval from their advisor, the designed for juniors and seniors. an appreciation for the richness of the Office of Student Affairs, the spoken national language of China. Controller’s Office, the Office of Off- ASP 300 8 hours Emphasis is placed upon acquisition of Campus Programs and the registrar. American Studies Seminar in the basic facility in the dialect and on Washington, D.C. the spoken form. A series of three seminars permits a Since most off-campus programs are variety of approaches to public policy independent organizations or universi- CSP 310 3 hours issues in American government and ties not operated by Taylor University, Chinese History, politics, thus giving participant students Culture and Geography students should understand that not an opportunity to utilize the national CSP participants begin with this every course will fulfill a Taylor ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 OFF-CAMPUS INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES PROGRAMS

introductory seminar, covering the semester-long programs. Students live professional, cross-cultural, and service history of China through 1949, making in facilities owned by the Olive Branch internships are available. Credit use of historic sites in the Xian area. Mission and experience firsthand an involves reports and final evaluations Topics include Chinese ancient inner-city environment. Applicability to from supervisor and four meetings with philosophy, classics, history, geography, a major must be determined in advance internship coordinator. Credit is based cultural customs and traditions, life in by the department. on one hour credit for each 40 hours of rural China and religious traditions. supervised internship. Offered semesters. CUS 210/310 4 hours CSP 311 3 hours The City From a Consortium Programs Contemporary Chinese Society Christian Perspective The study of China focuses on the A survey of the city from biblical, The Consortium programs are com- country’s basic social structure, historical, sociological, political, prised of the Christian College especially in the urban areas. Study anthropological, and ministry perspec- Consortium’s Student Visitor Program will include family structure, education, tives will be used to aid students in in addition to other Consortium- youth issues, media, pop culture, developing a biblical theology and approved, off-campus semester literature, fine arts, religion and medical Christian response to the city. Fulfills programs as described below: and social services. cross-cultural requirement. Offered January interterm. The Christian College Consortium’s CSP 312 3 hours Student Visitor Program is designed Economic Development CUS 220/320 4 hours to enrich the participant’s educational and Reform Policies The City From a experience by making the resources of Students examine economic changes in Multicultural Perspective other Consortium colleges available as the context of Reform and Open Policy An introduction to city life, cultures, part of the undergraduate program. in China. Special topics include reform neighborhoods, and churches. Students Through the Student Visitor Program, policy, private enterprise, joint-venture survey the city through participant- one semester or its equivalent can be enterprise, state enterprise, interna- observations, readings, presentations, spent on one of thirteen Consortium tional finance, the stock market in internship, and public transportation. campuses without completing lengthy China, the Pudong Development Zone, Methods include journals, discussions, enrollment forms. Credits are transfer- manufacture sectors in China and and case studies. Fulfills cross-cultural able to Taylor. Consortium Colleges related issues. requirement. Offered June session. include Asbury College, Bethel College, George Fox College, Gordon College, CSP 313 3 hours CUS 230 4 hours Greenville College, Houghton College, Politics and Chicago Arts Seminar Malone College, Messiah College, Foreign Affairs of China A survey of art experiences and Seattle Pacific University, Trinity Topics include China since 1949, the expressions in Chicago, including the College, Westmont College, and Party and the Government, China’s formulation of a Christian response to Wheaton College. 94 legal system, national minorities, Sino- the arts. Fulfills HUM 230 requirement. American relations, Tiawan and Tibet Offered semesters. Taylor University participates in the issues from the Chinese perspective, Oregon Extension, a program of human rights issues, the special CUS 312 3 hours Houghton College, through the administrative region of Hong Kong and Urban Anthropology and Mission Christian College Consortium. This other related issues. Beijing, Hong An application of anthropological program offers a wide variety of Kong, and Macau are the sites for this insights to ministry with people in courses in a very personal, highly study. modern cities. Issues of human rigorous academic environment. The behavior will be examined through fall semester program offers 15 hours CSP 320 1 hour participant-observation, quantitative of transferable credit under the general Local Art and Culture research, and field trips. Offered category of Contemporary Life and This special seminar on local folk art semesters. Thought. and customs takes place during the initial three weeks. CUS 322 3 hours Daystar University, a Christian Community, Culture, and Christian Leadership College Consortium program, allows Christian Center An integration of the principles and selected junior or senior students to for Urban Studies practice of Christian leadership for spend a fall or spring semester studying at the Athi River campus located Taylor University is affiliated with the cross-cultural ministry in a Chicago outside Nairobi, Kenya. Participants Christian Center for Urban Studies setting. Major issues of leadership will attend classes with over 1,200 African (CUS) that serves as a cooperative be examined to develop personal skills students who are studying for the education center linking the Olive and organizational strategies for bachelor of arts degree. Up to 17 hours Branch Mission in Chicago with twelve leadership and community develop- of academic credit may be transferred Christian colleges and seminaries. The ment. Offered semesters. while immersed in the radically Center’s objective is to foster personal different culture of East Africa. All and corporate discipleship through CUS 393 4 hours instruction is given in the English involvement in urban ministry, Practicum language and is offered by a faculty of participation in a Christian community, A hands-on experience to enhance African nationals. and the study of urban life and systems. academic knowledge in one’s major Specific programs range from weekend field or for exposure to a ministry or field trips to three-week mini-term and people group. A large selection of A Consortium agreement with Hong Kong Baptist University (HKBU) ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OFF-CAMPUS INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES PROGRAMS allows junior and senior students at of cultural differences, conflicts, Latin American Taylor University an opportunity to compromises, and international spend a fall or spring semester studying cooperation are examined. Through- Studies Program at HKBU, the only Christian university out, the cultural dimension of interna- This semester program based in San in the People’s Republic of China. tional business dealings is emphasized. Jose, Costa Rica, is offered through the While living in campus dormitories with Prerequisites: BUA 231, ECO 211 or 190, Council for Christian Colleges and Chinese students, participants can earn sophomore standing within a business Universities. In addition to the from 12 to 17 hours of transferable division major/minor. Offered interterms. standard program of language and course credit in classes taught in seminars (both semesters), the Latin English. Premier programs include American Studies Program (LAS) offers business, music, journalism, physical Israel/Greece three tracks including international science, social sciences, English- Study Tour business (fall semester), tropical Chinese translation, and the humani- The department of biblical studies on science (spring semester), and ad- ties. the Upland campus sponsors a three- vanced language and literature (both week trip to Israel and Greece during semesters). All students study the Focus on the January interterm. The trip focuses on biblical developments of the Old and Family Institute New Testament eras. Special emphasis Focus on the Family Institute, under the is placed on the archaeology of auspices of Focus on the Family in Jerusalem, Jesus’ ministry in Galilee, Colorado Springs, provides a unique and the life and journeys of the apostle values-oriented, biblically based Paul. Students visit key sites in both education program in which students Israel and Greece. examine critical family issues. The curriculum is composed of four core BIB 103 3 hours courses, a practicum experience in one Introduction to Holy Land Studies of the various departments at Focus, A study of the biblical background and and an integrative research project. contemporary significance of Israel. This semester studies program crosses Taught in Israel during January. This academic and professional disciplines. course may count for either BIB 110, Interaction with various national and BIB 210, a departmental elective or international leaders and experts is also cross cultural requirements. Offered provided. interterms

HEART Program Jerusalem The HEART Program is offered during University College 95 January interterm for those desiring to The department of biblical studies on serve in developing third world the Upland campus offers an opportu- countries. Students live and learn in a nity for fall or spring semester studies simulated third world village. Emphasis at Jerusalem University College (JUC) in is on technical skill learning in Israel. Choice of several course agriculture (animals and horticulture), offerings is available. Students have appropriate technology, cross-cultural the opportunity to study Scripture in communication/community develop- context, view biblical sites, understand ment, nutrition/food preparation, and Spanish language and become the Arab-Israeli conflict, and experience primary health care. Students receive immersed in the rich culture and modern and ancient cultures. This Taylor credit for this program, which history of the Latin American people. program provides a basic understand- takes place at the Heart Institute in Students reside in the homes of Costa ing of the land and people of the Bible Lake Wales, Florida. Rican families, engage in a service and of the Middle East. project, and travel within Central America. International JUC 300 12-17 hours Business Study Tour Holy Land Studies/Israel Students enrolling in this semester-long LAS 300 6 hours The business department on the Upland Latin American Studies program in Bible, geography, history, campus sponsors this four-week Spanish Language Study and archaeology will receive 12-17 business study tour during interterm. Students participating in the Latin hours of Taylor credit to be identified Students visit various international sites American Studies Program study on the basis of courses selected when using these locations as their classroom grammar, conversation, and literature they enroll. Applicability toward the to study trade, economics, and other in a Spanish class that is determined by major, general education, and business topics. the student’s level of proficiency. cross-cultural requirements must be determined in advance by petition or LAS 310 6 or 7 hours BUA 381 4 hours course selection. Permission of the Latin American Studies International Business Tour program director is required. A study tour of selected international Seminar in Costa Rica locations to focus on regional trade, Two interdisciplinary seminar courses economics, and business topics. Issues help students participating in the Latin American Studies Program learn about ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 OFF-CAMPUS INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES PROGRAMS

and appreciate the Latin American Literary London determined in advance by the depart- people. A greater understanding of the A study of literature and culture is ment. Latin culture is gained by studying the offered in England annually by the social, cultural, political, psychological, English department during interterm. FSC 310 3 hours philosophical, theological, and eco- Students may receive credit in general Introduction to Filmmaking nomic currents that flow through Latin education, literature, or cross cultural An introduction to the theory and American society. Applicability to a studies. The group focuses its activities practice of motion picture filmmaking. major must be determined in advance by in central London with field trips to Topics will include familiarity with a petition submitted to the department. surrounding areas such as Stratford- filmmaking equipment; basic motion upon-Avon, Canterbury, Oxford, Dover, picture techniques; converting ideas to LAS 393 1-4 hours and Salisbury. Students are encour- images; the use of lighting, editing, and Latin American Studies aged to attend plays and musicals and sound in film; and the role of acting, Practicum in Costa Rica to participate in British life. directing and good storytelling in the Midway through a Latin American filmmaking process. Students make Studies Program students participate in several short super 8mm films that a two-week hands-on service project ENG 233 4 hours Literary London manifest their faith in content and (unless enrolled in the business, A study-tour conducted each January in process. tropical science, or advanced language England, combining study of selected and literature track). major British authors with extensive FSC 311 1 hour sightseeing in London and surrounding Inside Hollywood Lighthouse Trips counties. Enrollment with permission of An examination of the creative and operational aspects of the film busi- Lighthouse is a ministry of Taylor World instructor. Offered interterms ness. Class discussion will provide a Outreach. Lighthouse teams go to Christian perspective on issues raised different parts of the world to share the Lithuania by guest presenters and will probe the light of the gospel, the redemptive love common personal, professional, and of Jesus Christ, with a world in need. Christian College public ethical issues that function The teams are recruited in the spring Lithuania Christian College (LCC), within the entertainment business. for ministry projects that take place the located in the beautiful port city of following January. Students must take Klaipeda, and Taylor University have a required one-credit-hour course in developed a one-semester (either FSC 312 3 hour cross-cultural ministry during the fall spring or fall), study-abroad program. Screenwriting semester followed by the trip in The program allows Taylor students to An introduction to contemporary January, earning three cross-cultural enroll in twelve to seventeen hours of screenwriting, including an understand- credit hours. The ministries include university courses including subjects in ing of dramatic structure, character and evangelistic outreach through the English, Christian studies, business, dialog development, and the writing performing arts, work and service history, German, computers, psychol- process. Students complete a full- 96 projects, practical missionary training, ogy, philosophy, and counseling. length screenplay for a feature film or and missions surveys and are designed “movie-of-the-week.” Emphasis is given to the role of Christian faith and to optimize the cross-cultural, interper- LCC 370 12-17 hours sonal, and ministry aspects of the Study in Lithuania values as they relate to script content. international experience. This semester program offers a variety of courses taught in English. Applicabil- FSC 313 3 hours Seminar on IAS 120 1 hour ity toward major, general education, Independent Film Production Introduction to and cross-cultural requirements must An introduction to the process of International Ministry be determined in advance of course producing an independent feature film. An overview of cross-cultural mission, selection. Permission by program Topics include legal structures, business of American cultural distinctives, and of director is required. host nations’ cultural distinctives is plans, preproduction activities such as presented. The class is offered each scheduling and budgeting, and an fall in preparation for participating in Los Angeles overview of the producer’s role in cross-cultural ministry during January Film Studies Center production, and distribution. Attention is given to the Christian’s unique interterm. Grade only. The Los Angeles Film Studies Center contribution to producing. (LAFSC), located adjacent to Burbank, IAS 320 3 hours California, provides a values-based Cross-Cultural Outreach education for skills acquisition and on- FSC 320 3 hours Faith, Film and Culture IAS 120 or permission of the instructor the-job training for students interested A survey of film and the film industry is required for this month-long in the various aspects of the film that highlights film’s influence on, and experience of ministry that meets the industry. Serving as a fall or spring reflection of, American culture during general education cross-cultural semester extension campus for the the late 19th and 20th centuries, with a requirement. Additional practicums Council for Christian Colleges and particular emphasis on Christian may be selected in philosophy/religion, Universities member colleges, the perspectives of culture. Christian education, social work, LAFSC incorporates a semester-study elementary education, or music during program with internship experiences to the field experience. Offered interterms equip students to be a positive Christian presence in the film industry. Applicability to a major must be ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OFF-CAMPUS INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES PROGRAMS

FSC 492 6 hours MES 322 4 hours OHP 320 4 hours Internship Islamic Thought and Oxford Honours Integrative Course A nonpaying internship in some aspect Practice in the Middle East In the fall semester the integral course of the Hollywood film or television This course examines the doctrines, comes at the beginning of the term and industry as arranged by the LAFSC. rituals, jurisprudence, and historical traces the background knowledge The internship is to serve as a labora- vision of Islam with an emphasis on necessary for an understanding of the tory that provides students real-life contemporary expressions of Islam in Middle Ages. In the spring semester the exposure to the industry. the Middle East. integral course comes at the end of the term providing a conclusion to the Oak Ridge semester by consolidating the student’s Middle East grasp of developments in Europe during Studies Program Institute for Science the Renaissance and Reformation, and The Council for Christian Colleges and and Education by looking ahead to the seventeenth century. A major scholarly project or Universities sponsors a Middle East Taylor maintains a collegial relationship term paper for presentation at a closing Studies Program (MES) in Cairo, Egypt. with the staff of the Oak Ridge symposium is required. Students who are juniors and seniors Associated Universities. Taylor has are exposed to the vast resources of been one of the leading participants in Cairo during the fifteen-week fall or the highly rigorous and demanding Oxford Study Program spring semester. Courses such as program experimenting with the use of The Taylor Oxford Study Program offers Introduction to Arabic Language and radioisotopes in biology, chemistry, and an alternative approach to major study Literature, People and Cultures of the physics. During interterm sessions, during January interterm. Learning is Middle East, Islamic Thought and students join other college and facilitated by a tutorial method at Practice in the Middle East, and Conflict university participants to study and England’s Oxford University. The and Change in the Middle East conduct research experiments. program consists of various group maximize the educational, experiential meetings to assimilate British culture. impact of the curriculum. After living Each Taylor student meets weekly with in Cairo for thirteen weeks, the Oxford an Oxford tutor on a topic of the students travel to Israel, Palestine, and Honours Programme student’s choice for Taylor credit. Jordan for seventeen days as part of the The Oxford Honours Programme (OHP) Students are hosted in homes of British final module. Involvement in a local is a partnership program with the church families. service project is an important compo- Council for Christian Colleges and nent of the program. Universities and the Centre for Medieval and Renaissance Studies, Russian MES 100 4 hours affiliated with Keble College of the Studies Program Introduction to Arabic Language University of Oxford. OHP offers juniors While focusing on spoken Arabic, Students may earn up to 16 hours of and seniors with a 3.5 gpa or higher an credit while discovering firsthand the students are given a solid grammatical opportunity to study, research, and 97 introduction to the language. Students richness of the Russian language, interact with Oxford dons (professors) culture, and history through a unique are also introduced to the major genres while earning sixteen semester hours of of Arabic literature with consideration living/learning semester abroad Taylor credit. Students may explore sponsored by the Council for Christian of how the Christian faith relates to areas of their major field by designing themes encountered in Arabic literature. Colleges and Universities. The Russian two separate tutorials. An interactive Studies Program (RSP) makes use of the seminar offers an opportunity to study resources found in Moscow, center of MES 310 4 hours a specialized topic of the Medieval, the former Soviet government and People and Cultures Renaissance, Reformation, and current political and economic debate; of the Middle East Counter-Reformation periods. Each This course seeks to acquaint students Nizhni Novgorod, located on the Volga student presents a major scholarly with the enormous variety of peoples River 230 miles east of Moscow in the project/paper in an integrative survey and cultures found in this area of the Russian heartland and the focus of course. Travel to significant historical world. It examines the basic structure post-Communist economic reform; and and cultural sites in England on four of historical and contemporary societies St. Petersburg, where Eastern and study tours is included. and cultures of the Middle East and Western influence are wed in a city rich North Africa, with a special emphasis with history and culture. The semester on Egypt. OHP 300 8 hours includes the opportunity to participate Oxford Honours Private Tutorial in a service project and to live with Students may design two individualized Russian families. Applicability to a MES 312 4 hours tutorials, in consultation with their major must be determined in advance by Conflict and Change home campus faculty, that fit specific in the Middle East the department. needs. These tutorials must remain in A study of political, economic, and the framework of the liberal arts. religious transformations that have RSP 100 4 or 6 hours occurred and are still occurring in the Russian Language Study area. Special emphasis is given the OHP 310 4 hours While primary focus of the Russian Oxford Honours Seminar Arab-Israeli conflict. Seventeen days language course is on conversational Five students regularly meet with a are spent in Israel, Palestine, and Russian, other goals include equipping tutor for a guided course of study. A Jordan to gain firsthand Jewish and students to be comfortable with basic listing of seminar choices can be found Palestinian perspectives. reading and writing in Russian. in the annual CMRS Prospectus in the Placement in this course of study Academic Affairs Office. corresponds to level of proficiency. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 OFF-CAMPUS INTERNA TIONAL STUDIES PROGRAMS

Contact with students, faculty, and host with faculty members who are natives SPA 333 2 hours families facilitates language acquisition. of Spain. Students live with families in Síntesis de la Cultura Seville, Spain. The City’s theatres, Latinoamericana I Consideration of contemporary issues RSP 310 4 hours galleries, museums, and 400-year-old and events in Latin America from a Russian Peoples, university provide many opportunities variety of media including newspapers Culture and Literature for cultural activities. Using the resources of Moscow, St. and magazines. May be taken twice. Petersburg, and Nizhni Novgorod, SPA 300 12-17 hours students study the Russian people and Study in Spain SPA 403 2 hours culture throughout history using well- A language study experience for Advanced Composition and Conversation III known works of Russian literature to students participating in Taylor Special advanced guidance is given in examine changes in Russia. Works by University’s consortium agreement with oral and written compositions for Tolstoy, Dostoyevsky, Gorky and Trinity Christian College’s Semester in students completing Spanish 303. Bulgakov are used. Visits to appropri- Spain program. Course content varies ate sites, including homes of literary according to the student’s level of figures, museums, and historic cities proficiency in Spanish. Applicability to SPA 433 2 hours Síntesis de la Cultura and villages are included in this a major or minor other than Spanish Latinoamericana II seminar. must be determined in advance by a A survey of the history, societies, petition submitted to the department. peoples, politics, geography and culture RSP 311 3 hours of Latin America. Russia in Transition Students are introduced to the com- Spanish Abroad plexities of transition from a centrally The department of modern languages Summer Institute sponsors a program in San Jose, Costa planned economy to a free market of Journalism system and establishment of demo- Rica, which offers the possibility of Student news writers and editors from cratic institutions as they take an in- eight hours of credit in intermediate Council for Christian Colleges and depth look at Russia since 1991. and/or advanced Spanish during five Universities campuses explore journal- Students discuss the changes and their weeks in the summer. Students study ism in Washington, D.C. The Summer impact on Russia’s economy, political with professors from Taylor and live Institute of Journalism (SIJ) blends institutions and the life of the Russian with Costa Rican families. Opportuni- classroom experience with hands-on people. The seminar includes service ties are provided for travel to sites of news gathering and news writing projects in selected educational historical interest, and cultural pro- opportunities over an intensive four institutions, orphanages, businesses grams are included in the varied weeks from mid-May to mid-June. SIJ and other organizations in the Nizhni itinerary. Applicants at or above the offers seminars with over 25 top Novgorod region, as well as travel intermediate level may participate with professional journalists from media as throughout western Russia. permission of the coordinator. varied as USA Today, CNN, The 98 Washington Post, National Geographic, SPA 203 6 hours RSP 312 3 hours and Christianity Today. Four hours of History and Sociology Applied Aural-Oral Spanish of Religion in Russia Intensive conversation dialogue academic credit are granted by Taylor This seminar delves into the history of sessions with introduction to reading University. religion in Russia dating from the and grammar review. Spanish 203 is beginnings of Christianity in the tenth the equivalent of 201 and 202. Prereq- Urban century to the present day, with uisites: SPA 102 and permission of emphasis on Orthodoxy and Protestant- instructor. Semester Program ism, including study of the persecution Through the Urban Semester Program, during the Soviet era and the flourish- SPA 303 2 hours Upland students are able to explore ing of religious activity in post-Soviet Advanced Composition and urban issues in an urban setting by years. The course also looks at the Conversation II studying on the Fort Wayne campus. current government regulations from Theme writing in conversational style, During the semester on the Fort Wayne various point of view. letter writing, and use of idiomatic campus, Upland students take courses Spanish. and practicums that meet requirements for their major and general education. RSP 313 2 hours International SPA 313 2 hours In addition, students enroll in an Relations and Business Latin American Literature Survey I Orientation to the City class, which Students explore issues related to the Selections of New World Spanish examines urban issues including the newly-arising world of business in Literature before 1880 are read and responsibilities and challenges for the Russia. Cultural differences, economic studied. Christian. potential, ethics and government policy will be examined. SPA 323 2 hours Latin American Literature Survey II The most outstanding Hispanic Semester in Spain American authors since 1880 and The department of modern languages selections of their works are studied in participates in the Semester in Spain a survey manner. program of Trinity Christian College. In this program, students earn up to sixteen hours of credit while studying ACADEMIC PROGRAMS PHYSICAL EDUCA TION AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

PHYSICAL in states other than Indiana have the responsibility of determining certifica- EDUCATION AND tion requirements in those states. HUMAN Detailed curriculum guides and PERFORMANCE information about certification require- ments for all states are available from the education department. Chair, Professor Taylor; Professor Romine; Associate Professors Krause, Marsee, Patterson, Winterholter; Students completing the bachelor of Assistant Professors Bauer, Bireline, science degree or bachelor of arts Fincannon, Hayes, Stucky, Wilt; degree with a major in physical Lecturer Holtmann education for all grade certification (K- 12) must complete a total of 52 hours The physical education and human in the major including PHP 111, 210, performance department has two major 252, 310, 313, 314, 321, 342, 380, 381, components: (1) to prepare competent, 382, 392, 402, 472; one swimming caring, and reflective Christian leaders course from 300, 302, 333 or 334; two for world service in coaching, health, coaching courses from PHP 251, 261, physical education, physical fitness and 312, 361, or 372; IAS 493; BIO 244 and wellness, and sport management and 245 or 243. Four or five elective hours (2) to help students acquire the skills must be taken to total 52. Electives and attitudes for lifetime wellness as include PHP 200 (1-2 hours), 231, 271, well as wholesome and active use of 272, 301, 305, 360 (1-4 hours), 370 (1-4 their leisure time. hours), 393 (4 hours), 490 (1-2 hours), Students majoring in teacher education PHP 251, 261, 312, 362, or 372 (if not programs may earn a teaching minor in Baccalaureate degrees are offered in used above); PHP 302, 333, or 334 (if health and safety by completing 25 physical education (teaching and not used above). Professional educa- hours. Specific requirements are BIO nonteaching majors), sport manage- tion requires 31 hours including EDU 244, 245; PSY 340; PHP 213, 214, 215, ment, and wellness. Minors are offered 150, 260, 312, 322, 411, 431, and PSY 271, 272, 301, and three elective hours in physical education (teaching minor) 240. ENG 210 and PSY 340 are also from BIO 200; CHE 100; PSY 240, 300, and health and safety (teaching minor). required. 321, 390, 461; SOC 210; SWK 380. A coaching endorsement is offered for education majors, and a coaching Students completing the bachelor of Students majoring in the physical certificate is offered for students in science degree or bachelor of arts education teacher education program nonteaching majors. Candidates for the degree with a major in physical may earn a coaching endorsement by bachelor of arts degree must complete education for secondary education (7- completing 20 hours. Specific require- 99 two years of one foreign language. 12) or middle school, junior high, and ments include PHP 310, 381, 382, 402, senior high certification (5-12) must 472, 393 (4 hours), and a minimum of The three-hour PHP requirement in complete a total of 44 hours including four hours from PHP 251, 261, 312, 333, general education must be met by PHP 111, 210, 310, 313, 314, 321, 342, 361, 370 (selected topics in coaching taking PHP 100 and two hours of PHP 380, 381, 382, 392, 402, 472; one other sports), 372. 200 (one hour of PHP 200 credit may be swimming course from 300, 302, 333, or 334; two coaching courses from PHP met by taking PHP 300, 302, 333, or Students in any education major other 251, 261, 312, 361, or 372; IAS 493; BIO 334). Elementary education majors than physical education may earn a 244 and 245 or 243. If BIO 243 is taken satisfy one hour of PHP 200 by taking coaching endorsement by completing instead of BIO 244 and 245, one PHP 250. 15 hours. Specific requirements include elective hour must be taken from PHP PHP 220, 393 (4 hours); a minimum of 200 (1-2 hours), 231, 252, 271, 272, four hours from PHP 251, 261, 312, 333, Physical Education 301, 305, 360 (1-4 hours), 370 (1-4 361, 370 (selected topics in coaching hours), 393 (4 hours), 490 (1-2 hours); (Teaching Major) other sports), 372; three hours of PHP 251, 261, 312, 361, or 372 (if not The Indiana Professional Standards electives from PHP 200 (1 hour from used above); PHP 302, 333, or 334 (if Board has redesigned the teacher basketball, soccer, softball, tennis, not used above). Professional educa- education standards in Indiana. Thus, volleyball, weight training), PHP 200 (1 tion requires 28 hours including EDU Taylor’s teacher education programs hour of athletic participation), 231, 271, 150, 260, 312, 322, 411, and 431. EDU will change. Please be advised that 272, 310, 381, 382, 402, 472. 332 is required for senior high, junior some of these changes may become high, and middle school education effective during the next two years; licensure. ENG 210 and PSY 340 are therefore, specific programs in teacher Physical Education also required. education may change. Students who (Nonteaching Major) meet graduation requirements in the A bachelor of arts degree in this physical education teacher education Students majoring in teacher education physical education (nonteaching) major program, successfully complete student programs may earn a teaching minor in is offered for those students who want teaching, and meet the Indiana physical education by completing 25 to go on to graduate studies or work in qualifying scores on the required NTE hours including PHP 111, 310, 313, 314, a nonschool setting. All students in test will be eligible for Indiana certifica- 321, 342, 380, 382, 392, 402; one this 57- hour major must complete a tion. Students planning to be certified swimming course from PHP 300, 302, 22-23 hour core including PHP 111, 333, or 334. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 PHYSICAL EDUCA TION AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

210, 310, 381, 382, 402, 492 (4 credit Wellness PHP 100 1 hour hours at an external organization); BIO Fitness for Life This major is designed to prepare 243 or 244 and 245. If BIO 243 is taken A course on the importance of students for positions in corporate instead of BIO 244 and 245, one wellness, including the spiritual basis, fitness and wellness, commercial additional elective hour must be taken and how individuals can achieve a state fitness and wellness, and graduate in the major. In addition, students of wellness in their lives. Content study. must choose, depending on their includes the health-related components interests, one of the following 34-hour of physical fitness, hypokinetic concentrations: The bachelor of arts degree with a diseases, nutrition, AIDS and sexuality, major in wellness may be earned by substance abuse, cancer, and stress completing two years of one foreign management. Students are expected to Exercise Physiology: CHE 201 and 202 language and 52 hours including PHP engage in a program of regular physical or CHE 211 and 212; PHP 216, 217, 271, 111, 210, 215, 216, 217, 271, 272, 305, activity during the semester, and a 272, 305; 12 elective hours from MAT 381, 382, 392, 393 (2 hours), 402, 492, battery of tests is given to assess each 151, MAT 230, MAT 240, CHE 311, CHE, (4 hours); BIO 244 and 245 or 243; IAS student’s level of physical fitness. This 312, CHE 410L, CHE 411, CHE 412; PHY 493; nine to 10 elective hours from ACC course, a requirement for all students, 203 or 211 and 211L, PHY 204 or 212 241, BIO 200, BUA 231, BUA 352, CAS satisfies one of the three general and 212L, BIO 101, BIO 200, PHP 213, 201, CAS 261, CHE 100, PHP 213, PHP education requirements in PHP. PHP 215, PHP 355. 301, PHP 310, PSY 200, PSY 250, PSY 300, PSY 330, PHP 360 (1-2 hours). PHP 200 1 hour Sport Psychology: PSY 125, 200, 220, General Physical Education 250, 272, 321, PHP 472; one coaching The bachelor of science degree with a These courses are to encourage course from PHP 251, 261, 312, 361, or major in wellness may be earned by students to adopt an active physical 372; 12 elective hours from EDU 260, completing 70 hours including PHP 111, lifestyle and to maintain physical fitness PSY 300, PSY 330, PSY 400, PSY 410, 210, 215, 216, 217, 271, 272, 305, 381, and wellness throughout their lives. PSY 411, PSY 420, PSY 422, PSY 441, 382, 392, 393 (2 hours), 402, 492 (4 Students learn about activities and PSY 461, PHP 220, PHP 355, one hours); BIO 244 and 245 or 243; IAS develop skills for participation in coaching course from PHP 251, 261, 493; 9-10 hours from ACC 241, BIO 200, lifetime sports. A variety of courses are 312, 361, or 372 (if not used above). BUA 231, BUA, 352, CAS 201, PHP 213, offered each semester from the list PHP 301, PHP 310, PSY 300, PSY 330, below (PHP 200A-Z). Prerequisite: PHP Sport Management: ACC 241; ECO 211 PHP 360 (1-2 hours), SYS 200. Also 100. and 212; BUA 231; PHP 350, 351, 480; required, but not included in the major 12 elective hours from ACC 242, BUA grade point average, are 18 hours The individualized physical education 311, BUA 352, BUA 362, BUA 410, BUA including CHE 100, MAT 110, PSY 250, course is designed for students who fit 412, CAS 201, PHP 220, PHP 355, PHP SYS 210, and NAS 240. into one of the following categories: 402, PHP 472, SYS 210, SYS 200. (1) the student has a physical problem 100 Sport Management that prohibits completing another PHP Coaching: PHP 220, 271, 272, 305, 350, 200 course, (2) the student would like The department offers an integrated 393 (2 hours), 472; one coaching course to do an activity that is not offered as major in sport management with the from PHP 251, 261, 312, 361, or 372; an PHP 200 course, and (3) the student business department. Both the PSY 220; 12 elective hours from CHE is near graduation and cannot schedule bachelor of arts and the bachelor of 100, PHP 213, PHP 216, PHP 231, PHP another PHP 200 course. Students science degrees are offered in this 351, PHP 355, PHP 402, PHP 480. design personal physical fitness major. The program is designed to programs that must include cardiovas- prepare students for management cular activities and then engage in Wellness: PHP 215, 216, 217, 271, 272, positions in sport from the high school those physical fitness programs 305, 402; CHE 100; 13 elective hours level to professional sports and for throughout the semester. Pre- and from PHP 213, PHP 214, PHP 301, PHP graduate studies. Refer to the business post-physical fitness assessments are 302, PHP 333, PHP 355, BIO 200, BUA department section for the require- administered, and a cognitive assign- 231, CAS 201, PSY 250, PSY 300, PSY ments for this major. ment is required. Students must apply 321. to and be approved by the PHP Physical Education Courses department chair in order to register for The department offers a coaching (General Education) the course. Prerequisites: PHP 100 and certificate that may be earned by any PHP 200 (1 credit). student who does not obtain teacher certification. The certificate may help Three PHP courses are required to meet The athletic participation course is the graduate obtain a coaching position the general education requirement at in a school system. Specific require- Taylor University—PHP 100 (1 hour) and designed for students who compete on ments include PHP 220, 393 (4 hours); a two PHP 200 courses (1 hour each). an intercollegiate athletic team. Students must select this course in the minimum of four hours from PHP 251, One hour of PHP 200 credit may be met term in which they are participating in 261, 312, 333, 361, 370 (selected topics by taking an aquatics course from PHP the sport and must meet the prerequi- in coaching other sports), 372; three 300, 302, 333, or 344. Elementary sites indicated. Students must apply hours of electives from PHP 200 (1 hour education majors satisfy one hour of from basketball, soccer, softball, tennis, PHP 200 by taking PHP 250. PHP 100 is and be approved by the registrar and volleyball, weight training), PHP 200 (1 a prerequisite for any course taken to the athletic director in order to register for this course. Prerequisites: PHP 100 hour of athletic participation), 231, 271, satisfy the PHP 200 requirement. and PHP 200 (1 credit). 272, 310, 381, 382, 402, 472. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS PHYSICAL EDUCA TION AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

PHP 200A Aerobic Conditioning emphasis is placed on developing PHP 231 2 hours Officiating of Men’s and Women’s PHP 200B Badminton guidelines for decision making in our society. The purpose is to exchange Sports PHP 200C Weight Control and A study of the officiating skills and the best amount of information on drug Fitness techniques needed for various men and use, misuse, and abuse available. PHP 200D Square Dance women’s sports. The opportunity to Offered spring semester of even years. PHP 200F Softball earn official’s rating is provided. PHP 200G Golf Offered fall semester of odd years. PHP 214 3 hours PHP 200H Beginning Horsemanship Health and Sexuality PHP 200I Individualized Physical This course is designed to prepare PHP 250 3 hours Elementary School Health Education future health educators to teach the and Physical Education PHP 200J Acting relationship between health and human A course designed to equip the sexuality. The class activities will PHP 200K Basketball elementary education student with a include lectures/discussions, peer PHP 200L Bowling basic understanding of teaching teaching, development of an absti- PHP 200N Total Fitness concepts associated with physical nence-based curriculum and lectures by education activities and appropriate PHP 200P Personal Fitness outside resource personnel. Offered fall health and safety practices. Fundamen- PHP 200R Racquetball semester of even years. tal content of the areas of physical PHP 200S Soccer education, health, and safety as well as PHP 200T Tennis PHP 215 2 hours teaching methods are explored. Health and Aging PHP 200U Circuit Training Prerequisite: PHP 100. The course is designed to examine PHP 200V Volleyball common health-related physiological PHP 200W Weight Training changes, current issues, and concerns PHP 251 2 hours Coaching of Volleyball PHP 200Z Athletic Participation as they pertain to the aging individual. This course provides the student with Offered spring semester of odd years. an understanding of the fundamental skills, strategies, and rules of volleyball. Physical Education and PHP 216 3 hours Also covered is philosophy of coaching, Applied Nutrition Human Performance Courses schedule making, practice planning, This course is a study of basic human conditioning, statistics, care and choice nutrition, fundamentals of digestion, of equipment, and techniques of team PHP 111 2 hours absorption and metabolism, nutrients selection. Offered fall semester of even Foundations of Physical Education and their roles, ergogenic aids, eating and Health years. disorders, body composition assess- An introduction to the field of physical ment, and nutrition for athletics and education. The content includes the wellness. Prerequisites: PHP 100 or by PHP 252 4 hours history, philosophy, contemporary Physical Education in Elementary permission of instructor. Offered fall issues, and various careers that are Schools 101 semester of even years. available in physical education. Offered A study of the components in an fall semesters. elementary physical education program PHP 217 3 hours and their value to a child’s education. Wellness Programs Also includes the study of motor PHP 210 1 hour This course is a study of the philosophy, Microcomputer Applications in development and methods of teaching goals, objectives, organization, content, Exercise Science elementary physical education. and methods of wellness programs. Students are introduced to a variety of Prerequisite: PHP 111. Offered fall Characteristics of various clientele and general and specialized applications of semester of odd years. how programs can be developed to microcomputers and related technolo- meet their specific needs will be gies available to the PHP major. Lab PHP 261 2 hours studied. Prerequisite: PHP 111. Offered opportunities include the learning Coaching of Basketball spring semester of odd years. support center computer lab, A study of offensive and defensive play Zondervan Library student computer with an emphasis on modern trends in lab, training and rehabilitation rooms, PHP 220 4 hours basketball. Rules, fundamentals, and field trips. Prerequisite: COS 104 or Principles of Coaching schedule making, scouting, care and This course is a study of the duties and 106. Offered fall semesters. choice of equipment, and techniques of responsibilities of coaches and the team selection are included. Offered fall potential problems and issues that they PHP 213 2 hours semester of odd years. may face. The content will include the Substance Abuse four major areas of coaching certifica- The course is designed to prepare PHP 271 1 hour tion programs: medical aspects, professionals for drug education. The Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation physiological aspects, psychological scope of the course is wide and (CPR) aspects, and organization and adminis- includes the following basic areas: Successful completion of this course tration aspects. Methods and strategies drug terminology, pharmacology, will certify participants in the tech- of handling the responsibilities and the psychodynamics, legal and law niques of Basic CPR according to both problems will be studied. Offered fall enforcement perspectives, social and the American Heart Association and semester of even years. cultural determinants, ethical and moral American Red Cross standards. Priority alternatives, behavioral aspects, and registration for this course is given to educational strategies. A strong wellness majors. Offered spring semesters. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 PHYSICAL EDUCA TION AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

PHP 272 1 hour characteristics of athletic injuries; and Red Cross requirements leads to First Aid the physiological responses and certification in Red Cross WSI. Prereq- Instruction and practical experience treatment of those injuries as well as uisite: PHP 302 or Red Cross Emergence designed by the National Safety Council sport-specific concerns about emer- Water Safety. Offered spring semesters. to educate the layperson or health care gency care, strength and conditioning, worker in the fundamental knowledge nutrition, and protective sports devices PHP 334 1 hour and skills of first aid for victim used by the coach and athletic trainer. Lifeguard Training Instructor assessment: bleeding wounds; poison- Offered fall semester of odd years. Acquisition of the skills, terminology, ing; burns; cold and heat emergencies; and progressions for teaching American bone, joint and muscle injuries; victim PHP 312 2 hours Red Cross Lifeguard instructor training. transportation; and other first aid Coaching of Baseball and Softball The course includes both knowledge of concerns. Priority registration for this A course aimed at providing the the skills and physical performance of course is given to wellness majors. student with an understanding of the the skills. Successful completion of the Offered spring semesters. general fundamentals of the game and American Red Cross requirements leads a position breakdown of the important to certification as a Red Cross LGI. PHP 300 1 hour coaching points. The strategy of Prerequisite: PHP 302. Basic Swimming Skills complete offensive and defensive Basic proficiency in swimming skills performance is covered as are problems PHP 342 3 hours and water safety. Presently, this course and challenges common to the baseball Skills and Teaching is not taught by Taylor University, but and softball coach. Offered spring Methods of Team Sports PHP majors are allowed one hour of semester of odd years. The purpose of this course is to teach credit if they satisfactorily complete the students the skills, terminology, rules, basic swimming, intermediate swim- PHP 313 2 hours progressions, and methods for teaching ming, or emergency water safety Skills and Teaching various team sports. Those sports courses at another institution. Methods of Racquet Sports include soccer, volleyball, basketball, Coverage of the rules, terminology, softball, flag football, and adventure PHP 301 4 hours skills, progressions, and methods of activities. This class meets four hours School Health teaching various racquet sports. Sports per week, and students are required to Education and Safety included are tennis, badminton, and do peer teaching of selected skills. Proper health and safety practices are racquetball. Prerequisites: PHP 111 and Prerequisites: PHP 111 and EDU 312. studied, with emphasis on the materials EDU 312. Offered fall semesters. Offered spring semester of even years. that should be taught in a secondary school health class. Methods for PHP 314 3 hours PHP 350 3 hours teaching are stressed in addition to Skills and Teaching Sport Management content. Prerequisite: PHP 111. Offered Methods of Individual Sports This course is a study of the roles, fall semester of even years. The purpose of this course is to teach functions, and responsibilities of the 102 the terminology, skills, rules, progres- person who manages sports programs. PHP 302 1 hour sions, and methods for instruction of The emphasis is on how these func- Lifeguard Training the following individual/dual sports tions can be successfully performed in This course is designed to train an and activities: aerobic fitness, bowling, various sports organizations. Prerequi- individual in the proper methods for golf, track and field, and weight site: PHP 111. Offered spring semester rescue, water safety, first aid, CPR, and training. This class meets four hours of even years. other skills necessary for lifeguarding. per week, and students are required to Offered fall semesters. do peer teaching of selected skills. PHP 351 3 hours Prerequisites: PHP 111 and EDU 312. Sport Public Relations PHP 305 4 hours Offered spring semesters. This course is an introduction to the Physical Fitness responsibilities of communicating with Prescription and Assessment PHP 321 2 hours the public in a sports organization and A study of the components of physical Skills and Teaching Methods the techniques and strategies that can fitness and the techniques of prescrib- of Tumbling and Rhythmics be used to effectively promote sports. ing exercise programs and methods of This course is the study of the terminol- Assignments provide students with assessing the fitness levels for each ogy, progressions, skills, and teaching practical experiences with these component. The course consists of and spotting methods of tumbling and techniques and strategies. Prerequisite: classroom work, practical exercises in the methods of teaching rhythms and PHP 111. Offered fall semester of odd the lab, and field trips to fitness centers. dance in a school and recreation years. Prescribing fitness programs and setting. Prerequisites: PHP 111 and assessing fitness levels of various EDU 312. Offered spring semester of odd PHP 355 2 hours populations are studied. Prerequisite: years. Research Methods PHP 100. Offered fall semester of odd in Exercise Science years. PHP 333 1 hour An exploration of the basic methods of Water Safety Instructor research and data collection in exercise PHP 310 2 hours Instruction in the skills, terminology, science. Topics include defining a Care and Prevention of Athletic and progressions of teaching swimming research question, reviewing and Injuries strokes and water safety. The course critically analyzing research, research Instruction and practical lab experience includes both knowledge of the skills designs, data collection, and interpret- dealing with the history, organizational, and physical performance of the skills. ing results. Offered spring semester of and administrative concerns of sports Successful completion of the American odd years. medicine; the classifications and ACADEMIC PROGRAMS PHYSICAL EDUCA TION AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

PHP 360 1-4 hours Independent Study

PHP 361 2 hours Coaching of Football A presentation of the different offensive and defensive theories of modern football including the strengths and weaknesses of each. Includes a brief review of fundamentals, purchase and care of equipment, practice and program organization, and problems and challenges of the overall football program. Offered fall semester of even years.

PHP 370 1-4 hours Selected Topics

PHP 372 2 hours Coaching of Track and Field Consideration of all track and field events with emphasis on teaching/ coaching techniques for each. Includes demonstrations, form study, track and field meet management, scheduling advantages, and use and care of various equipment. Offered spring semester of even years.

PHP 380 2 hours Evaluation of Physical Education This course is a study of the methods of constructing, selecting, and administer- ing cognitive, motor skill, motor ability, to various disabilities, a study of Public field trips, readings, etc. may be used to and physical fitness tests. Measure- Law 94-142, and various assessment critically assess issues in sport and to ment in the affective domain and techniques. Prerequisite: PHP 111. explore strategies for managing them. measurement of special population Offered spring semester of even years. Prerequisites: PHP 111, 350, and 351. 103 students are also studied as are Offered spring semester of odd years. procedures for analyzing, converting, PHP 393 1-4 hours and evaluating students’ scores for Practicum PHP 490 1-2 hours grading. Prerequisite: PHP 111. Offered Honors PHP 402 3 hours fall semester of even years. Organization and Administration PHP 492 4 hours of Physical Education Internship PHP 381 2 hours A study of the methods of organizing This field experience is designed to Kinesiology and administering physical education have the students apply what they have An analysis of human movement based and intramural and athletic programs. learned in their courses and to extend on anatomic and mechanical principles. Topics covered include philosophy, that learning by working in an organi- Emphasis is given to the application of budgeting, problem solving, leadership, zation that is appropriate for their these principles to the understanding of personnel management, facility major. Students work on a regular athletic performance. Prerequisite: BIO management, liability and risk manage- basis at the organization under the 244. Corequisite: BIO 245. Offered ment, and other selections. Prerequi- supervision of approved staff members. spring semesters. sites: PHP 111. Offered spring semes- Students are also under the supervision ters. of a member of the Taylor University PHP 382 3 hours department of physical education and Physiology of Exercise PHP 472 2 hours human performance. Each student A study of the adjustment of the Psychology of Coaching must comply with the guidelines for systems of the body to exercise. A study of the nature of the coaching credit hours, clock hours, and other Attention is given to conditioning of profession. The course emphasizes criteria that are specific for the intern- athletes as well as to understanding the philosophy of sport, sports psychology, ship in his/her major. To register for physiological responses to recreation and coaching methods. Prerequisites: this internship the student must submit exercise. Prerequisites: BIO 244, 245. PHP 111 and a psychology course. a proposal for the internship and have it Offered fall semesters. Offered spring semester of even years. approved by the PHP department and the internship organization. Prerequi- PHP 392 2 hours PHP 480 2 hours sites: All designated prerequisites for the Adapted Physical Education Seminar in Sport Management internship in that major. The course includes teaching methods Students examine contemporary issues of motor skill development with regard in sport. Case studies, guest speakers, ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 PHYSICAL EDUCA TION AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

IAS 493 4 hours ATR 301 1 hour ATR 331 3 hours Senior Seminar Clinical Experiences Physical Assessment II – in Athletic Training III Orthopedics This junior-level experience allows This course covers the evaluation of Athletic Training Courses students to gain advanced skills in the orthopedic conditions and injuries that assessment of athletic injuries. The occur in sports and with the physically ATR 101 1 hour student is responsible for presenting active. Skill development is incorpo- Foundations of Athletic Training I and attending case studies, rotating rated with the use of special evaluation An introduction to the field of athletic through various clinical settings, and techniques used by the athletic trainer training. The content includes history, observing surgery. Students within the and diagnostic procedures used by the philosophy, and various career ATR program assist the ATCs with physician. Local orthopedic surgeons opportunities that are available in the game and practice coverage as will be utilized as guest speakers. field. The major emphasis is on the assigned. Clinical experience (225 Prerequisite: BIO 244 and permission of development of taping skills, exposure hours) is obtained on campus and the program director. Offered spring control policies and practice and the affiliation sites. Prerequisites: ATR 202 semester of odd years. prevention of athletic injuries. Clinical and permission of program director. experience (50 hours minimum) Offered fall semester. ATR 401 1 hour includes observation in the training Clinical Experiences room and field settings. Offered fall in Athletic Training V semester. ATR 302 1 hour Clinical Experiences This senior-level experience allows in Athletic Training IV students to gain advanced skills in ATR 102 1 hour A continuation of ATR 301. Students management of athletic injuries and Foundations of Athletic Training II meet weekly to present and attend case athletic training programs. Additional A continuation of ATR 101. Course studies and discuss their clinical emphasis is placed on health education deals with a further development of experiences. Further topics of injury and counseling skills. The student is basic skills, injury prevention tech- assessment, treatment and rehabilita- responsible for presenting and attend- niques and a clinical observation in tion are addressed. Clinical experience ing case studies, clerking with physi- cians, observing surgeries, and field settings (50 clinical hours). (225 hours) is obtained on campus and conducting research. Students within Students explore the role of the sports affiliation sites. Prerequisite: ATR 301 the ATR major assist the ATCs with medicine team members and visit these and permission of program director. game and practice coverage. Clinical individuals in their work settings. Offered spring semester. Prerequisite: ATR 101 and permission of experience (225 hours minimum) is program director. Offered spring obtained on campus and affiliation ATR 310 2 hours semester. sites. Prerequisites: ATR 302 and Therapeutic Exercise permission of program director. and Rehabilitation ATR 201 1 hour A detailed study in the exercise and Clinical Experiences rehabilitation approaches used in ATR 402 1 hour 104 in Athletic Training I preventing and treating athletic injuries. Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training VI This sophomore-level experience Case studies and a review of rehabilita- A continuation of ATR 401. Student allows students to gain advanced skills tion protocols will occur. Lab experi- develops advanced skills and completes in treatment and disposition of athletic ences allow students to apply these all remaining competencies including injuries. First Aid and CPR instruction techniques. Course is team taught with recertifying in First Aid and CPR. and certification are given. The student a physical therapist. Prerequisite: BIO Clinical experience (225 hours mini- is responsible for presenting and 245 and permission of program director. mum) is obtained on campus and attending case studies. Students within Offered spring semester of even years. the ATR major assist the ATCs with affiliation sites. Prerequisites: ATR 401 game and practice coverage as and permission of program director. ATR 330 3 hours assigned. Clinical experience (150 Physical Assessment I – Medicine hours minimum) is obtained on campus ATR 410 3 hours Instruction and practice of assessment and affiliation sites. Prerequisites: ATR Therapeutic Modalities techniques for sports injuries and 102 and permission of program director. in Athletic Training illnesses in the following areas: This course addresses pathophysiology Offered fall semester. environmental stress, emergency of the various body systems. Special medicine, pediatrics, dermatology, emphasis is placed on the prevention, ATR 202 1 hour podiatry, ophthalmology, oral/dental, etiology, diagnosis, treatment and Clinical Experiences otorhinolaryngology, medicine and tissue responses to injury. The course in Athletic Training II athletes with special needs. Recogni- also covers electrophysiology, principles A continuation of ATR 201. Course tion of clinical signs and symptoms, of electric and mechanical modalities, addresses advanced emergency medical and protocols are discussed. Special administrative considerations, and case practices in athletic training, manage- attention is given to pharmacological studies. Electromagnetic radiation, ment and disposition of athletic injuries agents, performance enhancers and electrical stimulation, infrared, ultra- and presenting and attending case medicinals used in the athletics. Guest sound, diathermy, ultraviolet, lasers, studies. Clinical experience (150 hours speakers from these medical specialties traction, compression, and massage are minimum) is obtained on campus and and allied health fields will present. all therapeutic techniques used in the affiliation sites. Prerequisites: ATR 201 Prerequisites: ATR 101/102, BIO 244. treatment and rehabilitation of sports- and permission of program director. Offered fall semester of even years. related injuries. Prerequisite: CHE 100 Offered spring semester. or 211 and permission of program director. Offered fall semester of even years. PHYSICS ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

PHYSICS Physics/Systems CHE 201, 202; four hours of electives from ENP 330, ENP 332, ENP 431, PHY This integrated major provides a strong 321, PHY 341, COS 120, CHE 311. Chair, Professor Voss; Associate background in physics, systems, Professor Davis; Assistant Professors management, mathematics, and Holmes, Kiers, D. Smith problem solving. The bachelor of Environmental Science (26 hours): ENS science degree with a major in physics/ 231, 241, 351, 402; ENS/PHY 393 (2 systems requires 56 hours in the major hours); CHE 320, 320L; four hours of The purpose of the physics department including PHY 211, 211L, 212, 212L, electives from ENS 341, 361, 362, 363. is to provide an educational experience 311, 321, 330 (2 hours), 341, 342, 393 within a Christian context that equips (3 hours), 412; ENP 332, 351; four hours Mathematics (20 hours): MAT 151, 230, students with the ability to obtain of electives from PHY 301, PHY 312, 240, 352, 431. knowledge and understanding about PHY 322, PHY 370, ENP 252, ENP 330, the physical world for use in research, ENP 352, ENP 355, ENP 431. Also graduate studies, and careers and to required, but not counted in the major Physics positively impact society. The physics grade point average, are 15 hours Science Education department offers instruction in including CHE 201 and 202 or CHE 211 Either baccalaureate degree with a physics, engineering, astronomy, and and 212; MAT 431; and NAS 480 or IAS major in physics science education physical science. Space physics, 230. Curriculum requirements in requires 77-88 hours and includes a theoretical high-energy physics, systems analysis include COS 120, 240 general science core (18-20 hours), a acoustics, advanced engineering or 250; IAS 330; MAT 151, 382; NAS primary major area in physics (44 instrumentation, materials, and 240 or MAT 352; SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 hours), and a supporting science microelectronics provide the major or 402; eight hours of systems electives concentration area (15-24 hours). research interests in the department. including MAT 230 and 240; and a Courses completed under the primary three-hour practicum (listed with the or supporting science areas are in The department offers majors in major requirements). addition to the general science core. physics, physics/systems, physics Professional education requires 28 science education, engineering physics, Engineering Physics hours including EDU 150, 260, 312, 322, and environmental engineering. 411, and 431. EDU 332 is required for The engineering physics major provides Computer engineering is an interdisci- senior high, junior high, and middle a strong background in physics for plinary major offered jointly by the school education licensure. ENG 210 students who plan to enter engineer- physics and computer science depart- and PSY 340 are also required. ing-related jobs or attend graduate ments. The bachelor of arts degree is Detailed curriculum guides are school. The bachelor of science degree available in each of the majors and available from the education depart- with a major in engineering physics requires the completion of two years of ment. requires 92 hours including PHY 211, one foreign language. The bachelor of 211L, 212, 212L, 301, 311, 321, 330 (2 science degree is available in engineer- hours), 331, 341; ENP 252, 332, 351, General Science Core: 18-20 hours ing physics, environmental engineering, 105 352; two hours of PHY 393 or PHY 450; including four to six hours from BIO computer engineering, and physics/ seven hours of technical electives from 100, ENS 200, ENS 231, BIO 244 and systems. PHY 312, 322, 342, 370, 412, ENP 330, 245; four hours from GEO 210 or GEO 355, 431, and IAS 330; 10 approved 240 or PHY 201; 10 hours from CHE 201 Physics hours of additional technical electives or 211, PHY 211 and 211L. The bachelor of arts degree with a (not used elsewhere in the major or major in physics requires two years of general education) from business, Physics Science Major Area: 44 hours one foreign language and 75 hours in biology, chemistry, computer science, including PHY 212, 212L, 301, 311; IAS the major including PHY 211, 211L, 212, environmental science, mathematics, 493; 12 elective hours from PHY 312, 212L, 311, 321, 322, 330 (2 hours), 341, physics, and/or systems. Also required, 321, 322, 330, 331, 341, 342, 412; ENP 342, 412; ENP 351; 10 hours of physics but not counted in the major grade 252, 330, 332, 351, 352, 355, 431; 16 and engineering elective courses from point average, are 31 hours including hours of math from MAT 151, 230, 240, PHY 301, PHY 312, PHY 370, ENP 252, CHE 201 and 202 or 211 and 212; COS 431. ENP 330, ENP 332, ENP 352, ENP 355, 120; MAT 151, 230, 240, 431; and NAS 480 or IAS 230. ENP 431. Also required, but not Biology Science Concentration Area: counted in the major grade point 21-23 hours including BIO 101, 103, average, are 31 hours including CHE Environmental 104, 203, 204, 244 and 245 or 331 and 201 and 202 or 211 and 212; COS 120; 352. MAT 151, 230, 240, 431; and NAS 480 Engineering or IAS 230. Additional courses in The environmental engineering major Chemistry Science Concentration Area: computer science, systems, engineer- provides a strong background in 15 hours including CHE 202 and 10 ing, and mathematics are strongly engineering and environmental science hours of chemistry electives that must recommended. for students who plan to enter environ- mental-related jobs or attend graduate include CHE 301 and either CHE 311 or school. The bachelor of science degree CHE 431. A minor in physics consists of 20 hours with a major in environmental engi- including PHY 211, 211L, 212, 212L; neering requires 90 hours including: General Science Concentration Area: and at least 10 elective hours upper- 22 hours including BIO 100, ENS 200 or level physics and engineering courses, ENS 231, CHE 202, PHY 201, GEO 240 ENP 252 may also meet elective hours. Physics (44 hours): PHY 211, 211L, 212, 212L, 312, 331; ENP 252, 351, 352, 355; or GEO 210. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS PHYSICS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Mathematics Science Concentration and two hours of lab each week. PHY 312 4 hours Area: 24 hours including MAT 151, Offered fall semesters. Nuclear Radiation Physics 230, 240, 250, 312, and one elective A study of natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear radiation detec- course from MAT 352, 361, or 412. PHY 201 4 hours Introductory Astronomy tion, charged particle interactions, and neutron physics. Three hours of lecture A minor in physics science education A descriptive course about the solar and two hours of lab per week. requires 24 hours including PHY 211, system, stars and stellar evolution, and Prerequisite: PHY 211,212. Offered 211L, 212, 212L, and 14 elective hours galaxies and the universe. Recent spring semester of odd years. from PHY 301, 311, 312, 321, 322, 330, findings of space exploration and radio 331, 341, 342, 412. astronomy are included. Telescopes are provided for viewing sessions. PHY 321 3 hours Three hours of lecture and two hours of Electricity and Magnetism The Indiana Professional Standards lab. Offered interterm and spring The vector field approach to electro- Board has redesigned the teacher semester of even years. magnetic theory. Includes electrostatics, education standards in Indiana. Thus, magnetostatics, induction, dielectric Taylor’s teacher education programs and magnetic materials, and Maxwell’s will change. Please be advised that PHY 203, 204 3 hours each General Physics equations. Corequisite: MAT 431 or some of these changes may become A study of mechanics, thermodynamics, PHY 341. Prerequisite: PHY 211, 212. effective during the next two years; waves and sound, electricity, magne- Offered fall semester of odd years. therefore, specific programs in teacher tism, and optics. Assumes mathemat- education may change. ics at the algebra-trigonometry level. PHY 322 3 hours For majors that do not require a Waves and Physical Optics Computer Engineering calculus-based treatment of physics. Applications of Maxwell’s equations Computer engineering is an interdisci- PHY 211L and 212L must be taken including electromagnetic waves, wave plinary major offered jointly by the concurrently with PHY 203 and 204. guides, diffraction, and Fourier optics. physics and computer science depart- Offered annually. Prerequisites: PHY 211, 212, and 321. ments. See computing and system Offered spring semester of even years. sciences for program details. PHY 211, 212 4 hours each University Physics PHY 330 1-2 hours A calculus-based study of mechanics, Advanced Lab Pre-Engineering thermodynamics, waves and sound, Physics and engineering physics majors (3-2-1 Program) electricity and magnetism, optics, fluids, must have two credit hours of PHY 330 Pre-engineering is a preprofessional and the structure of matter. PHY 211L to graduate. The actual experiments to concentration in the natural science and 212L must be taken concurrently be performed are selected from physics major and typically requires three years with PHY 211 and 212. Corequisite: and/or engineering in consultation at Taylor University and two years at an MAT 151. Offered annually. between the student and instructor. 106 accredited engineering school. See Prerequisites: ENP 252 or PHY 301 or PHY 311 and junior classification. natural science for program details. PHY 211L, 212L 1 hour each General and University Physics Lab Offered as needed for physics or The introductory laboratories that engineering physics majors. Physics Courses accompany PHY 203, 204 and PHY 211, 212. Experiments include the areas of PHY 331 4 hours PHY 120 4 hours mechanics, waves, electricity and Introduction to Electronics Experiences in Physical Science magnetism, and optics. Two hours per Introductory concepts and experiments Intended for nonscience majors. week. PHY 203 or 211 must be taken designed to acquaint students with the Selected topics from physical science concurrently with PHY 211L; PHY 204 operation and application of modern are studied to afford insight into man’s or 212 must be taken concurrently with electronic devices and components. current understanding of natural PHY 212L. Offered annually. Experiments dealing with elementary phenomena, the models used to concepts of electricity, electrical represent nature, and methods used in PHY 301 3 hours measurements, diodes, transistors, the quest to fathom the physical Intermediate Mechanics integrated circuits, and a variety of universe. Three hours of lecture, one Statics and dynamics of particles and solid state devices as well as digital recitation period, and two hours of lab rigid bodies including the method of electronics are provided. Three hours each week. Offered spring semester of virtual work, central force motion, and of lecture and one three-hour lab each odd years. the effects of impulsive forces and week. Prerequisite: PHY 211, 212. torques. Applications to engineering Offered fall semesters. PHY 121 5 hours and space physics. Prerequisite: PHY Survey of Physical Science for 212. PHY 341 3 hours Elementary Teachers Math Methods Intended for elementary education PHY 311 4 hours in Physics and Engineering majors as a content course, not a Modern Physics An application of analytical and methods course. Selected topics from An introduction to modern physics computational methods to various astronomy, physics, and chemistry are including special relativity, quantum mathematical topics including linear studied with special emphasis on their effects of radiation and particles, algebra, matrices, eigenequations, application in the elementary class- atomic structure, and elementary vector field theory, partial differential room. Student projects provide particles. Three hours of lecture and equations, Fourier series and trans- experiences working with elementary two hours of lab per week. Prerequisite: forms, orthogonal functions, and school children. Four hours of lecture PHY 211, 212. complex analysis. Use of a computer PHYSICS ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

application such as Matlab is required. Prerequisite: PHY 212. Corequisite: MAT 431. Offered spring semesters.

PHY 342 3 hours Analytical Mechanics A formal treatment of mechanics covering harmonic motion, the translation and rotation of rigid bodies, noninertial reference frames, and gravitation. The course concludes with the Hamiltonian and Lagrangian formulations of mechanics. Prerequi- sites: PHY 211, 212, 341. Offered spring semester of even years.

PHY 360 1-4 hours Independent Study ENP 330 4 hours studied with an emphasis on metallic PHY 370 1-4 hours Microcomputer Interfacing systems. This includes: crystal Selected Topics Software and hardware considerations structure, defects, diffusion, phase Current topics include; Preparation for involved in interfacing and using transformations, deformation mecha- the Professional EIT Exam, Oakridge computers for on-line applications and nisms, strength and fracture toughness. Nuclear Physics Studies, and Space as a part of larger systems are studied. Also covered are material selection, Science and Astronomy. Computer architecture and hardware linear elastic fracture mechanics and operation are an integral part of the dislocation theory. Course contains a PHY 393 1-4 hours course. Prerequisite: PHY 331 or significant research component. Practicum permission of instructor. Offered spring Prerequisite: ENP 252. Offered spring semester of odd years. PHY 412 3 hours semester of even years. Quantum Mechanics A quantum mechanical treatment of the ENP 332 3 hours ENP 355 3 hours free particle, the harmonic oscillator, Engineering Systems Fluid Mechanics and Water Flow Linear and nonlinear systems with and the hydrogen atom. Includes An introduction to the basic properties analytical methods, modeling, forcing creation and annihilation operators and of fluids in motion. Topics include: functions, response analysis, feedback, an introduction to angular momentum. Differential fluid equations, streamlines, stability, control systems, mechanical Prerequisites: PHY 211, 212, 311, and continuity, energy and linear angular and fluid systems, electrical systems, 341. Offered spring semester of odd years. momentum, incompressible viscous 107 three phase circuits and machines, flow, potential flow, Navier-Stokes transmission lines, and communica- equations, open channel flow, pipe PHY 450 1-4 hours tions. MatLab and Interactive Physics Directed Research flow, laminar and turbulent boundary software tools are used. Prerequisites: layers. Prerequisite: ENP 252. IAS 493 4 hours ENP 252, MAT 431 or permission of Corequisite: MAT 431. Offered spring Senior Seminar instructor. Offered fall semester of even semester of even years. years. Engineering Physics ENP 360 1-4 hours Courses ENP 351 3 hours Independent Study Thermodynamics Course develops statistical mechanics ENP 370 1-4 hours ENP 252 4 hours and engineering thermodynamics. In Practicum Principles of Engineering the statistical portion, the A course designed to introduce microcanonical and canonical formal- ENP 431 4 hours students to the requirements for Advanced Electronics and Microcir- isms are developed as well as the three general engineering using the EIT cuits laws of thermodynamics. Covered in reference manual for professional Theoretical analog and digital VLSI the engineering thermodynamics engineers. Topics include introduction microcircuit design principles are portion are: phase diagrams, proper- to engineering, graphics with CAD, studied. Implementation and advanced ties, second law consequences and engineering economics, solids, fluids, design of digital programmable logic power, heat pump and refrigeration gases, thermodynamics, heat transfer, arrays and layout of analog microchips cycles. Some attention is given to heat statics, dynamics, materials, electrical is performed in the lab portion of this transfer and fluid dynamics. The systems, and electronics. The lab is course. Electronics topics also include course contains a significant design designed to introduce engineering Karnaugh maps and minimization, project. Prerequisites: MAT 440, PHY software and hardware tools with some sequential logic and state machines, 212. Offered fall semester of odd years. creative design projects. Three hours device modeling with computer-aided of lecture and one three-hour lab each design, controllers, computer hardware, week. Prerequisites: MAT 230, PHY 211 ENP 352 3 hours architecture, memories, and interrupt or permission of instructor. Offered Materials Science systems. Prerequisites: ENP 252, PHY and Solid State Physics spring semesters. 331. Offered spring semester of even The structure, processing, and proper- years. ties of engineering materials are ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 POLITICAL SCIENCE

POLITICAL SCIENCE POS 232 3 hours Political Science Courses Methods of Political Analysis Designed as an introductory statistics Chair, Professor Hoffmann; Professor POS 100 4 hours course for political science majors, the P. Loy American Politics course explores descriptive statistics Primary emphasis is given to the and acquaints students with a variety of relationship between the theories and Political science examines the structure statistical tests through multivariate ideals of democracy and the actual and the processes of government, analysis. Offered spring semester. practice of making and implementing contrasting philosophies about how policy. The course considers the government should be ordered as well constitutional system as well as the POS 242 1 hour as various opinions about what policies Model United Nations institutions of American government. government should pursue and by what Prepares first-time participants for means. involvement in an intercollegiate POS 211 3 hours simulation of international politics. World Politics Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Politics is present in all organizations. Surveys the development of the Offered fall semester. Public policy affects most areas of life, international political system and the and knowledge of how the political relations among nation-states, interna- process actually works is crucial for tional organizations and other entities. POS 312 4 hours Political Behavior anyone who seeks to influence public Gives special attention to war, conflict A description and examination of the life as leader or ordinary citizen. resolution and international law. voting behavior of the American people Political science majors often combine Offered fall semester. political science with another major or and opinions about candidates, political minor. Political science is an excellent preparation not only for law school, but for other professional schools including seminary.

Political Science The bachelor of arts degree with a major in political science requires two years of one foreign language and a minimum of 32 hours including POS 211, 222, 232, 361, 362, 312 or 331 or 342, two hours of POS 460, 393 (3-4 hours) or ASP 310 (8 hours), and 3-8 108 hours of POS electives.

A minor in political science consists of 17 hours including POS 361.

Students planning to do graduate work in political science should take SOC 355 as well as POS 450 to deepen their knowledge of the scholarly literature in POS 213 3 hours parties and public policy. Some their fields of interest. International Political Economy attention is also given to the formation Examines trade, development and of public opinion in a democratic polity. Political Science/ environmental protection as issues Offered spring semester of odd years. involving both states and nonstate Systems actors in world politics. Uses case POS 321 3 hours The bachelor of science degree with a studies to consider the relationship The Modern Middle East major in political science/systems between Christian ethics and the A political history of Southwest Asia consists of the 32-hour major and wealth and poverty of nations. Offered and North Africa in the 20th century. curriculum requirements in systems spring semester. Special attention is given to the Arab- analysis including COS 120, 240 or 250; Israeli conflict and to the relationship IAS 330; MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or POS 222 3 hours between Islam and politics. Offered MAT 352; SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 or Comparative Politics spring semester of even years. 402; POS 393 (3-4 hours); six additional Provides a basic knowledge of the systems elective hours from COS 310, institutions and processes of selected COS 320, COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, major political systems in different MAT 372, MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, regions of the world. Analyzes why SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. some governments are more effective Courses selected for the six additional than others, focusing on political hours must be in addition to those culture and the involvement of citizens required elsewhere in the major or in public life. Offered fall semester of systems. All systems curriculum courses even years. must be completed with a C- or better. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS POLITICAL SCIENCE/PRELA W PROGRAM

POS 325 3 hours PRELAW PROGRAM Ethics and American Foreign Policy Uses case studies of major events in U.S. foreign relations since World War II Professor P. Loy, advisor to consider the relationship between morality and politics. Includes an The best preparation for graduate overview of the process of making and training in the field of law is a regular implementing foreign policy within the four-year college course leading to the U.S. government. Offered fall semester bachelor of arts degree. The major, of odd years. chosen in consultation with the prelaw advisor, should be one that enhances POS 331 4 hours reading, writing, and analytical skills. Development of Public Policy An extensive examination of the interaction between Congress and the As a supplement to the major, students Presidency in making public policy. may opt for a prelaw minor. The prelaw The course focuses on major theories minor consists of 17 hours including of public policy and examines govern- BUA 311, CAS 331, POS 372, PRL 441, mental policy making from these and PRL 442. Normally, the courses are perspectives. Offered fall semesters. taken during the junior or senior years. If, however, the student plans to participate in an off-campus program, POS 342 4 hours Public Administration such as the American Studies Program, An examination of the structure, it may be necessary to take one or two function, organization and personnel of of the courses during the sophomore public administration. Emphasis is on year. Students should consult with their American bureaucracy and the academic advisor or the prelaw advisor problems of public control and about the best time to take the prelaw bureaucratic responsibility. Offered courses. spring semester of even years. Prelaw Courses POS 360 1-4 hours Independent Study PRL 441 3 hours POS 361 3 hours interpretations of the United States Legal Studies Classical and Christian Political Constitution. Cases and readings on Thought the powers of the federal government, Designed for those who expect to Focuses on major thinkers and judicial review, states rights, state attend law school. Students gain 109 movements from Plato through the police powers, federal commerce experience with the writing, reading, Reformation and its aftermath. Relates powers, and due process are analyzed. and critical thought levels expected of the classical and Christian traditions to Prerequisites: HIS 120 and POS 100, or all law students. The course is taught politics today while introducing consent of the instructor. Offered fall by an attorney. students to the foundations of Western semester. political thought. Offered fall semester. PRL 442 3 hours POS 393 1-4 hours Legal Thought An overview of ancient, modern, and POS 362 3 hours Practicum Modern Political Ideologies contemporary theories of the law. The Examines varieties of liberalism, POS 450 1-4 hours course explores the nature of law and Directed Research conservatism, and political thought its relationship to politics, morality, and Advanced work designed to enhance through focusing on major philosophers ethics. (Consent of instructor is required preparation for graduate school or to and movements from Hobbes to post- of all students who have not taken BUS produce an academic paper. modernism. Offered spring semester. 311 or POS 372.)

POS 460 1 hour POS 365 3 hours Political Science Seminar Modern Russia A program of readings and student A survey of Russia under Communism discussions designed to acquaint and after. Gives particular attention to PREMEDICAL students with significant scholarly the relationship between Russian TECHNOLOGY writings in a particular field of political culture and democracy. Explores See Natural Science. science. Offered in four sections: Communism, Christianity and national- American Politics, Comparative Politics, ism as alternative sources of political International Politics and Political belief and behavior. Offered spring Philosophy. Prerequisites: POS 100, semester of odd years. 211, 222 or 361. PREMEDICINE See Biology, Chemistry. POS 372 5 hours American IAS 493 4 hours Constitutional Development Senior Seminar Stresses the origin, adoption, and Offered interterms. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS PSYCHOLOGY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

PSYCHOLOGY including COS 120, 240 or 250; IAS 330; PSY 220 3 hours MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or MAT 352 or Sport Psychology PSY 330; SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 or 402; This course investigates the interper- Chair, Professor Cosgrove; Professors PSY 393 (3-4 hours); six additional sonal, societal, and cultural variables Lund; Maloney, Snyder; Assistant that surround athletics and sports in Professor Herrmann systems elective hours from COS 310, COS 320, COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, our contemporary culture. Topics MAT 372, MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, include personality variables of the SYS 210, SYS 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. successful athlete; anxiety and arousal Psychology involves the study of human Courses selected for the six additional in sports as well as strategies to assist and animal behavior. Each course hours must be in addition to those in the control of these states; motiva- seeks to integrate psychological data required elsewhere in the major or tion; casual attributions for success and with major biblical beliefs. The aim of systems. All systems curriculum failure in athletes and coaches; role of the department is to train Christian courses must be completed with a C- or the direct and indirect contexts of psychology students who upon better. sports and competition; and exercise graduation are prepared for further psychology. Offered every other spring academic studies and/or professional semester. responsibilities. Psychology Courses PSY 240 3 hours The bachelor of arts degree requires PSY 110 3 hours Child Psychology completion of two years of one foreign Foundations of Psychology This course deals not only with the language. The bachelor of science An historical and philosophical subject matter of developmental degree must be combined with introduction to the discipline of psychology (such as cognitive develop- curriculum requirements in systems psychology. Topics include worldviews ment, physical development and socio- analysis. Psychology may also be in psychology, history of psychology, emotional development) but also selected as a primary or support area in current perspectives in psychology, and attempts to apply the subject matter to the social studies education major models of integration of psychology those actively working with children (detailed curriculum guides are and Christianity. Offered fall semesters. such as parents, teachers, coaches, etc. available from the education depart- ment). PSY 125 2 hours PSY 250 4 hours Intrapersonal Psychology Life Span Development Psychology The study of how to process the This course is designed to provide a emotional dynamics of anger, guilt, general overview of the developmental The bachelor of arts degree with a anxiety, and grief while becoming process in humans from conception major in psychology requires 45 hours mature, emotionally integrated social through death and dying. Included is including PSY 110, 125, 140, 210, 250, beings. attention to the physical, emotional, 272, 310, 321, 393 or 450 (3-4 hours); cognitive and social developments. IAS 493; and 15-16 elective hours from 110 PSY 300, 330, 331, 340, 360, 370, 390, PSY 140 2 hours Applied Psychology PSY 272 3 hours 400, 410, 411, 420, 422, 441, 461, 480, This is an introduction to practical uses Research in Psychology 490 to reach a total of at least 45 and applications in psychology. Topics Research methods in psychology are hours. PSY 200 and 240 may not count covered range from industrial psychol- studied and critiqued. Students are in the elective hours in the major. ogy to legal issues. Offered spring involved in practical research and semesters. writing assignments. Prerequisite: 3 Students who are anticipating attending hours in psychology. Offered fall graduate school are encouraged to take semesters. PSY 170/370 1-4 hours PSY 330, 422, 441, plus six more hours Selected Topics of courses that focus on their graduate PSY 300 4 hours interests as determined in consultation PSY 200 3 hours Abnormal Psychology with a faculty advisor in addition to the Introduction to Psychology A study of the nature, causes, and core courses. Students who do not An introduction to the subject matter treatment of maladaptive behavior with anticipate graduate school in their and methods of psychology. Topics on special consideration given to the future are encouraged to take PSY 300, human development, personality, symptoms and dynamics of psychologi- 370, 400, 411, and 461 in addition to learning, sensation, perception, cal disorders. Prerequisite: 3 hours in the core courses. motivation, emotion, mental health, psychology. and social psychology are considered. A minor in psychology requires 18 PSY 310 3 hours hours including PSY 200 or PSY 110 PSY 210 2 hours Integration of Psychology and 15 additional hours in psychology. Ethics in Psychology and Christianity PSY 200 or 110 may not count in the A study of various models of ethics An examination of the relationship elective hours for the minor. with a desire to develop a Christian between psychology and Christian model. The Christian model is then beliefs about human nature. Topics applied to various issues in counseling, involve the presuppositions of modern Psychology/Systems psychopathology, research, human psychology, the Christian view of man, The bachelor of science degree with a development, law, and educational and tension areas between psychology major in psychology/systems consists psychology. Offered fall semesters. and theology. Prerequisite: 3 hours in of the 45-hour major and curriculum psychology. Offered spring semesters. requirements in systems analysis PSYCHOLOGY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

PSY 321 3 hours PSY 400 3 hours Social Psychology Theories of Personality A study of how the thought, feeling, or A study of the major current systematic behavior of individuals is influenced by psychological theories of personality. the actual, imagined, or implied Consideration is given to their underly- presence of others. Topics include ing assumptions and usefulness for cooperation and competition, aggres- research and therapeutic practice. sion, attitudes and their change, Prerequisite: 6 hours in psychology or affiliation, and conformity. Prerequisite: social work. Offered fall semesters. 6 hours in psychology. Offered spring semesters. PSY 410 3 hours Motivation PSY 330 4 hours This course is designed to provide the Statistics and Design basic theoretical models of motivation in Psychological Research (biological, drive, need, social, etc.), as An introductory course that surveys well as to examine some current common statistical concepts in applications. Areas examined may psychological research. It also include business, athletics, academics, examines and critiques the major and religion. Ethical concerns are research designs used in psychology included. Prerequisite: 6 hours in today. Prerequisite: 3 hours in psychol- psychology. Offered spring semesters. ogy. PSY 411 3 hours PSY 331 3 hours Learning: Theory and Application Biblical Psychology The study of major learning theories A survey of biblical teaching on the and their application to advertising, nature of man, its relationship to education, counseling, and daily emotional problems, and solutions to problems of life. Prerequisite: 6 hours those emotional problems. in psychology.

PSY 340 3 hours PSY 420 3 hours Adolescent Psychology Cognition This course deals with the problems of The scientific study of the cognitive adolescence including peer pressure functions of memory, attention, and conformity, adult-adolescent perception, learning styles, imagery, PSY 450 1-4 hours conflicts, problems growing out of decision making, problem solving, and Directed Research cognitive changes, adjustments to metacognition with application for 111 physical changes, struggles with implementing this information. PSY 461 3 hours Fundamentals of Counseling identity, etc. Current issues such as Prerequisite: 6 hours in psychology. An analysis of the major theories and drug and alcohol use and teen sexuality Offered spring semesters. are discussed. The focus is on a approaches to counseling, correlating practical application of research them with counterpart theories of literature with an integration of biblical personality and learning. Each major PSY 422 3 hours principles. Offered spring semesters. theory is dealt with in the light of Psychological Testing biblical revelation. As a result, the A study of the principles of psychologi- student is encouraged to formulate a PSY 360 1-4 hours cal testing, considering both the tentative theory of counseling consis- Independent Study theoretical and practical foundations tent with biblical truth. Prerequisite: 6 underlying the construction, use, and PSY 390 3 hours hours in psychology including PSY 300. Christian Marriage interpretation of various psychometric Offered fall semesters. A practical and applied course that instruments. The student is given opportunity to administer, score, and integrates psychological literature and PSY 480 1-4 hours biblical teaching in the subject areas of interpret selected instruments. Prereq- Seminar the marriage relationship. These areas uisite: 6 hours in psychology including include marriage foundations, dating PSY 330. Offered spring semesters. PSY 490 1-2 hours and engagement, premarital sexual Honors behavior, singleness, mate selection, PSY 441 3 hours Physiological Psychology IAS 493 4 hours marriage success and satisfaction, love Senior Seminar and infatuation, marriage roles, A study of the neurophysiology communication and conflict, and underlying human behavior. Emphasis divorce. is given to central nervous system mechanisms that mediate sensation, consciousness, learning, motivation, PSY 393 1-4 hours Practicum and emotional behavior. Prerequisite: 6 hours in psychology. Offered spring semesters. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002 SOCIAL W ORK

SOCIAL WORK degree in social work. Graduates are Social Work Courses prepared to apply for state credentialing (licensure, certification, or registration) Chair, Associate Professor Lee; SWK 200 3 hours as a beginning-level social work Associate Professor Harner; Assistant Explorations in Social Work practitioner in most states. Professors Powell, Susan An initial exposure to the field of social work by exploring what social workers Entrance and are, what social workers do, and the Social work is one of the major human settings in which they work. Examina- service professions focused on Graduation tion of the knowledge, value, and skill enhancing the social functioning of Requirements base; practice settings, educational and individuals, families, groups, organiza- Entry into Taylor’s social work educa- career opportunities, and the interrela- tions and communities. Services are tion program begins during the tionships between social work and provided to all people with particular sophomore year when students (1) social welfare in the United States. emphasis on disadvantaged popula- satisfactorily complete the pre-entry Opportunity is given for the student to tions. A variety of practice settings courses SWK 200, 231, SOC 100, and explore his/her own interest in and including hospitals, family and PSY 200; (2) complete a minimum of 30 potential for a career in social work. children’s service agencies, schools, hours of volunteer experience, prefer- Open to all students. residential facilities, health care ably at a social services agency; (3) facilities, home-based services, receive the approval of the social work SWK 231 3 hours business and industry, mental health education department. Social Welfare: Historical Perspectives and Development Follows the development of social welfare efforts from early civilizations to the present time. Focuses on the emergence of the profession of social work. Explores the question: “Am I my brother’s keeper?” in the light of biblical principles. Co-requisite: SWK 200. Offered spring semesters.

SWK 320 3 hours Unleashing the Oppressed This course is designed to provide the student with the necessary knowledge, values, and skills to empower people who fall into “at-risk population” 112 groups. Those groups, who are at-risk for prejudice and discrimination typically include mental disability, developmental disability, women, elderly, sexual orientation, and religious diversity. Open to all students. Offered fall semester of odd years.

agencies, and developmental disabili- Students in the social work major are SWK 330 3 hours ties agencies are used as service expected to complete a minimum of 81 Issues in Aging learning experiences. hours including SWK 200, 231, 351, Overview of aging and gerontology 354, 355, 362, 393, 441, 451, 452, 492; including principles of interaction, The goals of the social work program at one social work elective from SWK 320, application of research, and formulation Taylor are (1) to prepare baccalaureate 330, 340, or 380; SOC 100, 220, 350, of policies. Biological, sociological, and level social workers for beginning-level 355; PSY 200, 300; IAS 493; 10-12 psychological characteristics of later generalist practice, (2) to prepare supporting hours including ECO 190, adult development, the impact of students for graduate social work POS 331, BIO 244 or 243. Attainment environment, and the service delivery education, and (3) to integrate Christian of a minimum 2.5 gpa is required for systems are explored and integrated. principles with professional social work the social work curriculum. Gender, racial, and ethnic issues are values and ethics. The social work addressed, and international perspec- curriculum includes five content areas: The bachelor of arts and bachelor of tive introduced. Open to all students. human behavior and the social science degrees are offered in social Offered fall semester of odd years. environment, practice, policy, research, work. Students considering work in and field instruction. areas that are bilingual are encouraged SWK 340 3 hours to take appropriate language courses. Working with Children Overview of knowledge base important Taylor’s social work program is The bachelor of arts degree requires to effective interactions with children accredited by the Council on Social two years of one foreign language. and adolescents. Socialization, Work Education (CSWE) and offers a development, welfare systems and bachelor of arts (includes language services, legal systems, special requirement) or bachelor of science ACADEMIC PROGRAMS SOCIAL W ORK populations, and international compari- biological, psychological, social, sons are studied. Application to work cultural, and environmental factors in settings are made through readings, human growth and development and role plays, and personal experiences. their relevance and application to social Open to all students. Offered fall work practice. Various theoretical semester of even years. approaches are explored and applica- tions made to a variety of populations. SWK 351 3 hours The impact of culture and chemical Social Work Process and Practice I dependency is integrated throughout. First in a four-course practice sequence Prerequisites: BIO 244, 245; SWK 362, designed to provide the student with 354. Offered fall semesters. the necessary knowledge, values for ethical decision making, and skills to SWK 451 3 hours equip the student for successful Social Work Process and Practice III practice at the generalist social work The third in the four-course generalist practitioner level. Develops under- social work practice sequence. The standing of the nature and process of social work planned change process is social work practice, principles, and applied to communities and organiza- techniques of the change process. tions. Emphasizes integration of policy, Develops the student’s ability for self- practice, and human behavior/social awareness and for understanding the environment issues. The impact of nature of clienthood. Prerequisites: CAS racial and ethnic differences on 110 or 120, SWK 200, SOC 100, and PSY community functioning is addressed, 200. Open only to social work majors. and practical applications are stressed. Offered fall semesters. Prerequisite: SWK 354. Offered fall semesters. SWK 354 3 hours Social Work Process and Practice II SWK 452 3 hours Second in the four-course practice Advanced Social Work Practice sequence. Enables further development Last in the four-course sequence for of generalist social work skills with developing generalist practice skills. various client systems. Areas of group The professional helping relationship dynamics, ethical issues, developmental and interview process are emphasized. levels, and diversity are emphasized. SWK 370 1-4 hours Simulated client-worker situations Participation in a group experience is Selected Topics provide opportunities to practice skills. required. Prerequisite: SWK 351. Employment interviews and strategies Offered spring semesters. SWK 380 3 hours are also discussed. Beginning-level Understanding Death and Dying 113 professional writing skills are devel- Provides a basic introduction to crucial oped through documentation exercises. SWK 355 3 hours issues and biblical principles related to Helping Troubled Families Prerequisite: SWK 354. Offered fall death and dying. Cross-cultural and Introduces family systems theory as semesters. varied other perspectives (victim, well as the history and development of survivor) are explored. The role of family interventions. Presents the social institutions and services to SWK 480 1-4 hours major approaches of working with Seminar persons affected by death and dying is families and provides the opportunity to presented. A contemporary issue role play application of these ap- SWK 490 1-2 hours related to death is researched and proaches. Open to all students. Offered Honors presented. Open to all students. Offered fall semesters. spring semester of even years. SWK 492 12 hours Senior Practicum SWK 360 1-4 hours A professional semester of supervised Independent Study SWK 393 4 hours Junior Practicum field practicum in a social work setting. 480 hours. Prerequisite: Completion of SWK 362 3 hours During the interterm of the junior year, all required courses in the social work Social Policy students spend time in a social work major. Offered spring semesters. Expands upon the concepts developed setting learning how an agency in Social Welfare and Public Policy to functions, how professional social work include social welfare policies that exist practice is implemented, and how the IAS 493 4 hours in today’s society and how they impact professional interacts within an agency. Senior Seminar those most dependent on social This 140 hour field lab provides the programs. Examines social programs student the opportunity for observation in light of the problems they address, and practice. Prerequisites: SWK 351, the service they provide, and their and approval of the Junior Practicum SYSTEMS effectiveness. Addresses contemporary coordinator. Pass-fail only. See Computing and System Sciences. social issues in light of public funding decisions. Prerequisites: POS 331 and SWK 441 3 hours SWK 231. Offered spring semesters. Human Behavior and the Social Environment Focus on the interrelatedness of the ACADEMIC PROGRAMS SOCIOLOGY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

SOCIOLOGY Professional Studies (18 hours): SOC SOC 210 3 hours 361 or 365 (if not used in the major Contemporary Social Problems core), 450; and four 3-hour elective An introduction to the study of social Chair, Associate Professor M. Jessup; problems from several perspectives. Associate Professor Bird courses from SOC 200, 210, 310, 330, 360, 381, 410. This concentration area Problems in areas such as drug abuse, prepares students for graduate work in crime, education, and the family are It is the goal of the sociology depart- sociology. Students concentrate on examined in the light of basic principles ment to prepare students for graduate sociological theory, research methods, of sociology. study, employment, and effective and statistics. Christian participation in a variety of SOC 220 3 hours social settings ranging from the family Ethnic and Minority Issues Applied Sociology and Technology (17- and peer groups to churches and large An analysis of inter-group relations in 18 hours): SOC 420, 450; three 3-hour multinational corporations. the United States. Topics include a electives from SOC 310, 330, 360, 381, consideration of the mechanisms of 393; one 2-3 hour elective from BUA group interaction between dominant Sociology concentrates attention on the 362, BUA 462, IAS 330, PSY 140. BUA and subordinate groups and the basic processes of social interaction 362 and 462 require junior status and experiences and histories of the that result in human personality and BUA 352 as prerequisites. This primary minority groups in the United society. The behavior of humans in concentration provides students with States. groups and organized systems such as critical thinking and research skills the family, work, and government is needed in today’s ever-changing world. studied. Sociology also looks at the It emphasizes the practical uses of SOC 310 3 hours Religion and Society way human behavior is regulated and contemporary social systems. standardized around major societal An examination of the cultural and values as compared with biblical structural influences that guide the The sociology minor requires 18 hours standards and values. forms religion takes in society and the including SOC 100 or 210, 361 or 365, processes through which religious and 12 hours of SOC electives. ideas, behaviors, and institutions are Sociology constructed. Attention is given to the The bachelor of arts degree with a Sociology/Systems sociological theory and research that major in sociology requires two years underlies religious behavior. The bachelor of science degree with a of one foreign language and 38-40 major in sociology/systems consists of hours in the major. The 21-hour the 38-40 hour major requirement and SOC 330 3 hours sociology core includes SOC 100, 220, curriculum requirements in systems Social Change 350, 355, 361 or 365, and IAS 493. In and Social Movements analysis including COS 120, 240 or 250; addition, the major requires 17-19 This course focuses on the basic IAS 330; MAT 151, 382; NAS 240 or hours in one of the following four premises of social change, including the SOC 355; SYS 200, 390, 392, 401 or concentration areas. evolutionary, conflict, and cyclical 114 402; SOC 393 (3-4 hours); six additional theories of social change, and the systems electives from COS 310, COS organized activities of collective Community and Urban Development 320, COS 382, MAT 230, MAT 240, MAT behavior and social movements that (18-19 hours): SOC 410; CUS 312, 322, 372, MAT 392, MAT 412, MAT 431, SYS encourages or discourages social 393; one 3-hour elective course from 210, SYS 394, SYS 401, SYS 402. change. Special attention is given to SOC 210, 310, 330, 360, 381, 420, 450; Courses selected for the six additional the theoretical contributions of the one 3-4 hour elective course from CED hours must be in addition to those structural strain, resource mobilization, 392, POS 331, SWK 320, CUS 310, CUS required elsewhere in the major or and social constructionists’ perspec- 320. This concentration area offers systems. All systems curriculum tives. students the opportunity to learn about courses must be completed with a C- or urban life through classroom study and better. field experience. All students with a SOC 350 4 hours focus on community and urban Social Research Methods Sociology Courses development must complete an An exploration of the primary methods internship at the Christian Center for of social research and data collection. Urban Studies at the Olive Branch SOC 100 3 hours Topics include defining a research Introduction to Sociology Mission in Chicago or the Urban question and design, and data collec- A study of the principles and concepts Semester in Fort Wayne. tion from operationalization to data of sociology in the context of present entry. day social systems. Attention is given Family Studies (18 hours): SOC 381, to major contemporary analyses of SOC 355 4 hours 420; PSY 250; SWK 340, 355; one 3- social events, processes, and institu- Applied Social Statistics hour elective course from SOC 210, tions. An introduction to statistical analysis SOC 310, SOC 330, SOC 360, SOC 393, for social research issues. The course SOC 410, SOC 450, CED 221, PSY 240, SOC 200 3 hours focuses on the uses of statistics, PSY 340, PSY 390, SWK 330, SWK 380. Cultural Anthropology choosing appropriate statistics for a This concentration area is interdiscipli- An introduction to the principles of given problem, and interpreting nary, integrating sociology, psychology, cultural anthropology including the statistical output. SOC 350 is recom- and social work. It focuses on analysis of major anthropological mended as a prerequisite. understanding human behavior through theories and concepts and an examina- the family life cycle. tion of social institutional arrangements in small-scale societies. SOCIOLOGY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

115

SOC 360 1-4 hours SOC 370 1-4 hours SOC 420 3 hours Independent Study Selected Topics Bureaucracy and Formal Organizations SOC 361 3 hours SOC 381 3 hours A study of the social dynamics that History of Social Thought Human Sexuality guide and shape bureaucratic organiza- Primary emphasis is placed upon the and Family Systems tions in modern societies. The class contributions of sociologists since the A study of the changing state of family analyzes the organizational theories time of Comte. The writings and systems in America. The course also and applies them to organizational concepts of leading sociologists in both examines how work, social class, settings. Europe and America are studied. ethnicity, and gender affect family Offered fall semester of even years. structure and function. SOC 450 1-4 hours Directed Research SOC 365 3 hours SOC 393 1-4 hours Contemporary Social Thought Practicum SOC 490 1-2 hours An analysis of social theory as it is Honors practiced today. Building on the SOC 410 3 hours classical works of Marx, Durkheim, Community and Urban Affairs IAS 493 4 hours Senior Seminar Weber, Simmel, and Mead, this course Consideration of problems relating to focuses on how modern sociologists community structure, development, and have incorporated the classical writers process beginning with a historical to explain social developments. Special overview of the development of cities. attention is given to postmodernists, Special emphasis is placed upon the social constructionists, functionalists, interrelationships of various groupings neo-Marxists, neo-Weberians, and within communities, particularly within leading feminist thinkers. the urban scene. A field trip to a major urban center provides “hands-on” learning. Prerequisite: SOC 100, 210, or approval of instructor. 116

ADMISSIONS FINANCES ADMISSIONS

THE APPLICATION Application Procedures cases, students are notified by mail of the committee’s decision. Details Students may apply to Taylor University PROCESS regarding this policy may be obtained anytime after the completion of their from the associate vice president for junior year, but should apply early in enrollment services. Through the Admissions Office, the academic year preceding their prospective students may obtain desired enrollment. Application information on how to become materials may be requested by phone Waiting Pool involved in Taylor’s unique educational or by writing the Admissions Office, Qualified students who have not been experiences, which reinforce scholar- Taylor University, 236 West Reade accepted by February 15 are placed in a ship in the liberal arts tradition, Avenue, Upland, Indiana 46989-1001. waiting pool. If significant cancellations Christian commitment and awareness, occur, students are accepted from the and concern for career development. Application Review waiting pool based on their overall evaluation. Admission to Taylor University involves Secondary School a two-stage process: Preparation Matriculation Fee Applicants to Taylor University should • During the first stage of the review Matriculation fees are required for the have graduated from an accredited process, applications are assessed following terms: secondary school and present satisfac- carefully to determine if they meet tory aptitude test scores. Aptitude test minimum requirements for admission • Fall: All applicants accepted for the scores are used to help interpret a to the university. Qualified students fall semester are required to submit a student’s high school transcript, the then continue to the second stage of $200 matriculation fee ($150 toward primary document in the evaluation of the review process. tuition and $50 housing deposit) that academic potential. Recommendations secures the student’s place in the from a guidance counselor and pastor • During the second stage of the student body and begins the housing are important, as are a student’s process, students from the pool of process. Students not living in univer- achievements in co-curricular activities, qualified applicants are selected for sity housing must submit a $150 but none of these materials are an admission. Selection is based on a matriculation fee. All new students are acceptable substitute for academic comprehensive review of the materials required to live on campus unless they achievement. Applicants should have received. Academic preparedness, are commuting from their parents’ pursued a challenging college prepara- spiritual depth, and unique contribu- home. The matriculation fee deadline tory course load, including four years of tions to the community are important for fall admission is May 1. A new or English, three or four years of math- factors that are considered. readmitted student who cancels prior to ematics, three or four years of labora- May 1 will receive a full refund. tory science, and two years of social science. Two years of foreign language Decisions are recommended. Also encouraged are and Notification • Spring: Students applying for the 117 introductory courses in music and art, spring semester may pay their $200 Prospective students will receive one of skill courses in typing/keyboarding, and matriculation fee anytime after they three types of notification: basic computing. have been accepted. A new or readmit- ted student who cancels prior to • Standard Notification: Students are November 1 will receive a full refund. Required credentials include the notified of their application status by application form, a personal statement February 15 of their senior year. To be of faith, high school transcript (GED • Summer: Students enrolling for considered for this notification date, may also be accepted), recommenda- summer school may pay their matricu- students must have their application tions from a guidance counselor and lation fee of $20 upon notification of completed by January 15. Students are pastor, and aptitude test scores (either acceptance. A new or readmitted encouraged to complete their applica- SAT or ACT). For test scores to be student who cancels prior to the first tion as early as possible. An interview considered official, they must be sent to day of classes will receive a full refund. is required. Students who apply after the Admissions Office either through a January 15 of their senior year are high school guidance counselor or from All refund requests must be submitted considered for admission as space the College Entrance Examination in writing. permits. Board or the American College Testing Service. An official campus visit and personal interview are essential • Early Notification: A select group of Guest Status components of the decision making applicants who have completed their Students are considered guests when process. Interviews and visits must be applications early in the fall (including they are not seeking a degree from completed by January 15 of the an interview) are considered for limited Taylor University and fall into one of applicant’s senior year to be considered fall acceptances. Early notification takes the following categories: in evaluating an application for the place throughout the fall of the February 15 notification. applicants’ senior year. 1. Students who desire to take one or two courses at Taylor for the specific Specific admissions requirements may • Denial: The review committee may purpose of transferring the credit be obtained from the Admissions feel that a student’s success at Taylor is earned to another institution. Office. in question and that a denial is in the best interest of the student. In such ADMISSIONS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

2. Those high school students who See Academic Regulations for informa- pleted recommendation forms, official wish to take college courses and apply tion regarding the transfer of credit to academic records and test scores, these hours to credits-in-escrow. Taylor University. TOEFL scores, an affidavit of support, and a signed Life Together Covenant. 3. Those students who attend one of Credits-in-Escrow the Christian College Consortium International students have to show Junior and senior high school students schools and desire to compliment their evidence of financial support before full may enrich and expand their educa- preparation with course work at Taylor. acceptance can be granted. The Form I- tional experiences by enrolling at Taylor 20 will not be issued until documenta- University on a space available basis tion showing sources of financial 4. Those individuals who wish to take for the fall and spring semesters. support is submitted. International one or two courses solely for the Students may take one or two classes students may work on campus part purpose of self-improvement. per semester. Full college credit is time during the academic year, but the awarded for all courses satisfactorily income generated will not be sufficient completed according to the university’s Guest students may earn no more than to cover education costs. 24 credit hours with this status. established requirements and proce- Transfer credit is not accepted while dures. Escrow credits earned at Taylor the student holds guest status. Students may be transferred to any college. Advanced Placement who wish to apply credits toward a or Credit degree must apply for regular admis- Senior Citizens sion to the university through the by Examination Admissions Office. Program To seek advanced standing or college A senior citizen’s discount is available course credit, an applicant may take an to persons who qualify and complete a Honors Acceptance guest application with the senior citizen This admissions classification is designation. The applicant must register designed for the academically gifted. for the desired courses and pay the Any incoming freshman awarded this appropriate charges at the time of status must have a 3.70 high school registration. Persons sixty years of age grade point average, rank in the top 10 or older may have the senior citizen percent of the student’s graduating designation and the resulting tuition class, and have a combined SAT score discount when taking courses at Taylor. of 1200 or more and/or ACT score of 27 or higher. International Students International students desiring admis- Provisional Acceptance sion should provide the following for 118 This admissions classification is for consideration: applicants who, because of unusual circumstances, do not meet the • TOEFL score of at least 550 on the minimum academic standards for paper-based test or 213 on the regular admission. Students admitted computer-based test. Scores must not under this classification must earn a be more than two years old. When grade point average of 1.70 during the registering, students should indicate first year as a full-time student in order code 1802 to have the scores sent to remain at Taylor. Students accepted directly to Taylor. The TOEFL may be under this classification are given a waived if the student is a citizen of prescribed schedule (less than 15 Great Britain, Australia, Canada, New Advanced Placement Examination hours) and are assigned an advisor Zealand, or the British West Indies or if administered by the College Entrance from the Learning Support Center. the student has studied in one of the Examination Board. Students who have Please contact the Admissions Office above-mentioned countries or in the passed an Advanced Placement for additional information. United States within the last two years Examination may be eligible for and has a good academic record. placement at the next level of the Transfer Students college sequence and may receive college credit if the overall quality of Transfer students must submit the • Certificate showing completion of their performance merits such recogni- standard application form, a high secondary school, including the results tion. Score levels vary between school transcript, a pastor’s recommen- of any examinations. Official English subjects; score levels considered dation, and an official transcript from translations of the certificates are passing may be obtained from the each institution previously attended. required. director of testing. Generally, a B-average is required. In addition, Taylor’s Transfer Verification • SAT or ACT scores. These scores are Form, which includes a request for a Advanced credit may also be gained recommended for students who wish to report of good standing, must accom- through the subject exams of the be considered for merit scholarships. pany the transcript from the last college College Level Examination Program attended. The Transfer Verification (CLEP). Complete information regarding Form is available from the Admissions An application will not be evaluated advanced placement may be secured Office. Standardized test scores are not until the student submits a completed from the director of testing or the required if a full term of college work application (including essays), com- registrar. has been successfully completed. FINANCES

STUDENT EXPENSES Advance Payment must make the minimum payment on the day they register. All returning students are required to pay an advance payment of $100 to Students attending Taylor University are secure their registration for fall Payment of the amount due for each paying only a part of the actual cost of semester. Advance payment is due by term may be handled in one of the their education. Each student receives June 1. Refund of the $100 advance following ways: an educational subsidy to the extent payment to returning students is that the amount billed is less than the granted as follows: through June 30, a institution’s cost of providing the • Payment in full: Required of all full- full refund will be granted; July 1-14, a educational experience. Income from time students unless one of the return of $75 will be given; July 15 and contributions, earnings on the endow- following options is secured. Payment after, no refund will be granted. ment, grants, and other sources offsets in full is required of all students the total cost of a Taylor education in carrying six hours or less. the determination of student costs. College Level Examination Program • Tuition Management Service (TMS): The college reserves the right to This method of payment provides for An examination fee is charged for each increase rates if and when necessary. monthly payments beginning in May, test administered, and an additional June, or July in anticipation of fall cost exists for each hour of college enrollment. There is a nominal one- credit awarded. Annual Costs time fee, and there are no interest Refer to the Taylor University Tuition charges for this service. Full TMS and Fee Schedule for the current costs Advanced guidelines are available from the for an academic year. This publication Controller’s Office. is available in the Controller’s Office. Placement Credit A fee is assessed for each hour of • Special arrangements: Hardship college credit awarded. Other Charges cases must be worked out in writing in Certain classes may require the student advance with the Controller’s Office. to purchase materials for specific Student Insurance projects or may require a basic Taylor University requires all students Additional information may be found in materials charge. These costs vary by to carry health insurance. Taylor the Tuition and Fees Schedule. This course and cover only the materials University facilitates an insurance publication is available in the used by the individual student. Certain program which is available to all Controller’s Office. other charges are assessed for courses students to help meet the requirement. If health insurance is covered via requiring private or special instruction Taylor charges interest based on the another method (i.e. parent coverage or and for administrative costs for special following policy: Any balance of fees other plan), the insurance may be services and transportation. not paid by the due date or deferred waived by written confirmation. 119 pursuant to one of the payment options Coverage is available for single described above will be subject to an students, for husbands and wives, and annual percentage rate of 13 percent. for families. Rates are available upon request from the Controller’s Office. All accounts must be paid in full before a student can attend another academic Late term or receive transcripts or diplomas. Registration A reinstatement fee of $25 is charged Emergency Funds to returning students who have not Two emergency funds are available for registered by the end of the appropriate student use. The Taylor University registration period. Emergency Loan is a short-term loan that permits a student to borrow up to Payment of Bills $300 for a period of 60 days for school- The bill for fall semester is mailed to related purposes. For more information, preregistered students at their perma- contact the Controller’s Office. nent address approximately three weeks prior to the beginning of the fall The Taylor Parents Association raises term. Charges for interterm are financial resources each year to be included on the billing for spring term, allocated for student emergencies. which is mailed approximately two Medical costs not covered by insurance weeks prior to the beginning of and emergency travel in case of death interterm. One copy is mailed on or severe sickness of immediate family campus and one to the permanent are two of the most frequent reasons for address. Preregistered students are allocations of this fund. Other emergency required to make the minimum costs will be considered. Contact the payment two weeks prior to the first dean of students for more information. day of spring semester. To be enrolled in classes, students not preregistered FINANCES TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

University Withdrawal personal resources. Financial aid can extended academic probation and must help many qualified students attend meet the criteria established in the Procedures Taylor regardless of financial circum- Taylor University Satisfactory Academic Withdrawal forms may be secured from stances. Progress Policy. Copies of this policy the receptionist in the Office of Student are available upon request from the Development. The financial aid programs offer Financial Aid Office. Satisfactory assistance to students in need in the academic progress for financial aid In cases of withdrawal of full-time form of scholarships, grants, loans, and applicants/recipients shall be measured students from the university, refunds of employment. Financial aid is awarded both qualitatively and quantitatively. In student charges for tuition and room primarily on the basis of financial need, order to maintain eligibility to receive and board are based on the refund except in the case of merit scholarships financial aid, the maximum time period schedule (exceptions may apply to first- that require superior academic for a full-time student to complete his/ time students receiving financial aid). achievement and ability. If the student’s her course of study shall be the aid package is based on financial need, equivalent of five academic years or until he/she has completed graduation Basic fees are nonrefundable. No the total aid package (including merit requirements of a bachelor’s degree, refund will be given for withdrawals and outside scholarships) cannot whichever period is less. The maximum after the end of the sixth week. exceed the student’s financial need. number of terms students transferring to Taylor University may receive Financial need is defined as the Refunds are based on the total term bill financial aid will be prorated based on difference between a family’s resources and on the date the official withdrawal their entering enrollment status. and the total cost of attending college. form is completed. The matriculation Students enrolled on less than a full- If a difference exists between the total fee and housing deposit are forfeited time basis are subject to the above cost of attending Taylor (including all for students who complete registration standards applied proportionally to tuition, fees, room, board, books, but must withdraw before May 1. Any their credit hour load. deviations from the refund policy are at supplies, and personal expenses) and the discretion of the vice president for the ability of the family to meet these academic affairs and the vice president educational costs, the student is How to Apply for for student affairs. determined to have financial need. An Financial Aid evaluation of financial need includes Students should begin the application consideration of the parents’ and If a student is receiving financial aid, process for financial aid as soon as student’s income and assets, family funds will be returned to the aid possible after January 1. Those only size, and number of family members in source(s) according to the Taylor interested in merit-based programs college. University refund and repayment policy. need not submit any financial aid Copies of this policy (including forms. The Financial Aid Office calculation examples) are available To determine the extent of the student’s automatically awards merit-based 120 upon request from the Financial Aid financial need and the family’s ability to scholarships after receiving the Office. pay for educational expenses, Taylor students’ SAT scores and class rank uses the Free Application for Federal information from the Admissions Office. Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Taylor Refund Schedule University Financial Aid Application. An In order to receive need-based financial Withdrawals analysis of these statements yields the Tuition Room Board aid, these steps must be followed: to the end of amount that the family is expected to *First week 90% Prorated Prorated contribute. 1. Be accepted for admission to Taylor Second week Prorated University. Students may apply for 90% 0% Enrollment in a program of study financial aid prior to their acceptance at abroad — approved for credit by the Third week 75% 0% Prorated Taylor, but financial aid will not be Registrar’s Office for a student’s degree awarded until acceptance is finalized. Fourth week Prorated from Taylor — may be considered 60% 0% Please note that transfer students must enrollment at Taylor as the home indicate Taylor University as a recipient Fifth week 45% 0% Prorated institution for the purpose of applying of their Free Application for Federal for and receiving federal aid. Contact Sixth week 20% 0% Prorated Student Aid (FAFSA) information and the director of financial aid for specific have their financial aid forms post- Seventh week 0% 0% 0% details. to end of semester marked by March 1. * through Monday following the first weekend of the term Students who plan to enroll on a part- 2. Complete the FAFSA as soon as time basis should consult the director possible after January 1 and mail it to of financial aid about the availability of FINANCIAL AID the processor. Also complete the Taylor financial aid programs. It should be University Financial Aid Application and noted that many aid programs require send it directly to the university’s The financial aid programs at Taylor that a student be enrolled full time (a Financial Aid Office. Both forms must be recognize that it is the basic responsi- minimum of 12 credit hours per postmarked by March 1 in order to be bility of students and their families to semester). finance a college education. However, considered for need-based institutional the rising cost of education has made it aid. A certificate of mailing should be To continue to receive need-based necessary for many students to enlist acquired from the post office as proof financial aid, a student cannot be on financial assistance outside their of postmark. Students whose forms are FINANCES

postmarked after this date will only be e. In order for Indiana residents to be top 15 percent of the high school class eligible for the Federal Stafford Loan, considered for state aid, their FAFSA must (or have high school cumulative gpa of Federal Pell Grant, Federal PLUS funds, be postmarked by March 1. No other 3.5/4.0 if the high school class size is and non-need merit-based aid. Please form is required. less than 100 or the high school does also consider the following: not rank its students). It is renewable if In order to receive timely consideration the student maintains a 3.2 gpa. The a. The FAFSA may be picked up in in the awarding of financial aid, please amount is 10 percent to 15 percent of high-school counseling offices or submit the indicated forms and respond tuition. university financial aid offices. The promptly to requests for any additional Taylor University Financial Aid Applica- information or documentation. • Class Merit Awards are given to tion is only available from the Taylor the top 15 students, by gpa, in each Financial Aid Office. grade level who are not already Merit-Based Awards receiving a renewable Taylor University Merit-based awards are presented to b. In order to avoid unnecessary merit scholarship. Awards range from students who demonstrate outstanding delays in processing, the Taylor $500 to $1000 per year. scholarship. Financial need is not Financial Aid Office strongly recom- considered for this type of aid. Taylor mends that a family complete its • Taylor University National Merit provides four different types of these income tax returns before completing Scholarships are awarded to up to awards: the FAFSA. However, if this is not four National Merit Finalists per year. possible, the FAFSA must be completed Awards range from $1000 to $2000 per using estimated tax information in • The President’s Scholarship year. order to meet the deadline. requires a minimum SAT composite of 1300 or ACT score of 29, plus rank within the top 10 percent of the high Need-Based Awards c. The release of information to Taylor school class (or have a high school The FAFSA and Taylor University University should be clearly requested cumulative grade point average of 3.8/ Financial Aid Application determine on the FAFSA (code # 001838). 4.0 if the high school class is less than need-based awards: 100 or the high school does not rank its d. Additional forms may be required in students). It is renewable if the student • The Taylor University Gift Grant is order to receive state aid from Pennsyl- maintains a 3.2 gpa. The amount is 15 given to students with financial need vania, Vermont, Alaska, Rhode Island percent to 25 percent of tuition. who meet individual criteria as or Massachusetts. Students should stipulated by donors. These criteria may check with their high-school guidance • The Dean’s Scholarship requires a include a specific major, gpa, and/or officer regarding which forms are minimum SAT composite of 1200 or area of residence. The total aid package required by their state. ACT score of 27, plus rank within the may not exceed the financial need. 121 FINANCES TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

• The only criterion for the Taylor Other Available Awards National Alumni Council Alumni General Grant is financial need. These Scholarship Students may be eligible for other types awards are in addition to loans and of awards besides the merit-based and James R. Anderson Memorial Endowed earnings from work-study. need-based scholarships: Student Development Internship D.J. Angus-Scientech Most Improved • The maximum amount for the Taylor •A Christian Leadership Scholar- Student Award University Loan is $1,500 per year ship, worth 25 percent of tuition, is according to financial need; repayment Floyd L. Apple Memorial Endowed awarded yearly to twenty incoming with a 7 percent interest rate begins six Scholarship freshmen. Accepted students who have months after the student leaves school. interviewed and completed an applica- Mary Rose Apple Scholarship This long-term, low-interest loan tion for admissions by January 15 are program is designed to assist students Rev. Alfred H. Backus Memorial considered for selection. Selection is who demonstrate financial need as Scholarship based on leadership experience determined by the FAFSA and Taylor determined by the application and Bahamian Student Scholarship University Financial Aid Application. interview. This scholarship is renewable Steve Barnett Award Repayment and interest on this loan with a 3.0 gpa and continued involve- begin after a student ceases to be Lawrence W. and Mary E. Bauer ment in specified leadership activities. enrolled on at least a half-time basis at Endowed Scholarship Taylor. These loans, which are made Robert and Margaret Behnken Family possible through the generous contribu- • The Church Matching Grant Annual and Endowed Scholarships tions of alumni and friends of Taylor, enables Taylor University to match 100 are listed below: percent of a church’s gift to a student, Robert P. Benjamin and Family Merit with Taylor’s maximum match totaling Scholarship $750. Bourquard-Caffray Student Loan Fund Evan H. Bergwall, Sr. Memorial Scholarship Roger Brague Compton Loan • Enrollment Awards of varying Computer and System Sciences amounts are given to students who Leland E. Boren Endowed Scholarship Department Loan Fund demonstrate exceptional ability in Bosnian Student Scholarship music, drama, or athletics. Rev. and Mrs. Harold Dakin Memorial Bowker/Kuhne Foundation Scholarship Loan Fund William and Margaret Braden • The Ethnic Student Scholarship, Daniel Dame Student Loan Scholarship worth 25 percent of tuition, is awarded Nelva Snider Dober Loan Fund yearly to 10 incoming freshmen. The James M. Bragan Memorial Scholarship G. Harlowe Evans Student Loan Fund Admissions Office coordinates the Dr. David H. Brewer Memorial Annual selection process. The scholarship is Giggy Memorial Student Loan Scholarship renewable with a 2.0 cumulative gpa. 122 Indiana Federation of Clubs Fund Arland V. Briggs Memorial Scholarship International Loan • The International Scholarship, Virgil and Gladys Broyles Memorial Peavy-Barnett Student Loan worth 25 percent of tuition, is awarded Scholarship yearly to six incoming freshmen. The Raymond E. and Garnet I. Rice P. Freeman and Mary Kay Burkhalter Admissions Office coordinates the Memorial Student Loan Fund Memorial Endowed Scholarship selection process. The scholarship is Schleicher-Utley Student Loan Fund renewable with a 2.0 cumulative gpa. Walter and Jessie Cain Endowed Scholarship ServiceMaster Student Incentive Loan Robert M. and Arthur D. Stewart • Music Scholarships are awarded to Charlotte Knox Canida Award Memorial Loan Fund students majoring in music who display Charles W. Carter Award special talent with musical instruments Elmer H. Stockman Loan Fund or voice and who show promise of Riley and Ruth Case Endowed Elizabeth Studabaker Student Loan superior accomplishments in this field. Scholarship Fund Students interested in applying should Lena Chalfant Memorial Grant contact the chair of the music depart- Taylor Student Organization Loan Fund Paul K. Chan Annual Scholarship ment. Linton A. Wood Student Loan Fund Albert T. Chapman and Mildred S. Chapman Endowed Scholarship • To qualify for Taylor University Annual and Endowed Chemistry Department Merit Employment a student generally must Scholarships Scholarship demonstrate financial need. Exceptions A number of scholarships are available include personnel assistants in through the generous contributions of Chi Alpha Omega Scholarship residence halls or students who possess alumni and friends of Taylor. Students Benita Y. Chiu Annual Scholarship required skills, such as computer applying for financial aid are automati- Christian Women in Business Merit knowledge. cally considered for these scholarships. Scholarship A complete listing is as follows: Circle of Friends Endowed Scholarship James Alspaugh and Nelle Alspaugh Class of 1941 Endowed Scholarship Hodson Family Endowed Scholarship FINANCES

Friendship Guild Scholarship Raymond Wayne and Lois A. Futrell Annual Scholarship Howard M. and V. Anne Garver Scholarship General Scholarship Vickie George Scholarship George Glass Endowment Fund Irlene S. Glenn Memorial Scholarship Aileen Gortner Memorial Scholarship Robert V. Gortner Endowed Scholarship Grace Educational Assistance Grant Granitz-Nelson Award Grant County State Bank Scholarship Gladys Millard Greathouse Scholarship Jeanette Groff Music Scholarship Catherine Hill Grostic Annual and Endowed Scholarships Ron and Anita Habegger Endowed Scholarship Naomi and Adolf Hansen Endowed Scholarship Avis M. Hassel Memorial Annual and Endowed Scholarships Lowell E. And Virginia G. Hatfield Endowed Scholarship Elaine Heath Memorial Music Scholarship Fund

Class of 1943 Endowed Scholarship Dillon-Long Memorial Endowed Jane and Gerald Hodson Scholarship 123 Scholarship Class of 1945 Endowed Scholarship J. Arthur Howard Scholarship Nancy DeLay Dodge Memorial Wilbur M. Cleveland Memorial Indianapolis Community Fellowship Endowed Scholarship Scholarship Ministries, Inc. Annual Award Ralph and Eunice Dodge Memorial Wilbur M. Cleveland Memorial Student Alyce C. Isaacsen Award Annual and Endowed Scholarships Alumni Internship B. Isely Memorial Scholarship Rebecca Ellenwood Memorial Endowed Cobbs Ministerial Endowed Scholarship Fund Ruth Warten Iten Memorial Endowed James Coburn Track Award Scholarship John M. Ellis Memorial Scholarship Russell and Gladys (Flickinger) Coe Fern I. Jackson Memorial Scholarship Enterprise Group Annual and Endowed Annual and Endowed Scholarships Scholarships Warren Bennett Jacobus Memorial John Baxter Coffey Memorial Scholarship Endowed Scholarship G. Harlowe Evans Chemistry Scholarship Communication Arts Department Merit Rev. Abram Jaggers Memorial Joyce S. Evans Memorial Scholarship Scholarship Scholarship Faculty and Staff Auxiliary Award Computer Science Merit Scholarship Andrew W. Jarboe Memorial Scholarship Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Jay and Phyllis Conrad Endowed Chapel Charles H. and Wilma Dykeman Scholarship Fund Jennings Memorial Scholarship Ruth M. Flood Alumni Dependent Raymond and Marjorie Cooper Robert A. Johnson Award Scholarship Endowed Scholarship David Jones Memorial Scholarship William R. Forgy Memorial Endowed Cox Family Scholarship The Ruth (Prosser ’40) and Clifford R. Scholarship Rose Stanley Cozzens Fund (Sara Long Keizer Endowed Scholarship Rev. Jesse Fox Memorial Endowed Trust) Scholarship Kenyan Students Scholarship Marion L. Crawley Memorial Award Betty Freese Alumni Student Internship Jack W. King Missionary Endowed Croatian Student Scholarship Scholarship Robert J. Freese, Sr. Memorial Endowed Cup of Water Endowed Scholarship Scholarship FINANCES TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Jack W. King Student Missions Brad Newlin Memorial Scholarship Donald Leon Roye Memorial Endowed Scholarship Scholarship Diane Newman Memorial Scholarship Philip K. Kroeker Annual and Endowed Don and Shirley Ruegsegger Mary Cheung Shee Ng Memorial Scholarships Scholarship Endowed Scholarship Hazel R. Lamott Memorial Endowed Jennafer T. Ruehlman Memorial Vernon and Joan Northrope Endowed Scholarship Endowed Scholarship Scholarship Lange Scholarship Gene L. And Nancy A. Rowley Rupp Henry and Nettie Norvelle Memorial Endowed Scholarship Herbert G. and Jennie E. Andrews Lee Scholarship Memorial Scholarship Nancy A. Rowley Rupp Endowed Music Don and Bonnie Odle Endowed Scholarship Fred A. Lennertz Endowed Scholarship Scholarship Wally and Bobbie Scea Endowed Lord’s Servants Endowed Scholarship Walter and Anna Skow Oliver Memorial Scholarship Fund Scholarship Francis Schaeffer Memorial Scholarship Wendell and Jean Lowe Endowed Grace D. Olson Memorial Scholarship Scholarship Science Faculty Merit Scholarship Lawrence and Lucille Oman Home Fred and Elaine Luthy Endowed Missions Endowed Scholarship Gerald J. Seagley and Waunetta B. Scholarship Seagley Scholarship Marion Miller Overhiser Memorial Lyford Cay Foundation Endowed Scholarship Richard A. Seaman Endowed Financial Training Program Macy Memorial Endowed Scholarship Howard and Relda Pearson Endowed Scholarship Second Center Olson Scholarship Zach and Erma Mahorney Annual Scholarship Physics Alumni Foundation Merit ServiceMaster Business Incentive Scholarship Endowed Scholarship Masvero Family Annual Scholarship Pikes Peak Christian Church Memorial ServiceMaster Endowed Scholarship Masvero Family Endowment Endowed Scholarship Lon and Ruth Setser Music Endowed Mathematics Alumni Scholarship Elisabeth Poe Endowed Scholarship Scholarship Rosselle McKinney Scholarship Pollard Phonics Education Laboratory Alice M. Shippy Memorial Award William C. McLennan Memorial Endowed Fund Alice M. Shippy Memorial Student Paul and Evelyn Mendenhall Endowed Poplar Run Church Memorial Alumni Internship Scholarship Scholarship Herman David Shore Memorial Mephibosheth Endowed Scholarship Lucille F. Popp Endowed Scholarship Endowed Scholarship Fund 124 Precision Scholarship Fund Cleo H. Skelton Scholarship Robert and Coleen Midwood Presser Foundation Scholarship Barry W. Smith Social Work Scholarship Scholarship Patricia Anne Priess Memorial Peggy L. Smith Memorial Award Phillip M. Miller Memorial Scholarship Scholarship Sharon Hicks Smith Annual Scholarship Rosell Stewart Miller Memorial Randall Environmental Research Fund Endowed Scholarship Soderquist Family Annual Scholarship Reade Center Faculty and Staff Betty Mitchell Endowed Art Scholarship Miriam Burton Squire Memoral Scholarship Scholarship English Bonter Mitchell Grant Reader’s Digest Foundation Scholarship Leon and Alma Stanley Memorial William A. Mitchell Memorial Endowed Milo A. Rediger Award/Marion Kiwanis Scholarship Scholarship Milo A. Rediger Scholarship William J. Stapleton Memorial William Montgomery Memorial Annual Scholarship Scholarship Rediger/Vernier Alumni Dependent Scholarship Steyer Memorial Endowed Scholarship Luella Moore Memorial Scholarship Religion and Philosophy Merit Stone/Hite Endowed Scholarship for Sammy Morris Memorial International Scholarship International Students Student Scholarship Doris E. Reynolds and Edith Ross Stone/Hite Family Endowed Paul A. Mortenson Scholarship Reynolds Memorial Endowed Scholarship Muncie District-United Methodist Scholarship Robert L. Stoops Memorial Scholarship Church Scholarship Garnet I. Rice Alumni Dependent Marvin and Mary Ella Stuart Mutual Security Life Insurance Scholarship Scholarship Company Scholarship Paul and Jennifer (Dorenbos) Ritchie John F. Summers and Son Memorial James and Sandra Nassar Award Scholarship Scholarship Margaret E. and Judy R. Neeley Ritchie Family Annual Scholarship Robert E. Sutherland, Jr. Annual and Memorial Scholarship Isaac N. Ritenour Scholarship Endowed Scholarships Greg Nelson Family Music Endowed Wally and Marlene Roth Endowed Taylor Alumni/Lilly Employee Annual Scholarship Scholarship and Endowed Scholarships FINANCES

Taylor Association of Business Students Grants Repayment begins 60 days after the Scholarship final disbursement of each academic Anyone may apply for the following year. Federal PLUS has a variable Taylor Football Donor Grant Endowed grants by completing the Free Applica- interest rate capped at 9 percent. It may Fund tion for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA): be sought via the Financial Aid Office. Taylor-Southeastern U.S. Scholarship Fund • The Federal Pell Grant is based on financial need as determined by the Work Taylor Student Organization Leadership FAFSA. It offers a maximum of $3,300 Federal Work Study is based on Scholarship per year (amount subject to change on financial need as determined by the Taylor University Alumni Dependent a yearly basis). FAFSA. Students are allowed to earn a Scholarship maximum of $1,800 per year. Taylor University Board of Trustees • The Federal Supplemental Assistance Fund Educational Opportunity Grant is State Aid based on financial need as determined Taylor University Parents Association Students from Indiana may qualify for by the FAFSA. It replaces the Taylor Endowed Scholarship the following: General Grant. A maximum of $4,000 Jere L. Truex Memorial Endowed per year is provided. st Scholarship • The 21 Century Scholarship is based on financial need as determined Gus and Joan Vandermeulen Family Loans by the FAFSA. It provides a maximum Endowed Scholarship Anyone may apply for the following of $3,530 per year (amount subject to Wallace Family Scholarship loans by completing the appropriate change on yearly basis). applications: Raymond and Vivian Watson Memorial Endowed Scholarship • The Higher Education Grant is • The Federal Perkins Loan is based based on financial need as determined Naomi L. and Russell H. Weber on financial need as determined by the by the FAFSA. It provides a maximum Endowed Scholarship FAFSA. It loans a maximum of $1,500 $3,578 per year (amount subject to Rev. and Mrs. Robert R. Weed Memorial per year according to financial need. change on yearly basis). Scholarship Repayment begins nine months after Rodah and Marshall Welch Endowed the student leaves school. A 5 percent • The Freedom of Choice Grant is interest rate is charged. Taylor Univer- Scholarship based on financial need as determined sity awards the loan, which must be by the FAFSA. It offers a maximum of John and Helen Wengatz Missionary Kid signed for every year it is received. $4,940 per year (amount subject to Scholarship change on yearly basis). Marjorie (MacKellar) and Percival • The Subsidized Stafford Loan is a Wesche Endowed Scholarship bank loan, and a separate application The following states offer applicable 125 Samuel L. Westerman Scholarship must be completed. It is based on state grants: financial need as determined by the Jim Wheeler Memorial Fund FAFSA. The loan provides a maximum Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, White/Quinn Family Memorial of $2,625 per year for freshmen, $3,500 Alaska, Rhode Island, and Vermont Scholarship per year for sophomores, and $5,500 state grants are awarded to students per year for juniors and seniors, Richard E. Whitenack Memorial even if they attend out-of-state depending on financial need. Repay- Scholarship colleges. These grants are based on ment begins six months after the financial need as determined by the Emil N. And Gertrude E. Winquist student leaves school. This loan has a FAFSA and/or on additional forms. Memorial Endowed Scholarship variable interest rate that is capped at 8.25 percent. It is available through Ernest M. and Alma M. Yerks Endowed applications provided by the Financial Scholarship Aid Office. To insure disbursement for Daryl R. And Joenita K. Yost Student the August payment, applications must Endowed Scholarship be in the Financial Aid Office by July 1. Gladys I. Young Endowed Scholarship Daniel Yutzy Memorial Endowed • The Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Scholarship Loan is not based on financial need. Interest payment is required from the Gordon and Ruth Zimmerman Family date of disbursement. Otherwise, it Golf Scholarship operates the same as a subsidized loan. It cannot exceed maximum loan limits Federal Aid when combined with a subsidized loan. Anyone may apply for federal aid by completing the Free Application for • The Federal PLUS (Parent Loan) is Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). a bank loan, and a separate application must be completed. It is not based on financial need and may not exceed the cost of attendance minus other aid. 126

STUDENT AFFAIRS STUDENT AFFAIRS

OBJECTIVES OF ive of Taylor’s strategic educational and STUDENT AFFAIRS institutional planning.

• To provide an intercollegiate athletic Student Affairs is comprised of the competition through which the student offices of Admissions, Athletics, athlete can be developed, tested, and Financial Aid, and Student Develop- encouraged to achieve his/her ment. The programs offered from these maximum physical, emotional, offices seek to insure and promote each intellectual, and spiritual potential. student’s sense of belonging and personal growth and development at Taylor University. Beginning with the ATHLETICS recruitment of capable and coachable minds and hearts and culminating in a The university recognizes and accepts proactive career development program, the educational, social, and promo- each of the varied components of tional impact the athletic program has Student Affairs enhances the academic on the institution and its constituency. thrust of the university. Athletics is an integral part of the “whole person” education at Taylor Student Affairs is commited to the University. The athletic program following objectives: which are detailed complements the institution in its as follows: mission of “educating men and women for lifelong learning and for ministering the redemptive love of Jesus Christ to a • To provide the environment, world in need.” resources, and programs that maximize the potential for Christian students to grow in their understanding and The total development of the student expression of their Christian faith. athlete is paramount in the organiza- tion and implementation of the athletic program. Participation in intercollegiate • To provide programs that promote Intramural athletics provides an arena whereby the ethnic and cultural understanding. student athlete may be developed, Athletics Program tested, and encouraged to achieve The Intramural Athletics Program, • To provide professional counseling maximum physical, emotional, coordinated by Intercollegiate Athletics, and health care services for students. intellectual, and spiritual potential. The provides a wide variety of activities for goal, through competition, is to assist meeting the recreational and competi- 127 • To create a Residence Life program and support student athletes in their tive needs of the entire Taylor student that encourages personal growth and understanding of a Christian response body. Team events include both a fosters the practice of the Life Together to a fundamental human experience. men’s and a women’s league for flag Covenant. football, soccer, and basketball; coed leagues exist for volleyball and softball. Intercollegiate Many other individual tournaments, • To provide safe, attractive, and such as pool, ping-pong, badminton, comfortable housing facilities for Athletics and racquetball, are held for both men students. Intercollegiate sports for men include baseball, basketball, cross-country, and women. football, golf, soccer, tennis, and track • To provide wellness programs, and field. Women compete in basket- Taylor’s Intramural Athletics Program experiences, and information that help ball, cross-country, soccer, softball, has extraordinarily high participation students to live healthy and balanced tennis, track and field, and volleyball. rates. For example, flag football alone lives. has over 800 men and women partici- National/Conference pants each year. Residence hall • To provide a campus community that competition has been the driving force is safe and secure for students. Affiliations behind these high numbers. Intramural Taylor holds membership in the sports have proven to be a great outlet • To provide orientation services that National Association of Intercollegiate from the pressures of college life and will aid students in their transition to Athletics (NAIA). The men and women have developed into a great social Taylor University and college life. compete in the Mid-Central Conference activity for the majority of the student (MCC). The MCC consists of Bethel, body. Goshen, Grace, Huntington, St. Francis, • To assist students with career Indiana Wesleyan, Marian, and Taylor— planning that will result in professional all Indiana colleges. Football competes STUDENT preparation for placement. in the Mid-State Football Association DEVELOPMENT (MSFA). • To insure a student body profile, both in numbers and quality, that is support- Student Development designed its program to embrace a diversity of interests and to use that diversity to STUDENT AFFAIRS TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

challenge and strengthen the minds Campus Ministries Counseling Center and spirits of each member of the The Office of Campus Ministries is The Counseling Center offers students student body. committed to the strategic task of professional counseling services on a helping students to develop a growing no-fee basis. Individual counseling, Programs specifically designed to intimacy with God—knowing Him and groups, workshops, and educational enrich and support the classroom loving Him. Chapel meets each Monday, programs are available. Care is given to experience enhance the student’s Wednesday, and Friday and includes approach all of life in the context of a “whole person” development. Resi- two weeks for spiritual renewal, a week biblical worldview. The Counseling dence Life’s program is based on a emphasizing cross-cultural missions, Center is located on the lower level of wellness model that includes the and a relational enrichment week. the Rediger Auditorium in the Center spiritual, intellectual, emotional, Students are encouraged to attend a for Student Development. Students are physical, social, and vocational local church. A campus-wide Sunday seen by appointment and also on an dimensions of a student’s life. Addi- evening worship service is provided. emergency basis. Referrals can also be tional programs are in place for made to other qualified Christian leadership development, campus The Discipleship Program on campus professionals in the area. ministries, career development, provides discipleship coordinators in counseling, orientation, health and each residence hall. An important part wellness, student activities, and Leadership of this ministry is a small group campus safety. program committed to the goals of Development/New Bible study, quality burden-bearing/ Student Orientation sharing fellowship, mutual prayer, and Taylor University’s student leadership group outreach projects. development program is nationally recognized among Christian colleges Campus Safety and has a rich history of providing students with the opportunity to The Campus Safety Office provides a develop their leadership skills through variety of services to the students, involvement in various activities. The faculty, and staff of Taylor University. purpose of the program is development The university employs full- and part- of leadership skills. Our intent is to time officers to provide 24-hour security expose every student to leadership and law enforcement services. The theory and practice through new director of campus safety works in student orientation with more inten- conjunction with local, state, and tional refinement through involvement federal law enforcement agencies to in the leadership program. ensure a safe campus environment. The Campus Safety Office also oversees the 128 campus motor pool, identification card, Approximately 500 students are lost and found, emergency telephone, involved in a wide variety of leadership motor vehicle registration, and parking positions each year. Students learn programs. Taylor University complies about leadership concepts and practices with the Crime Awareness and Campus through training and mentoring for Security Act of 1990. specific student leadership positions, attendance at a variety of campus American Ethnic seminars and workshops with leader- Career Development and International ship themes, and attendance at The The Career Development Office assists National College Student Leadership Student Programs students in determining their career Conference hosted on our campus each The purpose of the offices of American interests and broadening their aware- spring. Ethnic and International Student ness of the numerous opportunities Programs is to facilitate the academic available through a liberal arts success, spiritual development, and education. Updated career and job Residence Life social well being of American ethnic information is available on corpora- Taylor University is a residential and international students. The tions, chambers of commerce, Christian campus with a strong emphasis on intention of these offices is to provide ministries, agencies, and public and community living. The purpose of the an environment in which students are private schools. Assistance is provided Residence Life program is to provide assured support as well as advocacy in interviewing, resume writing, safe, attractive, and comfortable relative to their unique concerns and developing credential files and physical facilities, structured educa- are encouraged to engage in programs employment correspondence, and tional programming, and an atmo- designed to affirm their ethnicity and researching organizations. This office sphere conducive to unstructured cultural backgrounds. The offices also also assists students seeking employ- learning experiences. In addition, implement educational opportunities to ment by scheduling recruiters for Residence Life seeks to create an promote diversity awareness through- campus visits and conducting off environment that fosters the basic out the campus community and campus interview days in conjunction values of Christian community. The cultivate reciprocal relationships with with other Indiana liberal arts colleges. residence halls serve as living-learning community leaders in order to establish centers where students are challenged student support linkages between local to grow and apply their faith through communities and Taylor University. interaction with their neighbors. As STUDENT AFFAIRS

living-learning centers, residence halls transfer students are required to live in senior class president serves as a at Taylor are designed to fulfill two the residence halls for a minimum of representative to the National Alumni goals: the first is to provide a commu- one semester. Married students have Council. nity living experience through which the option of living in university-owned students are exposed to a variety of Fairlane Apartments or in other Student Organizations educational opportunities that tran- approved off-campus housing. Excep- For students with specialized interests, scend their chosen courses; second, tions to this housing policy will be there are various clubs with social, they provide the resources and considered in cases of need, unusual practical, and academic benefits. These professional staff necessary to assist health problems (certified by Health clubs include organizations in the students in developing a high degree of Services), and/or a significant age natural sciences, social sciences, radio, self-direction and responsible citizen- difference between the student and the music, languages, and preprofessional ship. general age range of the student body. areas. Dramatic, athletic, cultural, and Appeals should be submitted in writing political groups also exist to add vitality to the Center for Student Development. There are seven residence halls on to the life of the university. campus that house 1456 students. The halls have different room and floor Off-Campus configurations, affording students the Housing Information Taylor World Outreach Taylor World Outreach (TWO) empha- opportunity to choose a living environ- While Taylor has adopted a residential sizes practical experience in ministry ment that best suits them. Room philosophy of housing, it is often and leadership. Seven student-led assignments are made prior to the necessary to supplement our housing departments are committed to leader- beginning of the fall term. Room and facilities by utilizing housing in the ship development and outreach: roommate preferences are honored community. Approval to live off campus Community Outreach, Habitat for within the limits of available space. is granted to the number of students Humanity, Lighthouse (sponsoring The university reserves the right to enrolled who cannot be accommodated interterm mission trips), Taylor assign rooms when deemed appropri- in the residence halls. The number of Christian Artists, World Christian ate. Individual rooms are furnished with students approved to live off campus is Fellowship, World Opportunities Week, window coverings, beds, mattresses, always based on the projected enroll- and Youth Conference. desks, chairs, and dressers. ment. Application for such housing is made through the Center for Student Each residence hall has a leadership Development. Seniors will be given Wellness and team that includes the personnel preference in the off-campus approval assistants, discipleship coordinators, process. Students living outside the Health Services hall council, and a representative that college residence halls may not change Taylor University Wellness and Health serves on student senate. These student their place of residence without first Services is a nurse-directed facility with leaders are supervised by residence hall receiving permission from the Center a staff of seven nurses. It contracts with directors who work as educators, for Student Development. All students a local hospital for a part-time physi- counselors, and as members of the have the same responsibilities and are cian. The facility is equipped with seven 129 Taylor University faculty. expected to observe the same regula- beds to accommodate overnight tions that apply to resident students. admissions. On-Campus A full-time student pays a health Housing Information Student Programs service fee each semester and inter- Students who have been admitted to The purpose of the Office of Student term. This fee may be waived only if Taylor University and have paid the Programs/Leadership Development is the student is married, a commuter, or $200 matriculation fee will receive to complement academic programs and studying away from campus. In order residence hall application material from other cocurricular programs of study for this fee to be removed from the bill the Center for Student Development. and enhance the overall educational of the eligible student, a waiver must This material is to be completed and experience of students. The academic be obtained from Health Services and returned to the Center for Student year at Taylor is complemented by a signed by the end of the second week Development before housing assign- variety of social functions including of classes each semester. No health ments will be made. Of the $200 professional entertainment, a contem- services are offered to summer school matriculation fee, $50 is applied toward porary Christian music concert series, students. a housing deposit and is returned when films, banquets, special weekends (such a student leaves Taylor or cancels on as Homecoming and Parents’ Week- Students are responsible for notifying acceptance (see refund policy). end), student variety and talent shows, their professors when class is missed Charges for damage to residence hall and leadership conferences. property and other university-adminis- due to illness. The Health Service staff will not issue written, excused ab- tered facilities are deducted from this Student Government housing deposit. sences. Students participate in the government of Taylor University through the Taylor All single undergraduate students must Student Organization (TSO), student- live in a university-owned residence faculty committees, and personal hall or in the home of their parents. In interaction with faculty and administra- the event that the residence halls are tors. The president of TSO is a member filled, community housing will be of the University Cabinet (the available to upperclassmen that have President’s Advisory Council). The been approved to move off campus. All 130

UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Officers of the Board

Paul D. Robbins Chairman Kenneth Flanigan, Jr. Vice Chairman James H. Woods Secretary Roger E. Beaverson Treasurer Theodore F. Brolund Assistant Treasurer for Endowments

Board Members

David J. Gyertson Department of Environmental Health, President, Taylor University Term expires 2001: Harvard University Upland, Indiana R. David Boyer School of Public Health Attorney at Law Lexington, Massachusetts Term expires 2000: Helmke Beams Boyer & Wagner LaRita R. Boren Fort Wayne, Indiana Kenneth Flanigan, Jr. Vice President Robert C. Gilkison Managing Partner Avis Industrial Corporation St. Charles Building Partners; Chairman Upland, Indiana Director of Development Gilkison Patterson The Evangelical Alliance Mission Investment Advisors, Inc. Beverly Jacobus Brightly Elmhurst, Illinois Alexandria, Virginia Senior Program Associate J. Paul Gentile U.S. Department of Education Richard W. Gygi Physician Manassas Park, Virginia President Leo, Indiana CPS Corporation Theodore F. Brolund Franklin, Tennessee Retired President Arthur K. Muselman W.A. Whitney Co. Jerry Horne Director Emeritus Dynamic Resource Group 131 Rockford, Illinois Chief Executive Officer Berne, Indiana Manpower Temporary Services Wellington Chiu of Western Michigan Fred S. Stockinger Managing Member Holland, Michigan Chiu Capital LLC Clinical Professor, Division of Windermere, Florida G. Roselyn Kerlin Cardiothoracic Surgery, The Ohio State University Christian Laywoman Mansfield, Ohio John R. Horne Danville, Indiana Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer Paul D. Robbins Emeriti Navistar International Executive Vice President Transportation Corporation and Chief Operating Officer Board Members St. Charles, Illinois Christianity Today, Inc. West Chicago, Illinois Ted W. Engstrom V. Donald Jacobsen President Emeritus President and Chief Executive Officer, Paul A. Steiner World Vision Outreach Health Care, Inc. Chairman of the Board, Bradury, California Dunwoody, Georgia Brotherhood Mutual Insurance Company Fort Wayne, Indiana Marta Gabre-Tsadick Carl W. Moellering President President Mark D. Taylor I.T.G. Commercial Trading; Moellering Management Company, Inc. President Executive Director Fort Wayne, Indiana Tyndale House Publishers Project Mercy; Wheaton, Illinois Richard Russell Vice President President Term expires 2002: Hel Mar Russell Homes, Inc. Fort Wayne, Indiana Roger E. Beaverson General Contractors and Land Developers Certified Public Accountant Richard W. Halfast Grosse Pointe Farms, Michigan Indianapolis, Indiana Retired Surgeon James H. Woods Rochester, Indiana Joseph D. Brain General and Vascular Surgeon Drinker Professor Carl W. Hassel Milwaukee General and Vascular Surgery of Environmental Physiology, Consultant Hartland, Wisconsin Chair Farmington Hills, Michigan UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

John O. Hershey Vice Presidents Art W. Mahan Retired Chairman of Board Associate Vice President and President for Information Resources Milton Hershey School Robert D. Hodge Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania Vice President for Planning, Stephen R. Mortland Strategic Initiatives, and Technology Associate Vice President William E. Pannell for Enrollment Services Professor of Preaching Dwight Jessup and Special Assistant to the President, Vice President for Academic Affairs Ronald B. Sutherland Fuller Theological Seminary and Dean of the University Associate Vice President and Controller Altadena, California Wynn A. Lembright L. Marshall Welch Vice President for Student Affairs ACADEMIC President L.M. Welch & Associates, Inc. Gene L. Rupp ADMINISTRATION Georgetown, Texas Vice President for Development

Paul W. Wills Dwight Jessup Allan J. Smith Vice President for Academic Affairs and Chairman Vice President for Business and Finance Toledo World Terminals Dean of the University Birmingham, Alabama Terry S. Wise Stephen S. Bedi Vice President Associate Vice President for Academic Samuel F. Wolgemuth for Adult and Continuing Studies President Emeritus, Affairs and Dean of the Upland Campus Youth for Christ International Daryl R. Yost Arlington Heights, Illinois Ronald M. Sloan Senior Vice President and Chief Associate Vice President Operating Officer of the Fort Wayne Paul Zurcher for Academic Affairs and Campus President, Zurcher’s Tire, Inc. Dean of the Fort Wayne Campus Monroe, Indiana Kimberly R. Spragg Assistant to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Coordinator of Off-Campus/ International Studies Programs

LaGatha Adkison University Registrar

Division of Business

132 Christopher Bennett Associate Dean and Chair; Business, Accounting, and Economics Department

Division of Education

Donald Taylor Associate Dean

Carl Siler Director of Teacher Education

Cynthia Tyner Chair, Education Department

Donald Taylor Chair, Physical Education and Human UNIVERSITY Associate Performance Department ADMINISTRATION Vice Presidents Division of Fine and Applied Arts President Stephen S. Bedi Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Upland Campus David J. Gyertson Jessica Rousselow Associate Dean President Walter E. Campbell Associate Vice President for Student Jessica Rousselow Chancellor Development and Dean of Students Acting Chair, Communication Arts Department Joyce E. Helyer Jay Kesler Associate Vice President Chancellor for Development UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY

Albert Harrison Chair, Music Department

Rachel Smith Chair, Visual Arts Department

Division of General Studies and Academic Support

Winfried Corduan Associate Dean for General Education

R. Edwin Welch Director of Academic Support Services

James Kleist Director of Educational Technology Center

Barbara Davenport Learning Services and Student/Athlete Academic Support Specialist Division of FACULTY Billie Manor Social Sciences Director of Learning Support Center Faculty of Instruction Director of Zondervan Library R. Philip Loy The year appearing immediately after Associate Dean each name indicates the first year of full- time service at Taylor. Division of Letters Roger Jenkinson Chair, Geography Department H. Leon Adkison, 1974. Professor of Faye Chechowich Systems. BS, Texas Christian University, Associate Dean William Ringenberg Chair, History Department 1964; MS, Texas Christian University, Michael Harbin 1968; PhD, Texas Christian University, Chair; Biblical Studies, Christian Stephen Hoffmann 1970. Chair, Political Science Department Education, and Philosophy Department 133 Felix Aguilar, 1999. Associate Beulah Baker Mark Cosgrove Chair, Psychology Department Professor of Computing and System Chair, English Department Sciences. BS, Virginia Polytechnic Janet Loy Twyla Lee Institute and State University, 1967; MS, Chair, Social Work Department Chair, Modern Languages Department Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Michael Jessup University, 1969; MS, Virginia Polytech- Division of Chair, Sociology Department nic Institute and State University, 1973; PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Natural Sciences State University, 1976. STUDENT AFFAIRS William Klinger ADMINISTRATION Alexandria J. Armstrong, 1997. Associate Dean Associate Professor of Education. AA, San Diego Mesa College, 1980; BA, San John Moore Wynn A. Lembright Diego State University, 1982; MA, San Chair, Biology Department Vice President for Student Affairs Diego State University, 1983; EdD, Daniel Hammond Walter E. Campbell University of Northern Colorado, 1988. Chair, Chemistry Department Associate Vice President for Student Development and Dean of Students Beulah P. Baker, 1979. Professor of Timothy Diller Chair, Computing and David B. Bireline English. BA, Spring Arbor College, System Sciences Department Director of Athletics 1967; MA, Michigan State University, 1969; PhD, Michigan State University, E. Richard Squiers Stephen R. Mortland 1976. Chair, Earth and Associate Vice President Environmental Science Department for Enrollment Services Eleanor A. Barrick, 1990. Professor Jeremy Case Timothy A. Nace of Modern Languages. BA, Texas Tech Chair, Mathematics Department Director of Financial Aid and Assistant University, 1961; MA, Texas Tech to the Vice President for Student Affairs University, 1966; PhD, University of Henry Voss Illinois, 1971. Chair, Physics Department UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

James G. Coe, 1983. Associate Professor of Business. BS, Indiana University, 1972; MS, National College of Education, 1981; additional graduate studies, Oxford University.

Mark D. Colgan, 1992-98, 1999. Associate Professor of Mathematics. BA, Anderson University, 1985; MA, Indiana University, 1988; PhD, Indiana University, 1991.

Dana L. Collins, 1992. Associate Professor of Music. BM, University of Toronto, 1976; MM, California State (Fullerton), 1980; additional graduate studies, Indiana University.

Philip J. Collins, 1999. Assistant Professor of Christian Education. BA, Taylor University, 1982; MA, Trinity Evangelical Divinity School, 1993; L. William Bauer, 1984-85, 1986-92, Larry L. Blakely, 1998. Assistant additional graduate studies, Purdue 1997. Assistant Professor of Physical Professor of Art. BFA, Ball State University. Education and Human Performance. BS, University, 1988; MFA, Southern Illinois Taylor University, 1981; MA, Ball State University, 1991. Ronald S. Collymore, 1991. Assistant University, 1984. Professor of Biblical Studies. BA, S. Stefan Brandle, 1999. Assistant Tennessee Temple University, 1984; Stephen S. Bedi, 1991. Associate Vice Professor of Computing and System MA, Covenant Theological Seminary, President for Academic Affairs and Sciences. BA, Wheaton College, 1986; 1986; additional graduate studies, Dean of the Upland Campus, Professor MS, Illinois Institute of Technology, University of Sheffield. of Education. BS, Taylor University, 1992; PhD, Illinois Institute of Technol- 1965; MEd, University of Maryland, ogy, 1998. Garrett W. Cooper, 1999. Assistant 1970; EdD, George Washington Professor of Business. BS, Rose-Hulman University, 1982. Stanley L. Burden, 1966. Professor of Institute of Technology, 1975; MBA, 134 Chemistry. BS, Taylor University, 1961; Arizona State University, 1980. Ronald M. Benbow, 1987. Associate PhD, Indiana University, 1966. Professor of Mathematics. BA, Marion Winfried Corduan, 1977. Professor of College, 1973; MAE, Ball State Univer- Timothy J. Burkholder, 1970. Philosophy and Religion. BS, University sity, 1977; PhD, Indiana University, Professor of Biology. BA, Taylor of Maryland, 1970; MA, Trinity Evan- 1996. University, 1963; MS, The Ohio State gelical Divinity School, 1973; PhD, Rice University, 1965; PhD, The Ohio State University, 1977. Robert P. Benjamin, 1979. Associate University, 1970. Professor of Accounting. BSBA, Bowling Mark P. Cosgrove, 1976. Professor of Green State University, 1962; MBA, Jeremy S. Case, 1995. Associate Psychology. BA, Creighton University, University of Michigan, 1964; MAcc, Professor of Mathematics. BA, Taylor 1969; MS, Purdue University, 1971; PhD, Florida State University, 1974. University, 1987; MA, Miami University Purdue University, 1973. (OH), 1989; MS, PhD, University of Christopher P. Bennett, 1989. Minnesota, 1995. Jeffry P. Cramer, 1998. Instructor of Professor of Business. BS, University of Computing and System Sciences. BS, Oregon, 1971; MBA, University of J. Daryl Charles, 1997. Associate Taylor University, 1990; MS, Indiana California at Los Angeles, 1974; PhD, Professor of Biblical Studies. BS, West University, 1998; additional graduate The Union Institute, 1998. Chester State University, 1972; MA, studies, Purdue University. Southern California College, 1985; PhD, Steven P. Bird, 1993. Associate Catholic University of America/ Barbara E. Davenport, 1993. Professor of Sociology. BS, Boise State, Westminster Theological Seminary, Learning Services and Student/Athlete 1986; MA, University of Washington, 1991. Academic Support Specialist, Instructor. 1990; PhD, Purdue University, 1993. BA, Taylor University, 1988; MA, Ball Faye E. Chechowich, 1989. Associate State University, 1989. David B. Bireline, 1997. Assistant Professor of Christian Education. BA, Professor of Physical Education and Taylor University, 1974; MRE, Trinity Robert E. Davis, 1995. Associate Human Performance. BA, Seattle Pacific Evangelical Divinity School, 1988; PhD, Professor of Physics. BS, Illinois State University, 1982; MEd, Seattle Pacific Indiana University, 1999. University, 1976; MS, Purdue University, University, 1987. 1982; PhD, Purdue University, 1988. UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY

Nancy C. Dayton, 1988. Associate Michael D. Guebert, 1999. Associate Timothy W. Herrmann, 1978. Professor of English. BA, Indiana Professor of Geology and Environmen- Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA, Wesleyan University, 1985; MA, Indiana tal Science. BS, University of Illinois, Taylor University, 1975; MA, The Ohio University, 1987; PhD, Miami University 1985; MS, University of Illinois, 1988; State University, 1977. (OH), 1996. PhD, Penn State University, 1991. William A. Heth, 1987. Professor of Matthew E. DeLong, 1998. Assistant David J. Gyertson, 2000. President Biblical Studies. BA, University of Professor of Mathematics. BA, and Professor. BA, Spring Arbor Michigan, 1974; ThM, Dallas Theologi- Northwestern University, 1993; MS, College, 1969; PhD, Michigan State cal Seminary, 1982; ThD, Dallas University of Michigan, 1996; PhD, University, 1981. Theological Seminary, 1986. University of Michigan, 1998. Daniel G. Hammond, 1981. Professor Stephen P. Hoffmann, 1976-77, 1981. Barbara C. Dickey, 1961. Professor of of Chemistry. BA, Bethel College (IN), Professor of Political Science. BA, Music. BA, Asbury College, 1957; MM, 1973; PhD, Wayne State University, Rutgers University, 1968; PhD, Princeton University of Michigan, 1961; DME, 1981. University, 1976. Indiana University, 1978. Michael A. Harbin, 1993. Associate William C. Holmes, 1999. Assistant Timothy C. Diller, 1981. Professor of Professor of Biblical Studies. BS, U.S. Professor of Physics. BS, Southern Computing and System Sciences. BA, Naval Academy, 1969; ThM, Dallas Nazarene University, 1994; PhD, Taylor University, 1962; MDiv, Fuller Theological Seminary, 1980; ThD, Washington State University, 1999. Theological Seminary, 1965; MA, Dallas Theological Seminary, 1988; MA, University of California at Los Angeles, California State University, 1993. Christopher Holtmann, 1999. 1967; PhD, University of California at Lecturer of Physical Education and Los Angeles, 1971. Cathy J. Harner, 1992. Associate Human Performance. BA, Taylor Professor of Social Work. BS, Philadel- University, 1994; additional graduate Richard Dixon, 1982. Professor of phia College of Bible, 1978; MSW, studies, Ball State University. Modern Languages. BA, Wheaton Indiana University, 1984; PhD, Univer- College, 1967; MA, University of sity of Illinois, 1991. Bonnie J. Houser, 1993. Archivist and Wisconsin, 1969; EdD, Ball State Librarian, Assistant Professor. BA, University, 1988. Albert D. Harrison, 1978. Professor of Taylor University, 1992; MILS, University Music. BM, Virginia Commonwealth of Michigan, 1994. Theodore M. Dorman, 1988. University, 1973; MS, University of Professor of Biblical Studies. BA, Lewis Illinois, 1978; EdD, University of Illinois, Oliver F. Hubbard, Jr., 1976. and Clark College, 1969; MDiv, Fuller 1986. Professor of Communication Arts. BA, Theological Seminary, 1973; PhD, Fuller Asbury College, 1968; MA, University of 135 Theological Seminary, 1983. Leon A. Harshenin, 1998. Assistant Kentucky, 1972; PhD, Kent State Professor of Music. BA, Dominican University, 1980. Lee E. Erickson, 1979. Professor of College of San Rafael, 1981; BM, The Economics. BA, University of Washing- Juilliard School, 1984; MM, The Juilliard Roger L. Jenkinson, 1965. Professor ton, 1968; MA, University of Washing- School, 1985; DMA, University of of Geography. BS, Taylor University, ton, 1970; PhD, The University of Michigan, 1998. 1960; MA, Ball State University, 1962; Michigan, 1974. EdD, Oklahoma State University, 1974. Erik S. Hayes, 1998. Assistant Rosemary S. Farmer, 1999. Director Professor of Physical Education and Dwight Jessup, 1993. Vice President of American Ethnic Student Programs, Human Performance. BA, Asbury for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Instructor of Christian Education. BA, College, 1996; MS, Indiana State University, Professor of History and Point Loma College, 1977; MA, University, 1997. Political Science. BA, Bethel College Pittsburgh Theological Seminary, 1983. (MN), 1960; MA, University of Minne- Barbara A. Heavilin, 1991. Associate sota, 1965; PhD, University of Minne- L. Angela Fincannon, 1992. Assistant Professor of English. BA, Marion sota, 1978. Professor of Physical Education and College, 1958; MA, Virginia Polytechnic Human Performance. BS, Ball State Institute and State University, 1970; Michael M. Jessup, 1996. Associate University, 1983; MA, Ball State PhD, Ball State University, 1984. Professor of Sociology. BA, Idaho State University, 1989; additional graduate University, 1985; MS, Iowa State studies, Ball State University. Larry R. Helyer, 1979. Professor of University, 1987; PhD, Southern Illinois Biblical Studies. BA, Biola College, University, 1992. Janet E. Gross, 1998. Instructor of 1965; MDiv, Western Conservative Business and Communication Arts. BA, Baptist Seminary, 1968; PhD, Fuller Bruce A. Johnson, 1998. Instructor of Anderson University, 1984; MS, Indiana Theological Seminary, 1979. Communication Arts. BA, Michigan Wesleyan University, 1987. State University, 1985; MA, Regent Kathy A. Herrmann, 1998. Instructor University, 1993. of Art. BS, Taylor University, 1976; MA, Ball State University, 1998. UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Thomas G. Jones, 1988. Associate University, 1972; additional graduate Vance E. Maloney, 1981. Professor of Professor of History. BA, Taylor studies, Touro International University. Psychology. BA, Cedarville College, University, 1971; MA, University of 1979; MA, Ball State University, 1981; Notre Dame, 1976; EdD, Ball State Rita D. Koch, 1992. Assistant PhD, Ball State University, 1989. University, 1998. Professor of Spanish. BA, Grace College, 1966; MA, Ball State University, Billie J. Manor, 1980. Director of Lon D. Kaufmann, 1992. Assistant 1992; additional graduate studies, Learning Support Center, Associate Professor of Art. BA, Seattle Pacific Purdue University. Professor. BS, Ball State University, College, 1973; MA, University of Iowa, 1972; MA, Ball State University, 1976. 1989; MFA, University of Iowa, 1991. Tena M. Krause, 1989. Associate Professor of Physical Education and Jeffrey W. Marsee, 1987-90, 1994. Dale S. Keller, 2000. Associate Human Performance. BS, Greenville Associate Professor of Physical Professor of Communication Arts. BS, College, 1980; MS, Eastern Illinois Education and Human Performance. Arizona State University, 1976; MDiv, University, 1988; MA, Ball State BA, Carson-Newman College, 1983; Fuller Theological Seminary, 1979; MA, University, 1996. MA, Western Michigan University, 1984. Wheaton College, 1985; PhD, University of Kansas, 1995. LeRoy C. Kroll, 1979. Professor of Edward P. Meadors, 1995. Associate Chemistry. BA, Lafayette College, 1969; Professor of Biblical Studies. BA, Jay Kesler, 1985. Chancellor and PhD, Michigan State University, 1974. Wheaton College, 1986; MA, Wheaton Former President, Professor. BA, Taylor College Graduate School, 1988; PhD, The University of Aberdeen, Scotland, University, 1958; LHD, Taylor University, Robert F. Lay, 1995. Associate 1993. 1982; DD, Asbury Theological Seminary, Professor of Christian Education. BA, 1984; HHD, Huntington College, 1983; University of North Carolina at Char- DD, Barrington College, 1977; LHD, lotte, 1978; MA, University of North Pamela L. Medows, 1997. Assistant John Brown University, 1987. Carolina at Charlotte, 1982; MA, Professor of Education. BS, Indiana Gordon-Conwell Theological Seminary, Wesleyan University, 1972; MAE, Ball Kenneth Kiers, 1998. Assistant 1986; EdD, Presbyterian School of State University, 1992; EdD, Ball State Professor of Physics. BS, McMaster Christian Education, 1991. University, 1997. University, 1991; PhD, University of British Columbia, 1996. Twyla F. Lee, 1993. Associate Elizabeth B. Messer, 1988. Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Bethel Professor of Modern Languages. BA, Charles B. Kirkpatrick, 1979. College (MN), 1974; MSW, Washington Trinity College, 1978; MA, Florida State Professor of Communication Arts. BA, University, 1976. University, 1984; PhD, Florida State Asbury College, 1961; MS, Indiana University, 1989. University, 1974; PhD, Indiana Univer- 136 Jennifer J. Little, 1995. Librarian for sity, 1985. Public Services, Assistant Professor. BA, Stephen C. Messer, 1990. Associate Houghton College, 1993; MLS, State Professor of History. BA, Trinity College, Patricia E. Kirkpatrick, 1982. University of New York at Albany, 1994. 1977; MA, Florida State University, Learning Support Center, Associate 1982; MS, Florida State University, Professor. BS, Bethel College (IN), 1963; 1984; PhD, Florida State University, Janet C. Loy, 1971. Associate 1987. MS, Indiana University, 1974; additional Professor of Modern Languages. BA, graduate studies, Ball State University Indiana University, 1965; MAT, Indiana and Indiana University. University, 1969; additional graduate Hadley T. Mitchell, 1993. Associate studies, Indiana University and Professor of Economics. BA, Houghton Joan F. Kitterman, 1994. Professor of Universite du Quebec, Chicoutimi. College, 1969; MBA, University of Colorado, 1975; MAR, Westminster Education. BS, Ball State University, Theological Seminary, 1980; MA, 1973; MAE, Ball State University, 1976; R. Philip Loy, 1964. Professor of Villanova University, 1984; MA, EdD, Ball State University, 1984. Political Science. BA, Taylor University, University of Tennessee, 1985; PhD, 1962; MA, Indiana University, 1964; University of Tennessee, 1993. James H. Kleist, 1990. Director of additional graduate studies, Indiana Educational Technology Center, University. Craig W. Moore, 1979. Associate Assistant Professor. BA, Arizona State Professor of Art. BS, Taylor University, University, 1965; MA, Arizona State Joe W. Lund, 1973. Professor of 1971; MA, Ball State University, 1975. University, 1975. Psychology. BA, Grace College, 1972; MA, Ball State University, 1973; PhD, John M. Moore, 1992. Associate William R. Klinger, 1989. Professor of Indiana University, 1981. Professor of Biology. BS, Taylor Mathematics. BS, Taylor University, University, 1972; MA, Ball State 1961; MS, The Ohio State University, Angia E. Macomber, 1999. Instructor University, 1978; EdD, Ball State 1967; PhD, The Ohio State University, of Education. BA, University of Iowa, University, 1989. 1973. 1986; MEd, Rutgers University, 1988; BA, University of Kansas, 1990; Rebecca S. Moore, 1990. Director of Donald N. Knudsen, 1994. Assistant additional graduate studies, Michigan Teacher Certification, Instructor of Professor of Marketing. BA, Taylor State University, Education. BS, Taylor University, 1966; University, 1964; MBA, Rutgers MA, Ball State University, 1973. UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY

Kimberly Moore-Jumonville, 1992. University, 1961; MAT, Indiana Univer- Associate Professor of English. BA, sity, 1964; PhD, Michigan State Seattle Pacific University, 1981; MPhil, University, 1970. Drew University, 1986; PhD, Drew University, 1991. Patricia C. Robertson, 1998. Assistant Professor of Music. BS, Richard A. Parker, 1974. Professor of University of Maine, 1977; MM, Ball Music. BS, Wittenberg University, 1966; State University, 1989; DA, Ball State MA, The Ohio State University, 1970; University, 1998. PhD, The Ohio State University, 1974. Joe W. Romine, 1972-76, 1981. Pamela A. Parry, 1999. Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Professor of Communication Arts. BJ, Human Performance. BS, Taylor University of Missouri-Columbia, 1985; University, 1970; MA, Ball State MRE, Midwestern Baptist Theological University, 1976; EdD, Ball State Seminary, 1988; MA, The American University, 1986. University, 1997. Paul E. Rothrock, 1981. Professor of Paul W. Patterson, 1979. Associate Environmental Science and Biology. BA, Professor of Physical Education and Rutgers University, 1970; MS, Pennsyl- Human Performance. BS, Hanover vania State University, 1973; PhD, College, 1964; MS, Central Missouri Pennsylvania State University, 1976. State, 1965; additional graduate studies, Morehead State University. Jessica L. Rousselow, 1967. Professor of Communication Arts. BA, Northwest- Roger W. Phillips, 1982. Reference ern College, 1962; MA, University of Librarian, Associate Professor. BIE, Minnesota, 1965; PhD, University of General Motors Institute, 1967; MDiv, Minnesota, 1980. Trinity Evangelical Divinity School, 1970; MLS, Emporia State University, Frederick B. Shulze, 1970. Professor 1976. of Music. BMus, Wheaton College, 1957; MMus, Northwestern University, 1963; Janice L. Pletcher, 1992. Assistant DMA, University of Washington, 1970. Professor of Communication Arts. BS, Ball State University, 1974; MA, Ball Carl R. Siler, 1996. Associate State University, 1976; additional Professor of Education. BS, Indiana 137 graduate studies, Ball State University. University, 1969; MA, Indiana Univer- sity, 1971; EdD, Ball State University, 1988; PhD, Michigan State University, Jan M. Reber, 1994. Associate 1985. 1993. Professor of Biology. BA, Taylor University, 1989; MS, Purdue University, Dan P. Smith, 1992. Director of Kimberly R. Spragg, 1999. Assistant 1991; PhD, Purdue University, 1994. Chemistry and Physics Laboratories, to the Vice President for Academic Assistant Professor. BA, Taylor Affairs and Coordinator of Off-Campus/ Robert T. Reber, 1996. Director of University, 1964; MAT, Washington International Studies Programs, Laboratories/Technician in Earth and University, 1969; additional graduate Instructor. BA, Taylor University, 1995. studies, Washington University. Environmental Science Department, MA, Ball State University, 1997. Instructor. BS, University of Illinois, 1989; MSF, Purdue University, 1991; Rachel Hostetter Smith, 1998. E. Richard Squiers, 1976. Professor additional graduate studies, Purdue Associate Professor of Art and Gilkison of Environmental Science and Biology. University. Family Chair in Art History. BA, BA, State University of New York at Michigan State University, 1981; MA, Binghamton, 1970; MS, Rutgers Michigan State University, 1991; PhD, JoAnn K. Rediger, 1996. Assistant University, 1973; PhD, Ohio University, Indiana University, 1996. Professor of Music. BS, Taylor Univer- 1976. sity, 1971; MMEd, James Madison University, 1981; DA, Ball State Stephen J. Snyder, 1982. Professor of Amy M. Stucky, 1997. Assistant University, 1994. Psychology. BA, Cedarville College, Professor of Physical Education and 1980; MA, Trinity Evangelical Divinity Human. BA, Taylor University, 1992; School, 1982; PhD, Indiana University, Jeffrey L. Regier, 1999. Associate MA, Ball State University, 1998. 1991. Professor of Biology. BA, Taylor University, 1988; PhD, Michigan State Paul A. Susan, 1997. Assistant University, 1993. James S. Spiegel, 1993. Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Asbury Professor of Philosophy and Religion. College, 1973; MS, Michigan State BS, Belhaven College, 1985; MA, The William C. Ringenberg, 1967. University, 1974; MSW, Michigan State University of Southern Mississippi, Professor of History. BS, Taylor University, 1980. UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Andrew P. Whipple, 1984. Professor Theological Seminary, 1996; additional of Biology. BS, The Ohio State Univer- graduate studies, Indiana University. sity, 1971; MS, State University of New York at Albany, 1974; PhD, State Richard Allen Farmer, 1999. Dean of University of New York at Albany, 1979. the Chapel, Assistant Professor. BMus, Nyack College, 1975; MDiv, Princeton Arthur J. White, 1984. Professor of Theological Seminary, 1980; DD, Computing and System Sciences. BS, Gordon College, 1986; STD, Houghton Christian Heritage College, 1979; MS, College, 1999. Ball State University, 1981; MA, Ball State University, 1984; EdD, Ball State Caryn P. Grimstead, 1999. Residence University, 1985. Hall Director, Instructor. BA, Taylor University, 1996; MA, Trinity Evangeli- C. Stephen Wilt, 1994. Assistant cal Divinity School, 1999. Professor of Physical Education and Human Performance. BA, Shepherd Lori R. Holtmann, 1995. Associate College, 1966; MS, West Virginia Dean of Students and Director of University, 1969. Residence Life Services, Instructor. BA, Gordon College, 1992; MA, Ball State Alan H. Winquist, 1974. Professor of University, 1993. History. BA, Wheaton College, 1964; MAT, Northwestern University, 1965; Wynn A. Lembright, 1983. Vice Kenneth D. Swan, 1968. Professor of PhD, New York University, 1976. President for Student Affairs, Assistant English. BA, Olivet Nazarene University, Professor. BS, Toledo University, 1964; 1960; MA, Ball State University, 1962; Larry E. Winterholter, 1979. MDiv, Asbury Seminary, 1970; ThM, PhD, Ball State University, 1974. Associate Professor of Physical Princeton Theological Seminary, 1972. Education and Human Performance. BS, Donald L. Taylor, 1991. Professor of Taylor University, 1964; MS, Illinois J. Lawrence Mealy, 1988. Associate Physical Education and Human State University, 1965; additional Dean of Students and Director of Performance. BS, Lock Haven Univer- graduate studies, University of Illinois Career Development, Assistant sity, 1972; MS, Springfield College, and Ball State University. Professor. BA, Marion College, 1970; 1979; EdD, Penn State University, 1992. MAR, Asbury Theological Seminary, Laurie J. Wolcott, 1983. Technical 1975; additional graduate studies, William E. Toll, 1990. Professor of Services Librarian, Associate Professor. Oklahoma State University. BS, Taylor University, 1980; MLS, Ball 138 Computing and System Sciences. BA, Taylor University, 1971; MS, Purdue State University, 1984; MA, Christian Carol A. Mott, 1994. Director of University, 1975; MS, University of Theological Seminary/Butler University, Counseling Center, Assistant Professor. Kentucky, 1989; PhD, University of 1993. BA, Wheaton College, 1971; MA, Ball Kentucky, 1998. State University, 1987. Daryl R. Yost, 1983. Senior Vice Cynthia A. Tyner, 1996. Assistant President and Chief Operating Officer of Timothy A. Nace, 1987. Director of Professor of Education. BS, Taylor the Fort Wayne Campus, Professor of Financial Aid and Assistant to the Vice University, 1976; MA, Ball State Education. BS, Manchester College, President for Student Affairs, Assistant University, 1978; EdD, Ball State 1958; MA, Ball State University, 1962; Professor. BA, Houghton College, 1979; University, 1996. EdD, Ball State University, 1969. MS, State University of New York College at Buffalo, 1981. Henry D. Voss, 1994. Professor of Student Affairs Faculty Physics and Research. BS, Illinois Sara J. Oyer, 1999. Residence Hall Institute of Technology, 1972; MS, Director, Instructor. BS, Taylor Univer- Andre G. Broquard, 1997. Residence University of Illinois at Urbana, 1974; sity, 1996; MSE, Alfred University, 1999. Hall Director, Instructor. BA, Taylor PhD, University of Illinois at Urbana, University, 1993; MA, Regent University, 1977. 1997. Mary G. Rayburn, 1991. Director of Student Ministries, Assistant Professor. Colleen A. Warren, 1992. Associate BA, Furman University, 1982; MDiv, Walter E. Campbell, 1969. Associate Professor of English. BA, Olivet Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, Vice President for Student Development Nazarene University, 1981; MA, 1986. and Dean of Students, Assistant University of Florida, 1987; PhD, Professor. BS, Taylor University, 1964; University of Florida, 1992. MA, Ball State University, 1968. Michael E. Row, 1986-90, 1992. Director of Campus Safety, Instructor. R. Edwin Welch, 1992. Coordinator of BS, Ball State University, 1991; MA, Ball Brent D. Ellis, 1996. Director of Academic Support Services, Associate State University, 1994. Student Programs, Instructor. BA, Professor. BS, Marion College, 1985; Greenville College, 1992; MMin, Bethel MS, Indiana University, 1991; PhD, College (IN), 1994; MDiv, Asbury Indiana University, 1997. UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY

Teresa J. Smith, 1994. Director of Alice K. Holcombe Charles R. Wilson Wellness and Health Services, Assistant Associate Professor of Library, 1946- Professor of Religion and Philosophy, Professor. BS, Indiana University, 1974; 1950, 1952-1983 1965-1983 MSN, Indiana University, 1981. Dale M. Jackson Robert C. Wolfe Professor of Communication Arts, 1966- Associate Professor of Physics, 1962- Coein S. Trudeau, 1999. Associate 2000 1993 Dean of Students and Director of Philip K. Kroeker Residence Life Programs, Assistant Professor of Music, 1963-1996 CONTRACT Professor. BA, John Brown University, PERSONNEL 1985; MSE, SUNY College at Buffalo, Gordon M. Krueger 1987; EdD, Indiana University, 1999. Professor of Chemistry, 1955-1979 LaGatha Adkison James B. Law University Registrar Emeriti Faculty Associate Professor of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, 1982-1997 Amber Anderson University Editor Ray E. Bullock Jennie A. Lee Professor of Art, 1966-1991 Professor of Education, 1951-1975 Evelyn Aponte Admissions Recruiter Joe Burnworth Dwight L. Mikkelson Professor of Education, 1969-2000 Professor of History, 1968-1993 Jackie Armstrong Computer Support Specialist Hazel E. Carruth David L. Neuhouser Professor of English, 1946-1978 Professor of Mathematics, 1971-1993 Stephen Austin Residence Hall Director Mildred S. Chapman E. Herbert Nygren Professor of Education, 1956-1961, Professor of Religion, 1969-1991 Linda Bennett 1975-1991 Nurse Don J. Odle Edward E. Dinse Professor of Physical Education, 1947- Ian Blair Associate Professor of English, 1970- 1979 Manager of Online Services 1992 Robert D. Pitts Geri Bradford Frances W. Ewbank Professor of Biblical Studies, 1973-1997 Information Resource Coordinator for Professor of English, 1964-1982 Student Affairs Elisabeth Poe William Ewbank Professor of Biology, 1953-1983 Jane Breedlove Professor of Mathematics, 1964-1987 Operations Manager for Admissions Carl W. Rice William A. Fry Professor of Education, 1969-1985 Aaron Brooks Professor of English, 1978-1998 Computing Resource Manager for 139 Helen E. Rogers Computing and System Sciences Richard W. Gates Assistant Professor of Education, 1976- Department Associate Professor of Health, Physical 1997 Education, and Recreation, 1969-1991 Brent Chapman Roger W. Roth Coordinator of Development Grants and George A. Glass Associate Professor of Physics, 1965- Research Associate Professor of Physical 1998 Education 1960-1999 Steve Christensen R. Waldo Roth University Graphic Designer Carl E. Gongwer Professor of Computing and System Associate Professor of Spanish, 1966- Sciences, 1967-1999 Jerry Cramer 1988 Director of the Capital Campaign Hilda L. Steyer Robert V. Gortner Associate Professor of Music, 1954- Robert Craton Professor of Business, 1980-1995 1984 Information Resource Coordinator for Academic Affairs Paul M. Harms Marilyn A. Walker Associate Professor of Mathematics, Associate Professor of Communication Paula Davis 1971-1997 Arts, 1966-1996 Assistant for Taylor Fund George W. Harrison John W. Wallace Terry Davis Professor of Biology, 1978-1994 Associate Professor of Social Work, Information Center Technician 1977-1996 Dale E. Heath Janet Deavers Professor of Ancient Language and Lois A. Weed Payroll Supervisor History, 1961-1988 Associate Professor of Library, 1953- 1995 Ryan Delp David D. Hess Admissions Counselor Associate Professor of Education, 1967- Dale E. Wenger 1997 Associate Professor of Mathematics, Donna Downs 1963-1989 Director of University Relations M. Jane Hodson Associate Professor of Education, 1966- 1997 UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

William Lee University Information Systems Manager

Jessie Lennertz Director of Information Services/ Project Research Coordinator

Jack Letarte Institutional Researcher

Paul Lightfoot Campus Landscaper

Robert Linehan Information Center Manager

Art Mahan Associate Vice President for Information Resources

Linda Mealy Administrative Assistant to Vice President for Academic Affairs

Alberta Miller Administrative Assistant to the President

Cathy Moorman Bursar Susan Durovey Joyce Helyer Administrative Assistant to Vice Associate Vice President Stephen Mortland President for Business and Finance for Development Associate Vice President T.J. Higley for Enrollment Services Richard Ehresman Information Center Specialist Bookstore Manager Toni Newlin Gregg Holloway Director of Resource and Donor Rod Eib Financial Aid Counselor Services Director of Information Resources Laura Hutson Jon Ochs Tom Essenburg Director of Human Resources Media Technician 140 Associate Director of Alumni Relations/ Director of Parent Programs Kim Johnson Steve Olsen Administrative Assistant to Vice Telephone System Manager Marilyn Evans President for Planning, Strategic Assistant to Registrar Initiatives and Technology Alan Ours Technology Services Manager Shirley Fenlason Sandy Johnson Coordinator of Communications/ Customer Support Specialist Annette Payne Admissions Nurse Dan Jordan Gerald Friesen Director of University Press Pamela Pegg Director of Instructional Technology Assistant Director of Bookstore Kashwinder Kaur Jim Garringer Director of International Student Nelson Rediger Director of News Service and Campus Programs Associate Executive Director Photographer of The William Taylor Foundation Laura Key David Gray Alumni Web and Assistant Resource Lou Roth Superintendent of Housekeeping Coordinator Nurse

William Gross Evan Kittleman Alan Rupp Superintendent of Grounds University Webmaster Associate Director of The William Taylor Foundation Betsy Hagar Bev Klepser Admissions Counselor Mailing Services Supervisor Mike Schadler Voice/Video Engineer Michael Hammond Thomas Knight Director of Leadership Development Network/Systems Engineer Jeff Secrest Superintendent of Maintenance Mike Harmon Ron Korfmacher Development Associate Admissions Student Athlete Recruiter/ Gaylene Smith Assistant Coach Administrative Assistant Beth Harrell to Vice President for Student Affairs Coordinator of Student Services/ Admissions UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY

Ken Smith NATIONAL ALUMNI PARENTS CABINET Executive Director of The William Taylor Foundation COUNCIL 1999-2000 2000-2001

Linda Solms Nurse Burnette P. Shilling ’70 James and Gayle Bartal President Granville, Ohio Marty Songer Bluffton, Ohio Director of Alumni Relations Tom and Helen Beers Robert Blume ’62 Honorary Members Charles Stevens President Elect Upland, Indiana Associate Director of Development/ Anderson, Indiana Church Matching Grants/Scholarships David and Gwen Broucek Jayanne Housholder Roggenbaum Wheaton, Illinois Jean St. John ’87 Projects Accounting Coordinator Past President Robert and Charlotte Canida Waterford, Michigan Madison, Indiana Larry Stoffel Network/Systems Engineer Melody Rohrer Ringenberg, ’83 Jim and Ellen Elwell Secretary Wheaton, Illinois Kay Stouse Apopka, Florida Assistant Director of Financial Aid Ramon and Lorie Esclamado David L. Burden ’97 Solon, Ohio Trina Stout Franklin, Tennessee Registrar Information/Research Gary and Diane Feenstra Specialist Jerod Cornelius ’00 Holland, Michigan Upland, Indiana Ronald Sutherland Stephen and Deb Johnson Associate Vice President/Controller Beverly Corts ’61 Frederick, Maryland Amherst, Ohio Joyce Taylor James and Renee Keller Administrative Assistant Robert A. Duell ’68 Orlando, Florida to Vice President for Development Goshen, Indiana Russell and Carol Kinnebrew Ken Taylor Nancy Britt Hagestad ’98 Medina, Ohio Associate Director Fishers, Indiana Prospective Student Services James and Susan McCabe Thomas G. Jones ’71 Tyrone, Georgia Tim Taylor Fairmount, Indiana Residence Hall Director Gerald and Donna McNary Cairy B. Littlejohn ’91 Dunkirk, Indiana Johanna Thalacker Naperville, Illinois Admissions Counselor James and Kathy Miller 141 Janna McComb ’85 Reistertown, Maryland Scott Wilson Indianapolis, Indiana Sports Information Director Richard and Elaine Newman Jodi Simons Mulder ’96 Athens, Tennessee Scott Wohlfarth Ann Arbor, Michigan Programmer/Analyst Earl and Anita Nowlen Joshua A. Mullen ’99 Indianapolis, Indiana James Wolff Indianapolis, Indiana Database Administrator/Systems Michael and Dianne Reed Analyst Leon Nicholsen ’53 Haddon Heights, New Jersey Indianapolis, Indiana Joyce Wood Deno and Samme Rousopoulos Director of Conferences and Special David D. Pyle ’70 Indianapolis, IN Events Lakewood, Colorado Roger and Jan Spoelman Elisabeth Koppin Rickner ’70 North Muskegon, Michigan New Bern, North Carolina Sheryl Stonecipher Cynthia Krauss Russell ’86 Wapakoneta, Ohio Grabill, Indiana

Barbara Demarest Schwarzkopf ’63 Decatur, Indiana

John W. Siefer ’76 Indianapolis, Indiana

Michael J. Sonnenberg ’68 Montreat, North Carolina

Ronald Valutis ’59 East Lansing, Michigan COLLEGE CALENDAR TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

2000-2001 ACADEMIC YEAR

Fall Term 2000 August 23-25, Wednesday-Friday Colleagues College (faculty) August 25-28, Friday-Monday Welcome Weekend (New Student Orientation) August 29, Tuesday Classes begin September 4, Monday, Labor Day No day classes; classes resume at 5:00 p.m. September 11-15, Monday-Friday Spiritual Renewal Week September 29, Friday Campus Visitation Day September 29-October 1, Friday-Sunday Homecoming Weekend October 13-15, Friday-Sunday Parents Weekend October 20, Friday Midterm grades due October 20, Friday Fall break October 27, Friday Campus Visitation Day November 6-10, Monday-Friday World Opportunities Week November 21, Tuesday Thanksgiving holiday begins after last class November 27, Monday Classes resume December 11-14, Monday-Thursday Evaluation week

Interterm 2001 January 8, Monday Interterm begins January 15, Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day observance January 31, Wednesday Interterm ends after last class

Spring Term 2001 February 5, Monday Classes begin 142 February 12-16, Monday-Friday Spiritual Renewal Week March 12-16, Monday-Friday Relational Enrichment Week March 16, Friday Campus Visitation Day March 23, Friday Midterm grades due March 23, Friday Spring vacation begins after last class April 2, Monday Classes resume April 12, Thursday Easter break begins after last class April 17, Tuesday Classes resume April 20-22, Friday-Sunday Youth Conference April 27, Friday Campus Visitation Day May 21-24, Monday-Thursday Evaluation week May 26, Saturday, 10:00 a.m. Commencement ceremony

May Summer Session 2001 May 30-June 22 May Session May 30, Wednesday Classes begin June 15-16, Friday-Saturday Summer Orientation/Fall Registration June 22, Friday Classes end after last class

June Summer Session 2001 June 25-July 27 June Session June 25, Monday Classes begin July 4, Wednesday, Independence Day No classes July 13-14, Friday-Saturday Summer Orientation/Fall Registration July 27, Friday Classes end after last class COLLEGE CALENDAR

2001-2002 ACADEMIC YEAR

Fall Term 2001 August 22-24, Wednesday-Friday Colleagues College (faculty) August 24-27, Friday-Monday Welcome Weekend (New Student Orientation) August 28, Tuesday Classes begin September 3, Monday, Labor Day No day classes; classes resume at 5:00 p.m. September 10-14, Monday-Friday Spiritual Renewal Week September 28, Friday Campus Visitation Day October 5-7, Friday-Sunday Homecoming Weekend October 19, Friday Midterm grades due October 19, Friday Fall break October 26, Friday Campus Visitation Day October 26-28, Friday-Sunday Parents Weekend November 5-9, Monday-Friday World Opportunities Week November 20, Tuesday Thanksgiving holiday begins after last class November 26, Monday Classes resume December 10-13, Monday-Thursday Evaluation week

Interterm 2002 January 7, Monday Interterm begins January 21, Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day observance January 30, Wednesday Interterm ends after last class

Spring Term 2002 February 4, Monday Classes begin February 11-15, Monday-Friday Spiritual Renewal Week 143 March 15, Friday Campus Visitation Day March 18-22, Monday-Friday Relational Enrichment Week March 22, Friday Midterm grades due March 22, Friday Spring vacation begins after last class April 2, Tuesday Classes resume April 19-21, Friday-Sunday Youth Conference May 3, Friday Campus Visitation Day May 20-23, Monday-Thursday Evaluation week May 25, Saturday, 10:00 a.m. Commencement ceremony

May Summer Session 2002 May 29-June 21 May Session May 29,Wednesday Classes begin June 14-15, Friday-Saturday Summer Orientation/Fall Registration June 21, Friday Classes end after last class

June Summer Session 2002 June 24-July 26 June Session June 24, Monday Classes begin July 4, Thursday, Independence Day No classes July 12-13, Friday-Saturday Summer Orientation/Fall Registration July 26, Friday Classes end after last class COLLEGE CALENDAR TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

2002-2003 ACADEMIC YEAR

Fall Term 2002 August 28-30, Wednesday-Friday Colleagues College (faculty) August 30-September 2, Friday-Monday Welcome Weekend (New Student Orientation) September 3, Tuesday Classes begin September 16-20, Monday-Friday Spiritual Renewal Week September 27, Friday Campus Visitation Day October 4-6, Friday-Sunday Parents Weekend October 18-20, Friday-Sunday Homecoming Weekend October 25, Friday Midterm grades due October 25, Friday Fall break November 1, Friday Campus Visitation Day November 4-8, Monday-Friday World Opportunities Week November 26, Tuesday Thanksgiving holiday begins after last class December 2, Monday Classes resume December 16-19, Monday-Thursday Evaluation week

Interterm 2003 January 6, Monday Interterm begins January 20, Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day observance January 29, Wednesday Interterm ends after last class

Spring Term 2003 February 3, Monday Classes begin February 10-14, Monday-Friday Spiritual Renewal Week March 10-14, Monday-Friday Relational Enrichment Week 144 March 14, Friday Campus Visitation Day March 21, Friday Midterm grades due March 21, Friday Spring vacation begins after last class March 31, Monday Classes resume April 17, Thursday Easter break begins after last class April 22, Tuesday Classes resume April 25-27, Friday-Sunday Youth Conference May 2, Friday Campus Visitation Day May 19-22, Monday-Thursday Evaluation week May 24, Saturday, 10:00 a.m. Commencement ceremony

May Summer Session 2003 May 28-June 20 May Session May 28,Wednesday Classes begin June 20-21, Friday-Saturday Summer Orientation/Fall Registration June 20, Friday Classes end after last class

June Summer Session 2003 June 23-July 25 June Session June 23, Monday Classes begin July 4, Friday, Independence Day No classes July 11-12, Friday-Saturday SummerOrientation/Fall Registration July 25, Friday Classes end after last class COLLEGE CALENDAR

2003-2004 ACADEMIC YEAR

Fall Term 2003 August 27-29, Wednesday-Friday Colleagues College (faculty) August 29-September 1, Friday-Monday Welcome Weekend (New Student Orientation) September 2, Tuesday Classes begin September 15-19, Monday-Friday Spiritual Renewal Week September 26, Friday Campus Visitation Day October 10-12, Friday-Sunday Homecoming Weekend October 17, Friday Campus Visitation Day October 24, Friday Fall break October 24, Friday Midterm grades due October 31-November 2, Friday-Sunday Parents Weekend November 3-7, Monday-Friday World Opportunities Week November 25, Tuesday Thanksgiving holiday begins after last class December 1, Monday Classes resume December 15-18, Monday-Thursday Evaluation week

Interterm 2004 January 5, Monday Interterm begins January 19, Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day observance January 28, Wednesday Interterm ends after last class

Spring Term 2004 February 2, Monday Classes begin February 9-13, Monday-Friday Spiritual Renewal Week March 8-12, Monday-Friday Relational Enrichment Week March 19, Friday Midterm grades due 145 March 19, Friday Spring vacation begins after last class March 29, Monday Classes resume April 2, Friday Campus Visitation Day April 8, Thursday Easter break begins after last class April 13, Tuesday Classes resume April 23-25, Friday-Sunday Youth Conference May 7, Friday Campus Visitation Day May 17-20, Monday-Thursday Evaluation week May 22, Saturday, 10:00 a.m. Commencement ceremony COMPLIANCE TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

COMPLIANCE WITH services are provided through the policy is applicable to the policies Learning Support Center located in the governing recruitment, placement, FEDERAL LAWS AND Zondervan Library. selection, promotion, training, transfer, REGULATIONS rates of pay, and all other terms and The Student Right to conditions of employment. Know Act of 1990 COMPLIANCE Compliance with this policy is the The Student Right To Know Act of 1990 personal responsibility of all personnel, (Public law 101-542 as amended) especially those whose duties are Taylor University complies with requires colleges and universities to related to the hiring of new employees applicable federal and state statutes maintain records of student enrollment, and the status or tenure of current related to institutions of higher graduation, and participation in employees. The university is committed education, including the Student Right athletically-related financial aid. This to recruiting, employing, and promoting to Know Act of 1990, as amended; the data is available upon request from the qualified members of groups who have Federal Family Rights and Educational Office of Institutional Research, Taylor not been discriminated against by the Privacy Act of 1974,as amended; the University, 236 West Reade Avenue, university but may be the victims of Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Upland, IN 46989-1001. systematic, institutional, and societal as amended; Section 504 of the forms of exclusion and discrimination. Rehabilitation Act of 1973; and all Further, as an Equal Opportunity/ federal and statenondiscrimination Taylor Policy of Affirmative Action Employer, the laws. university will cooperate fully in the Nondiscrimination implementation of applicable laws and Services for Students and Compliance executive orders. It is the policy of Taylor University to with Disabilities provide equal employment opportunity As an equal opportunity institution, Taylor University complies with the to employees and candidates for Taylor University complies with all federal mandates outlined in Section employment. Within the parameters of federal and state nondiscrimination 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 the university’s Statement of Faith and laws. Direct inquiries to the Office of and the Americans with Disabilities Act Life Together Covenant, no discrimina- Academic Affairs, Taylor University, 236 of 1990. Reasonable accommodations tion shall exist against any employee or West Reade Avenue, Upland, IN 46989- are made to give students with candidate for employment due to race, 1001, 765-998-5204, or the Office of documentation of their disabilities an color, national origin, or sex. This Civil Rights, D.H.E.W., Washington, D.C. equal opportunity for success. These

146 INDEX

Academic Calendar Description ...... 17 Business Administration/Systems ...... 42 Academic Calendar ...... 142 Business Minors ...... 42 Academic Dishonesty ...... 21 Campus Facilities ...... 11 Academic Exceptions ...... 21 Campus Map ...... Inside back cover Academic Grievance ...... 21 Campus Ministries ...... 128 Academic Load ...... 17 Campus Safety ...... 128 Academic Probation ...... 19 Career Development ...... 128 Academic Program ...... 27 Certificate Programs ...... 34, 100 Academic Program in France ...... 93 Change of Registration ...... 17 Academic Programs List ...... 29 Chapel ...... 128 Academic Progress ...... 19 Chemistry ...... 48 Academic Regulations ...... 17 Chemistry/Biochemistry Concentration ...... 48 Academic Support Services ...... 14, 78 Chemistry-Environmental Science ...... 48 Academic Suspension ...... 19 Chemistry/Premedicine Preprofessional Concentration ...... 48 Accounting ...... 41 Chemistry Science Education ...... 48 Accounting/Systems ...... 41 Chemistry/Systems ...... 48 Accreditation and Memberships ...... 9 China Studies Program ...... 93 Administration ...... 132 Christian Center for Urban Studies ...... 94 Admissions ...... 117 Christian College Consortium ...... 9, 94 Advance Payment ...... 119 Christian Education ...... 34 Advance Registration ...... 17 Christian Education/Systems ...... 34 Advanced Placement and Credit ...... 21, 118, 119 Class Attendance ...... 20 Advisement and Registration ...... 17 Classification of Students ...... 17 Alumni Council ...... 141 College Level Examination Program ...... 21, 118, 119 American Ethnic and International Student Programs ...... 128 Communication Arts ...... 51 American Studies Program ...... 93 Communication Arts Education ...... 52 Annual Costs ...... 119 Communication Studies ...... 51 Annual and Endowed Scholarships ...... 122 Communication Studies/Systems ...... 51 Application Process ...... 117 Community Life...... 6 Archives ...... 14 Compliance ...... 146 147 Art ...... 30 Comprehensive Examinations ...... 24 Art Education ...... 30 Computer Engineering ...... 57, 106 Art/Systems ...... 30 Computer Graphic Arts ...... 31, 56 Associate of Arts Degree Requirement ...... 24 Computer Graphic Arts/Systems ...... 57 Associate of Arts Degree Programs ...... 29 Computer Science ...... 56 Athletic Affiliations ...... 127 Computer Science/Systems ...... 56 Athletic Eligibility ...... 19 Computing and System Sciences ...... 56 Athletic Facilities ...... 14 Consortium Programs ...... 94 Athletics ...... 127 Contract Personnel ...... 139 Audit Registration ...... 18 Correspondence Courses ...... 21 AuSable Institute of Environmental Studies ...... 39, 93 Council for Christian Colleges and Universities ...... 9, 93-98 Baccalaureate Degree Programs ...... 29 Counseling Center ...... 128 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements ...... 22 Course Information ...... 28 Biblical Languages ...... 33 Credit by Examination ...... 21, 118 Biblical Literature ...... 33 Credits-in-Escrow ...... 118 Biblical Literature/Systems ...... 33 Cultural Activities ...... 51, 85 Biblical Studies, Christian Education, and Philosophy ...... 33 Dean’s List ...... 19 Biology ...... 38 Degree Requirements ...... 22 Biology/Premedicine Preprofessional Concentration ...... 38 Earth and Environmental Science ...... 61 Biology Science Education ...... 38 Economics ...... 42 Biology/Systems ...... 38 Economics/Systems ...... 42 Board of Trustees ...... 131 Education ...... 63 Business, Accounting, and Economics ...... 41 Emergency Funds ...... 119 Business Administration ...... 41 Emeriti, Faculty ...... 139 INDEX TAYLOR UNIVERSITY UPLAND CATALOG 2000 - 2002

Emeriti, Trustees ...... 131 Incomplete and Not Reported Grades ...... 19 Engineering ...... 57, 91, 105 Independent Study ...... 18 Engineering Physics ...... 105 Interarea Studies ...... 77 English ...... 68 Intercollegiate Athletics ...... 19, 127 English Education ...... 68 International Business ...... 42 English/Literature Concentration ...... 68 International Business Study Tour ...... 95 English Minors ...... 68 International Business/Systems ...... 43 English/Systems ...... 68 International Students ...... 118 English/Writing Concentration ...... 68 International Studies ...... 74 English Proficiency ...... 23 Intramural Athletic Program ...... 127 Environmental Biology ...... 39, 61 Israel/Greece Study Tour ...... 95 Environmental Engineering ...... 105 January Interterm ...... 17 Environmental Geology ...... 61 Jerusalem University College ...... 95 Environmental Science Minor ...... 61 Journalism ...... 51 Experiential Education ...... 18 Language Requirement, BA Degree ...... 23 Faculty ...... 133 Late Registration ...... 17, 119 Faculty Advisors ...... 17 Latin American Studies Program ...... 95 Federal Aid ...... 125 Leadership Development/New Student Orientation ...... 128 Field Experiences ...... 18, 39, 64 Learning Support Center ...... 14, 78 Final Examinations ...... 20 Liberal Arts Program ...... 78 Financial Aid ...... 120 Library ...... 14 Financial Aid Awards ...... 121 Life Together Covenant ...... 6 Financial Information ...... 119 Lighthouse Trips ...... 96 Focus on the Family Institute ...... 95 Literary London ...... 96 Fort Wayne Campus ...... Inside front cover, 6 Lithuania Christian College ...... 96 French ...... 82 Loans, Financial Aid ...... 125 French Education ...... 82 Los Angeles Film Studies Center ...... 96 General Education ...... 27 Majors ...... 29 General Education Requirements ...... 28 Management Information Systems ...... 58 148 General Science Education Minor ...... 92 Mass Communication/Journalism ...... 51 Geography ...... 71 Mass Communication/Journalism/Systems ...... 52 German ...... 83 Mathematics ...... 79 Goal-Oriented Major ...... 71 Mathematics/Computer Science Concentration ...... 79 Grade Changes ...... 19 Mathematics Education ...... 79 Grade Point Average ...... 19 Mathematics-Environmental Science ...... 79 Grade Reports ...... 19 Mathematics Science Education ...... 80 Grading System ...... 19 Mathematics/Systems ...... 79 Graduation ...... 20 Mathematics/Systems/Computer Science Concentration ..... 79 Grants, Financial Aid ...... 120, 125 Mathematics Proficiency ...... 24 Greek ...... 33 Matriculation Fee ...... 117 Guest Status ...... 118 Middle East Studies Program ...... 97 Hall Regulations ...... 128 Midterm Reports ...... 19 Health Center ...... 129 Minors ...... 29 HEART Program ...... 95 Mission of University ...... 5 History ...... 72 Modern Languages ...... 82 History/Systems ...... 72 Monthly Payment Plan ...... 119 History of University ...... 5 Multicultural Philosophy Statement ...... 9 Honors Acceptance ...... 118 Music ...... 85 Honors at Graduation ...... 20 Music Education ...... 86 Honors Program ...... 75 Music/Elective Studies in Management, Marketing, Honor Societies ...... 75 and Theatre Arts Concentrations ...... 43, 86 Housing ...... 129 Music Ensembles ...... 87 Humanities ...... 76 Music/Performance and Composition Concentrations ...... 86 Natural Science ...... 91 INDEX

Natural Science/Pre-Engineering Preprofessional Secondary School Preparation ...... 117 Concentration ...... 91 Semester in Spain ...... 98 Natural Science/Premedical Technology Concentration ...... 92 Senior Citizens Program ...... 118 New Student Orientation ...... 77, 128 Senior Comprehensive Examination ...... 24 Nondiscrimination and Compliance Policy ...... 146 Senior Seminar ...... 24 Oak Ridge Institute for Science and Education ...... 97 Services for Students with Disabilities ...... 14 Objectives of Student Affairs ...... 127 Social Studies Education ...... 72 Objectives of the Academic Program ...... 27 Social Work ...... 112 Off-Campus/International Studies Programs ...... 93 Sociology ...... 114 Oxford Honours Programme ...... 97 Sociology/Systems ...... 114 Oxford Study Program ...... 97 Spanish ...... 82 Parents Cabinet ...... 141 Spanish Abroad ...... 98 Pass-Fail Registration ...... 18 Spanish Education ...... 83 Payment of Bills ...... 119 Sport Management ...... 43, 100 Philosophy ...... 34 State Aid ...... 125 Philosophy/Systems ...... 34 Statement of Faith ...... 6 Physical Education ...... 99 Stop-Out Policy ...... 22 Physical Education and Human Performance ...... 99 Student Affairs Faculty ...... 138 Physical Science Education Minor ...... 92 Student Classification ...... 17 Physics ...... 105 Student Development ...... 127 Physics Science Education ...... 105 Student Expenses ...... 119 Physics/Systems ...... 105 Student Government ...... 129 Plagiarism ...... 21 Student Health Insurance ...... 119 Political Science ...... 108 Student Ministries ...... 129 Political Science/Systems ...... 108 Student Organizations ...... 129 Practicum ...... 28 Student Programs ...... 129 Pre-Engineering Program ...... 91, 106 Student Publications ...... 51 Prelaw Program ...... 109 Student Right to Know Act ...... 146 Premaster of Business Administration Program ...... 43 Student Teaching ...... 64 Premedical Technology Program ...... 91 Students with Disabilities ...... 146 149 Premedicine Program ...... 38, 48 Summer Honors Program ...... 75 Preprofessional Programs ...... 29 Summer Institute of Journalism ...... 98 Private Music Lessons ...... 85 Summer School ...... 17 Proficiencies ...... 23, 24 Systems ...... 57 Proposed Facilities ...... 15 Taylor Program, The ...... 27 Provisional Acceptance ...... 118 Taylor World Outreach ...... 129 Psychology ...... 110 Teacher Certification ...... 65 Psychology/Systems ...... 110 Teaching Majors and Minors ...... 29 Public Relations Minor ...... 52 Technological Resources ...... 15 Purposes of the University ...... 5 Theatre Arts ...... 52 Reading Proficiency ...... 24 Theatre Arts/Systems ...... 52 Refund Schedule ...... 120 Transcript of Academic Record ...... 22 Registration ...... 17 Transfer Credit ...... 21, 64 Religious Studies...... 34 Transfer Students ...... 118 Repeat Registration ...... 18 Tutorial Courses ...... 18 Residence Life ...... 128 University Directory ...... 130 Residence Requirements ...... 128 Urban Semester Program ...... 98 Room Assignments ...... 128 Wellness and Health Services ...... 129 Room Furnishings ...... 128 Wellness Major ...... 100 Russian Studies Program ...... 97 Withdrawal Procedures ...... 17, 120 Sanctity of Life Statement ...... 9 Work Study ...... 125 Scholarships ...... 121 World Wide Campus ...... 21 Science Research Training Program ...... 92 Worship Experiences ...... 128